Stunning views of the St. Lawrence River, Lake Ontario, and adjoining waterways beg you to sit, take a deep breath, and simply enjoy the scenery. The relaxed pace of a 1000 Islands road trip, motoring along scenic byways past snug harbors and charming villages, is a wonderful way to wind down and venture off the grid.

We anchored our trip to 1000 Islands in Clayton; it is central to the other stops along the 1000 Islands coastline, affording easy access to all the wonderful adventures along the route. From Clayton, it was easy to head south to Henderson Harbor, Sackets Harbor, and Cape Vincent. When we ventured north and east, we encountered Alexandria Bay.

My favorite stops along our 1000 Islands road trip are grouped together by town and are in no particular order.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Antique Boat Museum

Clayton

If you love boats and boating, you will be enchanted by the Antique Boat Museum. Its collection has amassed over 320 boats along with thousands of boating artifacts. You can visit multiple exhibits including the National Motor Boat Show displays. Showcasing the evolution of pleasure boating in North America, the exhibit is filled with historic runabouts, cruisers, and other beautiful boats you will want to own. You’ll be quipping “she’s yar” when you get a look at some of these antique gems.

When you are ready to hit the water, you can enjoy a sunset cruise on the famous country music star Alan Jackson’s 30-foot Chris Craft Cruiser, Flat Top. Bring a small cooler with snacks and your favorite beverage for 2 hours of on-the-water relaxation. Sit back, pretend you are the star of your New York road trip, and enjoy the ride. Other boat experiences include a 45-minute Ride The River trip in a 30-foot, triple cockpit Hacker Craft; a 20-minute ride on the Pardon Me, a 48-foot custom runabout; and assorted rowing and sailing experiences. Reservations are required to enjoy these boating adventures.

2. Thousand Islands Art Center

Clayton

If you love creating, you will enjoy taking an art class at the Thousand Islands Art Center. Explore your creative side by taking a class on bookbinding, basic knitting, weaving, drawing, painting, and other hands-on crafting classes. The class on my list is Expressive Textiles: Painting and Printing on Fabric — right up my alley.

The center also has two galleries displaying stunning handwoven textiles, a variety of artisan exhibits, and curated shows.

Classes are open to non-members, so why not make your own 1000 Islands souvenir?

3. Southwick Beach State Park

Henderson

Every vacation deserves a beach day and Southwick Beach State Park is ready for your blanket, picnic basket, and beach book. Like many wonderful state parks, Southwick offers a wide variety of services including campsites, cabins, pavilions, and bath facilities. In addition to swimming, you can enjoy fishing, hiking, and cross-country skiing in the winter.

4. Westcott Beach State Park

Henderson

Another great stop along Lake Ontario is Westcott Beach State Park. The park has a small beach, lots of green spaces, camping sites, pavilions, and bath facilities. A small boat marina adjacent to the beach is perfect for campers and day-trippers who want to put their boat in the water to drop a line and hook a black bass or two.

5. Sackets Harbor Battlefield

Sackets Harbor

Sackets Harbor Battlefield State Historic Site is a must-stop on your 1000 Islands road trip. The rolling green gives way to harbor views and imparts a peaceful stroll in the park. However, the battlefield history is quite different than what you experience today.

During the War of 1812, Sackets Harbor was the upper St. Lawrence River Valley and Lake Ontario center for U.S. military activity. It was a bustling community of militia, sailors, and shipbuilders constructing a large fleet to patrol the waterfront and prepare for the invasion of Canada.

Self-guided tours, with the help of strategic signage, impart the military history and battlefield maneuvers of this historic sight. In-season, guided tours are led by docents dressed in period military clothing to bring the area to life.

Sackets Harbor Battlefield is a picture-perfect spot to get out and walk, enjoy the pretty scenery, and learn a little history.

6. Tibbetts Point Lighthouse

Cape Vincent

Lighthouse hunters will love the charming Tibbetts Point Lighthouse. Built in 1827, Tibbetts Point Lighthouse is at the juncture of where Lake Ontario meets the St. Lawrence River. The lighthouse features an original Fresnel lens, one of approximately 75 still in use across U.S. coastlines today. Unfortunately, the active lighthouse is not accessible to visitors. However, guests are free to enjoy the grounds and scenic views.

When you need a coffee break, pop into Cup of Joy Cafe and grab one of their house lattes. Don’t forget to order a delicious pastry to go with it. My favorite latte, the Angel Rock, is made with white chocolate and raspberry — satisfying the sweet tooth hangries.

There is a lovely little park across the street where you can enjoy your pastry and coffee with a water view.

7. Boldt Castle

Alexandria Bay

Boldt Castle is one of the major attractions along the New York State 1000 Islands road trip. The castle, only accessible by boat, is situated on Heart Island. It was built as a summer home for George and Louise Boldt. Sadly, Louise passed before the castle was completed and the magnificent home sat empty and unfinished for over 70 years. Today, the Thousand Islands Bridge Authority operates the beautifully appointed castle and accompanying Boldt Yacht House.

As soon as you enter, the foyer and grand staircase set the tone for the home’s elaborate décor and opulent furnishings. The library, billiard room, and ballroom will take your breath away with the beautiful craftsmanship. I find summer homes of bygone days, built to resemble European Castles, intriguing. They represent an affluence few of us will ever achieve.

After your visit to Boldt Castle, stop by Thousand Islands Winery for a tour and a taste of their exceptional New York wines. The beautiful farm, surrounded by lush grape vines, is a perfect backdrop to enjoy a glass of your new favorite wine.

Great Lakes Seaway Trail

The Great Lakes Seaway Trail offers road trippers four different segments to explore the shores of Lake Erie, Lake Ontario, the St. Lawrence River, and the Niagara River. If you have the time, explore all four sections; most of our trip was on the scenic 1000 Islands/St. Lawrence River section. Three other routes make up the entire trail: Lake Erie/Buffalo/Niagara Falls, Rochester/Central Lake Ontario, and Eastern Lake Ontario.

Boating The Thousand Islands Region

One of the main draws of 1000 Islands is boating. Whether you tow your own, rent, or hire, getting out on the water will enhance your visit.

The Antique Boat Museum offers several boat tour options. An extensive list of boat rentals and boat tours is available on the 1000 Islands website. No matter what town or village you find yourself in, there is most likely a marina, boat launch, or captain available for you to enjoy some time on the water.

1000 Islands Harbor Hotel

In the center of your 1000 Islands road trip is the town of Cayton, the perfect spot to anchor your adventures. The beautiful 1000 Islands Harbor Hotel, perched on the banks of the St. Lawrence River, offers easy access to everything you want to see and do.

We loved the balcony view while enjoying a cup of morning coffee. Every morning, on each floor, the staff sets up a coffee station with freshly brewed coffee and tea options. I appreciated not having to figure out yet another hotel room coffee maker that spits out a marginal morning beverage. Offering brewed coffee on each floor is genius! Grab one of the cozy hotel robes, pad down the hall, pour an exceptional cup of coffee or tea, and enjoy it on your deck with a view of the morning water activities. Every hotel should get on board with this trendsetting idea.

The Best 1000 Islands Road Trip

One of my favorite things about visiting 1000 Islands is the proliferation of benches. Pretty little parks pop up along the route offering beautiful views and spots to sit and take it all in.

Pro Tip: Many of the spots I’ve listed are open seasonally; be sure to check the locations’ websites for opening and closing dates.

Related Reading: 

• 7 Incredible Lake Placid Region Restaurants With A Water View
• 11 Incredible Outdoor Adventures In Stunning Saranac Lake, New York
• 22 Fantastic Things To Do On Long Island

There are two types of people in this world when it comes to travel: those who love the speed of flight and those who love the good old-fashioned all-American road trip. While I do appreciate flying to certain destinations, I have to admit that when given the chance I really do prefer to hit the open road.

As someone who has taken my fair share of journeys on the road, I’ve realized that there are some things I just can’t live without. Whether you’re traveling as a couple, with kids, with grandkids, with a friend, or solo, there are some items that you’ve got to have packed before you hit the road. Some of these things I learned early on to take, thanks to lots of road trips with my parents and sister as a kid. Others I have decided I need as an adult — usually after taking a trip without them! So don’t be me — just take my advice before your next road trip. Don’t leave home without any of these road trip necessities.

Also, don’t miss picks 21 through 26 from our travel editors!

1. Sunglasses

Shop Now

Don’t even think about backing out of your driveway without at least one pair of sunglasses. Road trips can send you in every direction, so you need to be prepared. After spending almost 40 years of my life maintaining it’s crazy to spend more than $8 on a pair of sunglasses, I invested in my first pair of Oakleys 10 years ago and haven’t had to buy another pair since. The key words there being “had to,” because I’ve picked up a few more Oakleys along the way. They’re all great in their own way, and I’m glad I made the investment.

3. Games

Shop Now

Traveling with kids, or alone with your spouse who might not love long road trips as much as you? Make sure you have some entertainment that involves actually talking to each other. If you’re a Gen X’er like me, there is very little doubt that you grew up playing Mad Libs, most likely on a road trip. Great news — they still exist!

Start things off with this blast from the past and grab the mobile version of Mad Libs. Available for different devices, you’re going to remember quickly why this cheeseburger was the ugliest tree at the symphony, at least according to my fourth-grade teacher. If ya know, ya know.

Another classic road trip game for folks our age was trying to locate a license plate from every state in the Union. While I can say with certainty I never accumulated more than 20 or so on any given trip (just driving from Missouri to Florida quite often as a kid covered Missouri, Illinois, Kentucky, Tennessee, Georgia, and Florida), I sure had fun trying!

Like lots of games these days, this can be done on an app, but it seems like this is best done on good old-fashioned paper. You or your kids may even learn a little geography along the way.

5. Phone Charging Cords

Shop Now

You’ll get a lot of use out of that portable charger, but while you’re on a long car ride you may as well take advantage of the car USB ports at your disposal. While using the cord that comes with your phone is always a good idea, sometimes there’s a need in the back seat for a longer option. If you have an iPhone like I do, these cords from CyvenSmart do a good job and are pretty sturdy. I have purchased these for myself and family a few times. If you’re using something else, Onlytang makes a versatile car charger that works on lots of devices.

8. AirPods

Shop Now

For reasons I cannot explain, not everyone wants to listen to the same playlists, podcasts, or audiobooks that I listen to. To each their own, I suppose. If you find yourself in a similar situation, you’re going to want to travel with some type of headphones.

After going through just about every kind of headphone you can imagine over the years — including a couple of types of wireless options — I picked up some Apple AirPods a few years ago and have never looked back. If I ever have to buy a new pair of earbuds, I’ll go straight back to these. Fortunately, I’ve still got the first pair I ever bought — even after running over one of them with a riding mower once. True story.

11. Hand Sanitizer And Hand Cream

Shop Now

Your gas tank is full, and you’ve all got some snacks. Did you wash your hands in that gas station bathroom? Did everyone else in your car wash their hands in that gas station bathroom? Did you wash your hands after you pumped the gas? That’s what I figured. Do yourself and everyone in your car a favor: grab some hand sanitizer or wet wipes.

There are lots to pick from, but my wife got me hooked years ago on the seemingly endless number of options at Bath and Body Works. Smells for days, so to speak. Having this stuff around is good for those in-car snacks after you’ve been playing on your phone or touching whatever other filthy stuff in your car. And while you’re at it, pack some hand cream, too. It doesn’t take much space and it will likely come in handy.

12. Cup Holders And Trays

Shop Now

If you’re anything like literally every person who’s ever accompanied me on a road trip, you just walked out of that gas station with way more stuff than you have space for. Fear not, the guy who wrote that thing on that travel website told you to buy this cup holder tray thing made by Seven Sparta, and now everyone is happy. The ability to add space and a tray to what you already have can’t hurt, so you’ll want to pick up something to help you manage all of those drinks and candy bars. Problem solved.

13. Travel Mugs

Shop Now

Another option is to plan ahead and bring yourself a beverage before you leave the house. If that’s more your speed, you’ll want a reliable travel mug or reusable water bottle. Another recommendation that comes from personal experience — and I’m not exactly going out on a limb here — is a Tervis. These come in all shapes and sizes and can even be customized. They’ve always kept my hot drinks hot and my cold drinks cold and I have nothing to complain about, and I always have at least one with me on the road. Plus, if water is your drink of choice, you can refill them for free at any rest stop.

14. Cooler And Ice Packs

Shop Now

Another must-have for the well-prepared road tripper is a car cooler. Useful from the moment you leave the house to the moment you stop to restock all the way to an overnight stay on the way to wherever, Titan makes a good-looking and well-rated cooler that comes in lots of sizes. If that doesn’t work for you or is a little too expensive, there are over-the-seat options available too, like this one made by High Road. Don’t forget to grab some ice packs! I can personally attest that these packs from Coleman work quite well, but there are a lot of options out there.

15. Trash Can

Shop Now

Another lifesaver on any road trip is some type of portable trash can. No, a plastic grocery bag is not good enough. Why? Because this portable trash can also holds tissues. No, used tissues from the bottom of someone’s purse are not good enough. The fine folks at Farasla have created a nice little option for your road trip, and you’re going to want to make sure you have this in your car before you go anyplace. It’s leakproof, it has straps, and it comes with multiple liners, making it far superior to that grocery bag you’ve been using.

16. Roadside Emergency Kit And First Aid Kit

Shop Now

Now that you’ve played some games, listened to some podcasts, picked up some coffee and snacks, saved money on gas, and charged your devices, someone is bound to have an injury. Well, not necessarily (is this not a shared experience?), but just in case… It’s always good to have an emergency road kit and first aid kit on your road trip.

For your car, this safety kit from First Secure has just about everything you’ll need. If you’re looking for something a little less expensive, Veetos has a nice kit as well. When it comes to first aid, leave it to the Red Cross to have lots of options for you. At a minimum, make sure you have an inflated spare tire, flashlight, flares, and jumper cables. Sure, you may never use any of this, but you’ll be glad you have these items if the need arises.

17. Neck Pillows, Regular Pillows, And Blankets

Shop Now

The bleeding has stopped, order has been restored, and it’s time for a nap. If you are someone who likes to grab some zzzs in the car, you are probably also familiar with the crick in your neck that’s almost certainly to follow. If this describes you, you might want to consider grabbing one of these travel pillows from BCOZZY.

At first, I thought they were a little silly looking. But then upon further review, I get it – these things work. And who are you trying to impress on this road trip, anyway? If you need neck support, give these a try. If a more standard pillow is more your speed, Wise Owl Outfitters offers a nice variety to choose from.

To complete your ideal car nap, you’ll want a blanket, too. Eversnug offers a good option that comes in lots of colors, and they even include a matching pillow.

18. Headache Meds, Pill Container, And Contact Solution/Eye Drops

Shop Now

Now that you’ve enjoyed a nap, your contacts are probably dried out. And now that your contacts are acting up, you probably have a headache. While I’m not going to bother to tell you what to take for a headache, I can tell you that I’m always glad that I remembered to bring my Biotrue portable contact solution, which fits in a much smaller space than the large bottle you’ve hopefully packed in your suitcase. You may not need to take them out — try some eye drops, first. From personal experience, I use Systane Ultra. They work pretty well, so if you wake up with dry eyes try them before you take your contacts out entirely.

I also learned many years ago that a baggie full of pills and toiletries is not the best way to travel (live and learn), so I started using this simple but useful pill organizer made by Ezy Dose. I even use it at home, but it’s certainly a must-have on a road trip. If you’re looking to have a few different kinds of motion sickness/headache/allergy/cold meds but don’t want to carry all of those bottles in your pocket, this nifty little container made by Dtouayz fits right in your pocket.

19. Lipbalm

Shop Now

This is another suggestion that seems like it should go without saying, but I’ve forgotten it enough that I’m going to go ahead and say it. Grab some lip balm. And no, don’t just say you’ll grab some on the road if you need it. It’s a bit more expensive at a roadside gas station than going to the store or buying it online. Give me Vanilla Bean or Mango Burt’s Bees any day. Or, if you’re more old school, Chapstick is tried and true.

20. Back Scratchers

Shop Now

I’ve been openly mocked for this, probably because I buy them in bulk and keep one on my nightstand, on the end table, in my car, and in my office at work. But you’re going to thank me later for this last, but certainly not least, suggestion — grab some Ohuhu back scratchers. The price is right, they’re pretty durable, they’re expandable, and the person next to you is absolutely going to get tired of scratching your back every time you ask.

I think that should just about do it — now hit the road and have fun! You should be all set.

Editors’ Picks

Travel editors Linsey Stevens and Evan Pagano recommend these six products that will elevate your upcoming road trip that much more.

21. Manta Sleep Mask

Buy Now

If you get car sick while riding as a passenger and/or want to really zone out and get some epic sleep while someone else takes the wheel, a Manta sleep mask is a must. Linsey has been using Manta masks since 2020. With Zero Eye Pressure Adjustable Eye Cups and a completely customizable fit, they take sleep masks to the next level.

Manta’s lineup has grown to include masks that incorporate Bluetooth, silk, and beyond. These are every sensitive road tripper’s new go-to for a calmer, more relaxed trip, plus better sleep when you get wherever you’re going.

22. Pure-Sky By Persik Car Cleaning Products

Buy Now

Messes are inevitable when you’re spending long hours in the car, especially when snacks, meals, pets, and/or children are involved. Evan uses Pure-Sky by Persik’s car cleaning lineup on his frequent jaunts from Kansas City to Saint Louis and says they’re especially great for getting dog hair off the upholstery. The cleaning cloths also remove bacteria (all you have to do is add water and wipe) and are super absorbent.

23. A High-End Car Air Freshener…

Buy Now

Once your vehicle’s hair-free, take it up a notch with a luxe air freshener. Linsey’s sister loves Bend, Oregon-based Broken Top Candle Company’s Saguaro Cactus Car Freshener. It’s a completely unique scent that brings the Southwest vibes into your vehicle with notes of agave, aloe, and moss. Broken Top also offers car fresheners in their Sea Salt Surf, Coconut Sandalwood, Black Coral Tide, and Tobacco Teak scents.

Pro Tip: If you’re not a car freshener fan (Linsey isn’t) read on for a scent-free option and consider Broken Top’s soy candles for home. The Honey Horchata (not too sweet) is Linsey’s favorite, and in addition to the unique car air fresheners, the candles make great gifts, especially considering Broken Top is a 1% for the Planet brand.

24. …Or An Unscented Air Freshener

Buy Now

If air freshener scents make you queasy, you’re not alone. Skip the scents and purify the air in your car with an alternative option: the charcoal-based PURGGO Car Air Eco-Purifier & Freshener. Instead of covering scents with more scent, bamboo charcoal absorbs whatever odors are lingering in your vehicle. It’s easy to hang from any seatback. Linsey reports that it’s been working well in her Eurovan (a 2002 that’s known to get musty) and loves that it comes in eco-friendly packaging and is compostable or can be used as fertilizer later.

Bonus: Unlike scented air fresheners, the PURGGO is made to last for a year, meaning it costs less than $2.50/month.

25. Good Beef Jerky

Buy Now

Linsey doesn’t typically eat pork or beef, but for her husband, it just isn’t a road trip without beef jerky. His go-to is typically Old Trapper, but they took a variety of jerkys from San Luis Obispo-based Cattaneo Bros. on a recent trip and were pleasantly surprised.

Cattaneo Bros’ beef jerkys are made with top-round, U.S. sourced beef and include specialty flavors and a variety of cuts: extra thin, classic (thicker), and premium handcut (extra thick), plus a 100 percent grassfed beef option called Range. Their offerings also include turkey jerky (Sweet & Spicy and Honey Pineapple — yum!), dried fruits, nuts, and brittles, and handmade pork and beef sausages that could be just the thing to throw on the grill when you get wherever you’re going.

26. Energy Bites

Buy Now

Sometimes you just can’t drink another cup of gas station coffee (and you’re feeling set against going out of the way for Starbucks or Dunkin’ Donuts). In those moments, Linsey’s a fan of reaching for Seattle Gummy Company’s energy bites. Their Mocca Shots contain a “performance blend of caffeine and herbal nootropics” that “boost energy without jittery side-effects” that she attests to as someone who’s had bad reactions to energy drinks and liquid energy shots in the past.

Seattle Gummy Company (SGC) also offers tasty gummies that don’t contain caffeine. Linsey likes the Apple Cider Vinegar shots and the Golden Glow Turmeric with Ginger and says all SGC’s options are perfect for mess-free behind-the-wheel snacking.

Now that you’ve gathered the essentials, check out these road trips:

• My 6 Favorite Stops From Southern Arizona To Mexico’s Pacific Coast
• Beautiful Allegheny Road Trip From Erie To The Poconos
• 8 Best Stops Along An Epic Yukon Arctic Road Trip During The Fall

A road trip through the section of the Colorado River Corridor known as the Tri States will take travelers not just through three states, but past rugged riverside terrain, scenic state parks, a historic highway, and numerous small and mid-sized desert towns as well.

The trip from just north of Interstate 40 to Interstate 10 can be done well in 4 or 5 days. I found many interesting spots worth a stay of anywhere from a few hours to a day or two along the way.

A portion of my trip was hosted by Lake Havasu City, but all my opinions are my own.

1. Bullhead City Community Park

Bullhead City, Arizona

Located along the Colorado River at the south end of Lake Mohave, Bullhead City is a hot spot for visitors looking for virtually any type of water sports. Fishing, swimming, boating, paddle boarding, water skiing, and personal watercraft are all popular on the cool waters of the Colorado.

Bullhead City’s Community Park, with its nearly a mile of riverfront beach, is a great place to gather to beat the intense heat that the town experiences in the late spring, summer, and early fall. Because of its mild winter climate, Bullhead City annually attracts thousands of snowbirds and tourists looking for refuge from the cold weather to the north. 

Pro Tip: Lake Mead National Recreation Area And Katherine Point

Bullhead City is also a convenient access point for the southern reaches of the massive Lake Mead National Recreation Area, which features the Katherine Landing full-service marina.

2. Laughlin Strip

Laughlin, Nevada

Just across the river from Bullhead City is Laughlin, a southeast-Nevada town that features eight casino resorts overlooking the Colorado River. The Laughlin Strip is a magnet for people looking for the gaming, fine dining, and varied entertainment that come with the casinos.

Laughlin is also the home of the 9-mile Colorado River Heritage Greenway Park and Trails, which offers access to beautiful and remote stretches of the Colorado River.

With its river vibe and relatively small population (about 8,000, along with Bullhead City’s 42,000 population), Laughlin is known as a more laid-back gaming alternative to the much larger city of Las Vegas to the north.

A stay of one or two nights in the Bullhead City/Laughlin area would allow visitors to enjoy the Colorado River and the casinos.

3. Big Bend Of The Colorado State Recreation Area

Laughlin, Nevada

After leaving Laughlin, I headed south on the Needles Highway on the Nevada side. Road trippers could also head south on Highway 95 on the Arizona side. I loved the Needles Highway because it passes by Nevada’s pretty Big Bend of the Colorado State Recreation Area.

The recreation area features about 2 miles of sandy shoreline and is known as a great stop for boating and fishing access as well as a place to see shore birds like mallards, coots, herons, and geese, as well as other birds like hawks, roadrunners, quail, hummingbirds, doves, and owls.

A stop of a few hours would allow for a picnic and a hike on the park’s 4 miles of trails. Or visitors could opt to camp for a night or two in the 24-unit campground that is accessible year-round.

4. El Garces Harvey House Hotel & Depot

Needles, California

Needles Highway, the Colorado River, historic Route 66, and Interstate 40 all come together in the little desert town of Needles, California. Anchoring Needles’ vintage downtown is the El Garces, a grand historic railroad hotel that was built in the early 1900s in a style suggesting a Greek temple.

Originally, the hotel was managed by the Fred Harvey Company, known as “the civilizer of the West.” Throughout the first half of the 20^th century, the El Garces was a luxurious stop along the Atchison, Topeka, and Santa Fe Railroad. The Harvey House closed in 1949, and the building has been used off and on for offices since then. “Though still renovating the facility, the city plans to reopen it as a ‘Harvey House Hotel, including a Route 66 museum and shops,’” says the National Park Service website.

Today, the El Garces is a worthy stop on a road trip through Needles for a chance to walk the hotel’s massive grounds and take in the classic architecture, palm trees, and Route 66 atmosphere. A stop of several hours would allow for exploration of Needles and lunch at one of the town’s restaurants like the River Front Café or the Wagon Wheel Restaurant.

5. Wild Burros Of Oatman

Oatman, Arizona

Although Oatman is not located along the Colorado River, it is close enough to make for a quick detour. I recommend having lunch at the lively riverside Topock66 restaurant — located just off Interstate 40 and offering sweeping views of the Colorado River — and then heading north on the scenic Oatman Highway 10 to Oatman, before doubling back toward Interstate 40 to continue on to Lake Havasu City.

Oatman has a number of claims to fame, but the wild burros tend to steal the show. Burros reportedly first came to Oatman with the town’s early gold prospectors and were later released into the surrounding hills when mining operations declined. Today, burros (donkeys) freely walk the streets of Oatman, stopping traffic and delighting tourists.

Oatman is also worth a visit for its rich mining history, its place on historic Route 66, and its entertaining Old West scene. Quirky shops, restaurants, and museums line the streets.

6. London Bridge

Lake Havasu City, Arizona

By continuing onto Interstate 40 for about 22 miles and then south onto Highway 95, travelers will get to Lake Havasu City, Arizona — a Colorado River town known for being the home of the 1800s-era London Bridge, which was purchased from the city of London by an enterprising Lake Havasu City developer in the 1960s and moved to the Arizona desert.

Today’s re-created London Bridge offers a picturesque setting full of restaurants with river views, sunset cruises, and the town’s scenic Shoreline Trail. In a nod to the London Bridge and its Colorado River setting, Lake Havasu features a unique mix of British culture, Arizona desert energy, and island influences.

A stay of two or three days would allow visitors to experience the Bridgewater Channel area, take a river cruise tour, rent a boat or personal watercraft, and check out the four spectacular Arizona State Parks in the region.

7. Lake Havasu Lighthouses

Lake Havasu City, Arizona

While in Lake Havasu City, visitors should make a point of seeking out the cool network of replica lighthouses that are sprinkled all over the community. There are 28 lighthouses in all, and they are dispersed along Lake Havasu’s miles of shoreline.

The lighthouses were built as replicas of famous lighthouses along the East Coast, West Coast, and Great Lakes of the U.S. Several are located along the Shoreline Trail, while others are visible along the lake shores or accessible by hiking or by boat.

8. Buckskin Mountain State Park

Parker, Arizona

Driving the spectacular 18-mile Parker Strip is one of the pleasures of a Colorado River road trip, and along the way, visitors should be sure to get to one or all of the Arizona State Parks that are located between Lake Havasu City and Parker.

I recommend a stop at the beautiful Buckskin Mountain State Park, a spot that is known to offer some of the best views along the Strip. With mountains lining both sides of the river, the state park offers a range of hiking and waterfront camping opportunities, as well as the water sports that are available all along the corridor.

Pro Tip: Other scenic Arizona State Parks in the area include the Cattail Cove State Park, the River Island State Park, and the Lake Havasu State Park.

9. Blythe Intaglios

Blythe, California

After Parker, road trippers could choose to continue southwest for another hour or so to the Interstate 10 town of Blythe, California, via California Highway 95. There, visitors will find a desert town of about 18,000 people with a range of services and attractions.

Among the not-to-be-missed spots is the Blythe Intaglios site, described as giant figures engraved into the rocky ground, located 15 miles north of Blythe on Highway 95. “They’re one of the few unsolved mysteries of modern archaeology — pieces of history preserved in the desert on a mesa of the Big Maria Mountains north of Blythe,” says the Blythe Chamber of Commerce and Visitor Center website.

The 165-foot-long figures, now protected behind chain-link fences, show a man that is believed to be a giant hunter, likely engraved by native people thousands of years ago. The figures can be accessed by a graded dirt road but are said to be best seen by air.

Blythe is also known for its numerous boating and fishing opportunities on the Colorado River, as well as the Palo Verde Valley Historical Museum. A stay of a day would allow visitors to explore the Intaglios site and the river scene.

When To Visit The Colorado River Corridor

Late fall, winter, and early spring are the best times to visit the Colorado River Corridor. Lake Havasu City posts high temperatures in the 60-and-70-degrees Fahrenheit range in the winter, and in the 80s and 90s in the spring and fall. Summers are hot, with average highs above 100 degrees in June, July, August, and September. Other Colorado River communities have similar climates, with a few minor variations.

Roadside America calls them “attractions and oddities.” To me, they are welcome distractions from the humdrum of the roads we travel. I am not talking about those that we include in our bucket lists; I mean those that we don’t seek. They just pop up unannounced. Sometimes we enjoy them from the comfort of our vehicle. Other times, we just need to get out and walk a bit. For a few others, we see a sign and follow for a short distance.

Every summer when we visit family and friends in their homes (and to escape the Phoenix heat), they have made our trips much richer. Here are the 11 we remember best.

1. Lucy The Elephant

Margate, New Jersey

The first one we came across is dubbed the oldest roadside attraction in America; we saw her early in our RVing days. Built in 1881, Lucy the Elephant stands six stories high on the road alongside the beach in Josephine Harron Park in Margate, New Jersey near Atlantic City. Originally called the Elephant Bazaar, she later became a tavern. Now she’s a National Historical Landmark. She inspired us to watch out for more.

Pro Tip: Be sure to take the guided tour to explore her interior.

2. World’s Largest Praying Hands

Tulsa, Oklahoma

Also during our early RVing days, we saw the world’s largest praying hands. It was 60 feet high and weighs 30 tons, the largest bronze sculpture in the world (the casting was done in Mexico in 1980), standing at the entrance drive of the Oral Roberts University in Tulsa, Oklahoma.

Pro Tip: Just outside of the town of Webb City, Missouri, we came across the similar Praying Hands Memorial. It’s only 32 feet tall but is built on top of a 40-foot man-made hill.

3. Ampersand Sculpture

Joplin, Missouri

Stopping at a convenience store, part of the chain called Kum & Go, on Joplin’s Rangeline Road, we found the Ampersand Sculpture, not that big (8 by 7 feet), but quite colorful. The company’s core values are on one side; the other side contains things about Joplin’s history: mining, Route 66, Bonnie and Clyde, and the many symbols of Joplin’s “strength and hope.”

4. Cadillac Ranch

Amarillo, Texas

After Oklahoma, we passed through Amarillo, Texas where we discovered what road travelers have been raving about since 1974: a Cadillac Ranch with 10 Cadillacs buried nose-down in a field at the same angle as the Pyramids of Giza. It’s free and you can find it on the south access road of I-40 east of the Arnot Road exit and is open 24/7.

Pro Tip: Bring a small canister of paint so you can follow the custom and leave your own mark.

5. Arco Number Hill

Arco, Idaho

Along US 20, you will be surprised to find a hill dotted with white numbers. Since 1920, the Arco, Idaho’s high school graduating class paints its year of graduation on Number Hill. We should have also explored Arco itself, dubbed the Atomic City!

Pro Tip: Start looking for the numbers as soon as you leave the Craters of the Moon National Monument.

6. Ward Charcoal Ovens

Ely, Nevada

Once we took an alternate route going home to Arizona from Boise through Las Vegas. On US 93, at the small mining town of Ward in Ely, Nevada (population, 4,202), a sign pointed to “Charcoal Ovens.” We followed the signs on a well-maintained 6-mile-long dirt road to six large, beehive-shaped ovens (30 feet high, 27 feet in diameter with walls 2 feet thick at the base). Built in 1876, each one held about 35 cords of wood, producing 1,750 bushels of charcoal for two silver smelters in town. It is now the Ward Charcoal Ovens State Historic Park.

Pro Tip: From the dirt road, it is just 100 yards to walk to the ovens.

7. Wild Horses Monument

Vantage, Washington

From Boise to Seattle, Washington (where my daughter used to live), as you go north on I-90, you will be able to spot the Wild Horses Monument. It’s a spectacular sculpture of 15 life-size galloping wild horses on a cliff overlooking the Columbia Gorge, just after Highway 243 becomes I-90. As you pass the sign to the town of Vantage on the left, keep looking up to see the Dave Govedare masterpiece.

Pro Tip: You can view it up close by taking a 0.2-mile hike up the hill.

8. Forever Marilyn

Palm Springs, California

On the road to my sister’s former in Lancaster, California, we were surprised to find that the famous Marilyn Monroe statue had been transferred to Palm Springs from Chicago, Illinois, where we had first seen her. We found out then that the 26-foot statue was moved to a new location every year (from Palm Springs it went to New Jersey, Australia, and Connecticut).

Pro Tip: In 2021, Forever Marilyn returned to Palm Springs as a permanent fixture on Museum Way, just east of the Palm Springs Art Museum.

9. Painted Pipes

Fairbanks, Alaska

When my sister moved to Alaska, we took a road trip north to Fairbanks and came across a colorful building air vent on a downtown street corner. A store owner we asked told us there were 13 of them (out of 23 in the city). Our afternoon turned into a treasure hunt. They were part of the Fairbanks’ “Paint the Pipes” project and serve as fresh air intakes for a utilidor (utility corridor) that runs under the streets.

Pro Tip: Now there are only 12 because the one called “Marilyn in Bunny Boots” has become just a pink pipe.

10. World’s Largest Tire

Detroit, Michigan

One of my daughters lives in Canada. Once on a drive back down, we found the World’s Largest Tire, a Uniroyal weighing 12 tons and standing 80 feet tall on I-94 between Highways 39 and 2 in Detroit, Michigan. It first served as a Ferris wheel in the 1964-65 New York World’s Fair, then transferred to its current location at Allen Park in 1966.

Pro Tip: It is on I-94 near the Metro Detroit Airport.

11. Tovrea Castle

Phoenix, Arizona

I have to tell you about Phoenix’s best roadside attraction. No one who drives on Arizona State Route 202 will miss it. Tovrea Castle is a four-story, 5,000-square-foot architectural masterpiece that looks like a wedding cake. It holds 100+ years of Arizona history and is Arizona’s only castle.

Pro Tip: There is a long wait to explore this gem. I have joined ticket lotteries but have not managed to win one yet.

There you have it! To all the roadside attractions we have loved before and to all the ones we will someday have the pleasure of seeing: Thank you for enhancing the roads we travel.

For more roadside attractions, explore Road Trip: 10 Scenic Stops In Kansas, Nebraska, And Colorado and The Highways In America (And Around The World) That Will Sing To You.

Along the 2023 Azalea Trails in East Texas, scheduled for March 24–April 9, 2023, Texans and visitors to the Lone Star State can expect to see deciduous azaleas, wisteria, tulips, spirea, ornamental pears, dogwoods, redbuds, and crabapples in bloom. Come and visit miles of historic homes and residential gardens covered with beautiful azaleas. 

Note that we’re including Dallas and Houston on this list. While they’re often considered separate from East Texas, their azaleas are too tantalizing to pass up while you’re in the area.

We are can’t get enough of Texas’s spring beauty, and we wholeheartedly recommend these Texas azalea and flower experiences.

Dallas

1. Dallas Arboretum And Botanical Garden

You could spend an entire day at the Dallas Arboretum and Botanical Garden, strolling and oohing and aahing at the beautiful spring flowers, garden after garden. Since the topic is azaleas, explore the Margaret Elizabeth Jonsson Color Garden, six and a half acres of large blankets of lavishly blooming azaleas, tulips, and daffodils. The Eugenia Leftwich Palmer Fern Dell within the Color Garden boasts the perfect misty, shady environment where azaleas, ferns, camellias, and many other shade-loving perennials and shrubs thrive.

Pro Tip: Make reservations through the fall for the Seated Tea; weekday seatings at 11 a.m. and 2 p.m. make for a fabulous way to top off your day. Set amid the beautifully renovated DeGolyer Tea Room, enjoy the three-course tea menu created by Chef James Sparks of Gil’s Elegant Catering.

Nacogdoches

2. Ruby M. Mize Azalea Garden

The most expansive azalea garden in Texas with blankets of gorgeous hues of pink, purple, red, orange, yellow, and white, enjoy the Ruby M. Mize Azalea Garden located on the campus of Stephen F. Austin State University, in Nacogdoches.

The Azalea Trail 2023 includes the 11-acre Ruby M. Mize Azalea Garden, with more than a mile of trails winding beneath tall pines, plus the Southern Indica Trail, Evergreen Azalea Trail, and Fashion Azalea Trails highlighted below. These three trails total 25 miles of driving routes through beautifully landscaped residential areas. Each path starts at the Visitor Center near the Nacogdoches Fire Museum.

If you wish to walk the Ruby M. Mize Azalea Garden, start at the north or west entrance and follow the signs noting over 8,500 flowering azaleas, camellias, ornamental trees, and shrubs.

Pro Tip: Watch for dates to be announced for the Little Princess Tea Party at the Mize Azalea Garden with treats, fairy gardens, magic, and merriment.

3. The Southern Indica Trail

The 8-mile Southern Indica Trail featuring Indica azaleas leads you past the Durst-Taylor Historic House and Garden, the second oldest building in town. The Stone Fort Museum is a replica of the 1779 military fort. Plus, you’ll see the Nacogdoches Railroad Depot and the Old University Building, dating back to 1859. This trail starts at the visitor center near the Nacogdoches Fire Museum and is marked on this map.

4. The Evergreen Azalea Trail

The Evergreen Azalea Trail winds nine miles along the evergreen azaleas. It steers you by the Mast Arboretum and Oak Grove Cemetery, the final resting place of Thomas Jefferson Rusk, judge, statesman, Sam Houston’s secretary of war, and the signer of the Texas Declaration of Independence, and three other notable signers. This trail also starts at the visitor center near the fire museum.

5. The Fashion Azalea Trail

Follow the 8-mile-long Fashion Azalea Trail that leads you past the Gayla-Mize Garden with walking trails and many native plants and Demonstration Garden, featuring a butterfly garden, azaleas, and camellias. Zion Hill Baptist Church, which you’ll pass on this trail, is home to one of the oldest African American Baptist congregations in Texas. This trail also starts at the visitor center near the Nacogdoches Fire Museum.

Tyler

6. Tyler Dobbs Trail And The Lindsey Trail

The Azaleas and Spring Flower Trails in Tyler, hosted this year from March 24–April 9, boast a floral wonderland of blooming azaleas, dogwoods, tulips, and daffodils. Later in April, you’ll see roses all over the city.

Tyler hosts two azalea trails: The Tyler Dobbs Trail and The Lindsey Trail, both named after streets. Each route is about 10 miles long, winding different paths through the beautiful Azalea National Historic District.

Begin your exploration on the downtown square and head south on Broadway Avenue. Watch for the signs inviting you to enter private backyards to see the landscapes. National magazines feature many of these gardens. Watch for the Azalea Belles, young ladies dressed in Antebellum period clothing attending some of the parks.

7. Tyler Pyron Garden

At 212 W Dobbs, the Pyron Garden is a private backyard garden with beautifully landscaped azaleas, tulips, and roses created by Guy Pyron. Unfortunately, he passed in March of 2020, but his garden lives on.

8. Ina Brundrett Azalea Garden

Don’t miss the Ina Brundrett Azalea Garden on the Tyler Junior College campus near the duck pond and west of the Tyler Museum of Art. You’ll discover many types of azaleas, including the newer everblooming Encore varieties.

More Things To Do In Tyler

Goodman-LeGrand House and Museum is a delight for antique lovers with original furnishings, history, and memorabilia that will take you back to the mid-1800s.

Roseland Plantation tours are available by appointment only. Enjoy guided tours, afternoon tea, and the Cherokee Rose Cabin.

Bonner-Whitaker-McClendon House is open for tours on Fridays and Saturdays from 10 a.m. to 4 pm.

Jasper

9. Jasper Azalea Festival

Visit the Jasper County Courthouse Square in March for azalea blooms and an eclectic mix of activities, including live music, arts and crafts, and a petting zoo. Named for Sgt. William Jasper, a hero of the American Revolution, the town square features the courthouse constructed in 1889. You will also find two bed and breakfasts, antique shops, murals, the old county jail, art galleries, and outdoor art sculptures.

Pro Tip: Stay at the 1910 Belle-Jim Hotel, featuring home-style meals and cozy rooms with small-town hospitality for families or individuals.

Beaumont

10. McFaddin-Ward House Historic Museum

Find colorful azalea blooms at the historic McFaddin-Ward House in Beaumont, constructed in 1906. Enjoy self-guided audio tours of the home, carriage house, and gardens for those age 8 and older. Stow purses and bags in the complimentary lockers in the visitor center.

11. Beaumont Botanical Gardens

See more blankets of beautiful azaleas at the Beaumont Botanical Gardens, a 23-acre garden located within the 500 acres of Tyrrell Park. Stroll the paved walkway connecting the gardens showcasing camellias, azaleas, roses, bromeliads, and many native plants and wildflowers. The Warren Loose Conservatory within the gardens is the second largest conservatory in a public park in Texas. You’ll see koi ponds, waterfalls, rain forests, tropical areas, and fancy goldfish with beautiful water lily blooms.

12. Oaks Historic District

Beaumont’s Oaks Historic District is the largest historic district in Texas, located in downtown Beaumont. You’ll find many historic homes with streets lined with tall oak trees and plenty of azaleas.

Pro Tip: Don’t miss the Oyster Nachos at J. Wilson’s, a cornmeal-crusted gulf oyster served on a crispy corn tortilla chip with pickled Fresno chilies, pesto aioli, and corn salsa, a perfect appetizer bite.

Houston

13. River Oaks Garden Club

Houston’s River Oaks Garden Club celebrates its Azalea Trail every other year, and the next organized 87th Azalea Trail tour is scheduled for March 8–10, 2024. The trail features the Famous Bayou Bend Gardens, Rienzi Gardens, The Forum of Civics Building, and four residential gardens. You can still visit these venues to see beautiful azaleas. The 14th Biennial Florescence, a major Garden Club of Houston flower show, happens this year from April 26–27.

14. Bayou Bend Gardens

Bayou Bend Collection and Gardens is the Houston Museum of Fine Arts’s house museum for American decorative arts and paintings. Displayed in the home of Houston civic leader Ima Hogg (1882-1975), the collection showcases American furnishings, paintings, silver, and ceramics.

In the 1920s, Ima Hogg decided to experiment with azaleas at Bayou Bend, and she ordered a few Omurasaki varieties from a local nursery, planting them with peat moss and some other soil mixtures that allowed the azaleas to thrive. The following year, she ordered 250 more azaleas. Miss Hogg landscaped the gardens at Bayou Bend even before the house was under construction. She dreamed of opening her gardens to the public as Bellingrath Gardens in Mobile, Alabama, had opened in 1932. This year is the 56th anniversary of Bayou Bend’s opening to the public, and it is one of my favorite azalea gardens.

15. Rienzi

Rienzi, the Houston Museum of Fine Arts’s house museum for European decorative arts, is located on four acres of wooded azalea gardens in the historic River Oaks neighborhood. Formerly the home of philanthropists Carroll Sterling Masterson and Harris Masterson III, the house opened to the public in 1999. It is situated about two miles from Bayou Bend.

Pro Tip: While in Houston, visit one of Macaron by Patisse’s three locations. Gluten-free macarons by the dozen are available in various flavors, plus gelato by the scoop or in pints to go. Yum! You can also join a Macaron live-stream virtual cooking class.

More Pro Tips

Download the app Visit Nac for planning and trip information to Nacogdoches. Download the app EGuide Tyler for events and things to do in Tyler. You can download Beaumont Events for something to do in Beaumont. Also, find the app 365 Things to Do in Houston.

For more wildflower inspiration, consider The Most Beautiful Dogwood And Azalea Trails In East Texas, 10 Tips For Experiencing Lafayette, Louisiana’s Historic Azalea Trail, and 7 Best Towns In Texas To See Fields Of Bluebonnets.

And for more to do in this lovely region, check out these Beautiful State Parks To Visit In East Texas.

Two of the best-known destinations in Arizona — Sedona and the Grand Canyon — are on everyone’s bucket list when visiting the state. The Grand Canyon, one of the natural wonders of the world, showcasing millions of years of earth’s history, is the primary destination of both national and international travelers. Many visit not only Arizona, but the U.S. just to see it. And the gorgeous red rock formations of Sedona and the town’s art scene are almost as famous.

While both destinations deserve their popularity, those who visit the state have so many more unique destinations to look forward to, many of them are between the two famous landmarks. The following are some of the most spectacular stops on the road between Sedona and the South Rim of Grand Canyon National Park.

1. Sedona

Surrounded by hundreds of red rock formations, and home to a great number of art-filled boutiques, Sedona is known as one of the most beautiful small towns in the U.S. Outdoor enthusiasts will find plenty of trails through gorgeous red rock formations, from easy strolls surrounded by towering rock formations of all shapes to strenuous climbs to the top of them and everything in between.

Some of these sites are vortexes, sites believed to be swirling centers of energy promoting spiritual healing and meditation. The most intense of them are at Airport Mesa, Cathedral Rock, Bell Rock, and Boynton Canyon. You can’t leave Sedona without visiting some of the surrounding state parks, like Red Rock State Park, or Slide Rock State Park, home to the famous 80 feet long, 2.5 to 4 feet wide natural water slide.

The unique shapes and colors of Sedona’s rocks inspired many artists, whose work is showcased in the multitude of art galleries in town. Southwest-inspired souvenir and specialty shops line the streets of Sedona. Restaurants with gorgeous views and resorts, hotels, and motels for all budgets offer opportunities to spend a weekend — or any day or two in the area.

After exploring the red rock world, boutiques, and vortexes of Sedona, drive north towards Flagstaff on AZ-89A, Oak Creek Canyon Scenic Drive, one of the most beautiful winding roads in the country.

2. Stops Along Oak Creek Canyon Scenic Drive

Leaving Sedona, you’ll drive across the steel-arch Wilson Canyon Bridge, also known as the Midgley Bridge, built in 1938 across the spectacular Wilson Canyon. Stop at the picnic site to enjoy the views and even take a short hike into the canyon.

Past the bridge, you’ll drive through Oak Creek Canyon, famous throughout the world for its spectacular scenery. You’ll find plenty of picnic and camping sites along with hiking trails to enjoy the shaded areas along the rushing creek. Drive through here in the off-season or early in the day for the best opportunities to stop, since it gets extremely crowded, especially in the summer.

The best views along the scenic drive are farther north, from a series of switchbacks, while the road climbs out from Oak Creek towards the high country of Arizona. Be sure to stop at Oak Creek Canyon Vista for a spectacular bird’s-eye view of the canyon. As a bonus, you’ll also find displays of Native American jewelry and craft items sold directly by local Native artists who created them.

3. Flagstaff

The scenic town at the foot of the San Francisco Peaks, surrounded by the world’s largest ponderosa pine forest, Flagstaff, sits at an elevation of 7,000 feet. Spend a full day exploring the town and its surroundings, or even stay here overnight. The visitor center in the historic train station offers all the information about the town, including trails in the surrounding mountains. Leave your car at the visitor center and explore historic downtown Flagstaff.

Visit the Museum of Northern Arizona and enjoy the exhibits showcasing the landscape, geology, archaeology, and Native People of the Colorado Plateau.

Drive up to Snow Bowl — any time of the year — for some of the most spectacular mountain scenery in the state. Enjoy a hike through a ponderosa pine forest or through patches of aspens, especially spectacular in fall. You can also take the scenic ski lift year-round to the top of the mountain for even more stunning views.

After a day of sightseeing, and a nice dinner, try one of Flagstaff’s renowned craft breweries for a taste of the city’s unique ales and micro-brews.

Before nightfall, drive up Mars Hill to the Lowell Observatory, and look through the telescope used to discover Pluto.

Pro Tip: If you’re planning a trip to either Flagstaff or Sedona, check out these seven key differences between the two.

From Flagstaff To The Grand Canyon National Park Through Williams

From Flagstaff, you have several ways to get to the Grand Canyon depending on which side you want to end up.

The most popular route is through Williams, ending up at the main entrance to the South Rim of the Grand Canyon National Park. From Flagstaff, you can reach Williams in 40 minutes on I-40.

The historic small town is worth a stop for a uniquely Arizona experience. Featuring historic buildings and shops filled with Route 66 memorabilia, it is a great stop for history buffs. Outdoor enthusiasts have plenty of hiking, biking, horseback riding, and camping opportunities. And those visiting with children, cannot miss Bearizona Wildlife Park.

Mostly though, Williams is the Gateway to the Grand Canyon. This is where the Grand Canyon Railway starts, offering more than just transportation. The train ride is a whole experience featuring western musicians and cowboy characters while riding in old vintage cars.

Or, you can just continue driving toward the Grand Canyon. You’ll reach the South Entrance Station in under an hour on AZ-64 N.

Williams and Flagstaff are both ideal towns to book a Grand Canyon tour from, if that’s your preference. You’ll find a wide variety of tours, from self-guided to professionally guided tours and from helicopter and air tours to bus, van, and river rafting trips. Some of these tours offer hotel pick-ups, so you don’t even need to drive. Tours may take from a few hours to multiple days roundtrip. And besides the South Rim, some take you to the North Rim and the West Rim.

However, my family’s favorite way to visit the Grand Canyon doesn’t involve any tours and takes us through a different route altogether. We prefer to approach it through the Desert View Entrance along the east rim.

This route is usually less crowded, and the road takes us through a more diverse landscape and some of my favorite sites in Arizona.

4. Walnut Canyon National Monument

Named for the walnut trees growing at its bottom, Walnut Canyon National Monument is home to some of the most spectacular cliff dwellings in the state. The museum in the visitor center offers an overview not only of these ruins but also of the ancient people who built them and their descendants, the present-day Native American tribes of the area.

The steep Island Trail takes visitors halfway down into the canyon and walks on the side of the cliff, near and through some of the cliff dwellings built by the Sinagua. Besides the spectacular ruins, the trail offers gorgeous views of the canyon.

Those who can’t hike the steep trail can still see several cliff dwellings and views of the canyon walking along the paved Rim Trail. Other things to do at Walnut Canyon National Monument include visiting pit houses and other freestanding structures on the rim and enjoying scenic views and wildlife in the surrounding forest.

5. Sunset Crater Volcano National Monument

You can’t miss a stop at Sunset Crater Volcano National Monument, showcasing one of the most unique landscapes in the U.S., and around the world, surrounding the youngest volcano in the San Francisco Peaks mountain range. The cinder cone earned its name from its colors on the top, glowing in orange, gold, and red hues, vivid against its black and grey base, evoking the image of an Arizona sunset.

Besides admiring the beauty of the cinder cone and the surrounding lava flow, other reasons to stop here include learning about volcanoes and geology while hiking through a lava flow and onto the top of another cinder cone, Lenox Crater. Between May and October, you can even camp here, in the Bonito Lava Flow, or stop for a picnic any time. Enjoy wildlife, ranger-led programs, and if you camp, one of the darkest skies in Arizona.

6. Wupatki National Monument

Note: While Sunset Crater Volcano National Monument is closed, you can still reach Wupatki easier from the turn-off for Wupatki (bypassing the scenic road through the two monuments).

Farther along the Sunset Crater and Wupatki Scenic Road, parallelling AZ-89, you’ll find Wupatki National Monument, showcasing and protecting more of the spectacular ancient ruins in Arizona.

Stop at the visitor center and museum to learn about the people who built these structures around 1100, about a century after Sunset Crater last erupted. From here, walk through Wupatki Pueblo, the largest site in the area, home to the Tall House (a 100-room structure), a large kiva, and a ball court.

Besides Wupatki Pueblo, stop at the smaller sites, like Wukoki, Citadel, Nalahiku, Lomaki, and Box Canyon Pueblos.

Enjoy the views of the Painted Desert from any of these sites, especially beautiful at sunset. And, if you timed your stop here for sunset, spend the night at your next stop.

7. Cameron Trading Post 

My family’s favorite spot to spend the night before visiting the Grand Canyon, Cameron Trading Post offers more than shopping for Native American arts and crafts.

Established in 1916 near the suspension bridge across the Little Colorado River Gorge, the original trading post was only used by Navajo and Hopi locals to trade. As the population of Arizona grew over time, travelers to the northern areas of the state started stopping here.

Still primarily a trading post and fine art gallery, here you’ll find authentic Native American hand-crafted jewelry, colorful Navajo rugs, pottery, baskets, paintings, and even traditional musical instruments like the Navajo flute.

However, to accommodate travelers, the original trading post now has a restaurant, hotel, RV park, convenience store, gas station, and even a post office.

8. Little Colorado River Gorge

A little-known stop along the way to the Grand Canyon from Cameron Trading Post is the Little Colorado River Gorge. A tribal park of the Navajo Nation, the stop offers an opportunity to enjoy scenic views of the gorge carved by the Little Colorado River, a tributary of the Colorado River.

The gorge, like the canyons within the Grand Canyon, creates a world of beauty and contrasts. The dark red colors of the rocks along the gorge reflect on the waters of the Little Colorado, which borrow the color most of the year. However, in the summer months, the water’s mineral content turns it a shade of robin’s-egg blue.

Besides the stunning views of the gorge and the Little Colorado River, this stop also offers an opportunity to browse small shops and bead stands operated by Navajo locals from nearby towns.

9. Grand Canyon National Park, South Rim

The last stop is your main destination on this trip, Grand Canyon National Park, namely its easternmost side, the Desert View Entrance. A stop at Desert View offers your first glimpse of the Grand Canyon and the Colorado River that carved through it way below millions of years ago. You can discern unique formations inside the canyon, including several buttes, like Temple Butte and Lava Butte.

Walk up to the historic Desert View Watchtower and enjoy the Native American artwork on the walls and the views of the canyon from its top level.

After spending some time here, drive towards the main visitor center, where you can leave your car in the parking lot and use the free shuttle to explore the rest of the park. Walk the interpretive Trail of Time along the rim to learn about the geology and age of the canyon and enjoy the gorgeous views, slightly changing around each bend.

Spend time in the Grand Canyon Village, visit or shop at the Hopi House, walk around the train depot, and dine at El Tovar restaurant overlooking the canyon.

You can spend one day at the Grand Canyon and enjoy all of the above activities. But if you have more time, you should try hiking into the canyon. The most popular trail — and the easiest to access from the village — is the Bright Angel Trail, taking you through spectacular twists and turns into the canyon. It’s enough to hike a short distance to gain a new perspective on this natural wonder of the world.

Or, you can continue the Rim Trail from the village to its westernmost point, Hermits Rest, a historic building designed by Mary Colter and built in 1914. You can also try taking the Hermit Trail into the canyon for another perspective.

From the moment the first Model Ts rolled off the assembly line in Detroit, Michigan, Americans in big cities and small towns couldn’t get enough of the automobile. Over the past century, they’ve increasingly slid behind the wheel to explore both regional two-lane highways and wide interstates that stretch from coast to coast.

Today, Americans travel hundreds of miles by car to explore new places, and it’s easy to understand why. Not only are road trips affordable, but they give travelers maximum flexibility to explore. America is certainly full of breathtaking scenery, from majestic mountains capped with snow to miles of sandy beaches and everything in between.

These are the 14 most scenic drives in the United States, from sea to shining sea.

1. Coastal Highway 1

Maine

Beginning with America’s First Mile in Fort Kent, Maine, U.S. Route 1 stretches the length of the eastern United States for more than 2,400 miles from Maine to Key West.

Heading south, the highway bids adieu to the Canadian border in Calais, Maine, and begins hugging the rocky shore, delivering incredible views all the way to New Hampshire along the section of U.S. Route 1 known as Coastal Highway 1.

Take a slight detour in Ellsworth, Maine, and head south to spend a day in Acadia National Park. See how many of the state’s 65 historic lighthouses you can spot along your scenic drive, and never pass up a chance to enjoy a lobster roll.

2. Ocean Drive

Rhode Island

Compared with the 526 miles that Coastal Highway 1 extends through Maine, this next scenic drive is just 10 miles long, but it still delivers beautiful views of the Atlantic Ocean. Winding around the southern coast of Aquidneck Island, this scenic drive begins near Fort Adams State Park and ends with the impressive seaside mansions of Newport.

During your drive, you can see the cream-and-tan Castle Hill Lighthouse and the colorful, kite-filled Brenton Point State Park. If you want to stretch your legs, take a stroll along the cliff walk that extends 3.5 miles along the island’s eastern shore.

3. Skyline Drive

Virginia

About 100 miles west of the hustle and bustle of the Washington, D.C. metro area, Skyline Drive runs lengthwise through Shenandoah National Park. Enjoy more than 70 scenic overlooks as you wind through the azure- and emerald-tinted Blue Ridge Mountains veiled in a misty haze. It typically takes about three hours to complete this scenic drive, but be sure to allow additional time to hike to waterfalls, enjoy a picnic, and scout for wildlife if the weather and your itinerary allow.

4. Overseas Highway

Florida

More than 2,000 miles south of the mountains in Maine are the last 100 miles of U.S. Route 1. The Overseas Highway boasts more than 40 bridges and hovers just above the water through the Florida Keys. It takes about 4 hours to travel this scenic highway from Miami to Key West, but you’ll want to allow at least another 2 hours in each direction to admire the scenery, inhale the salty breezes, and enjoy conch fritters and a slice of Key lime pie.

5. Route 66

Traversing 2,400 miles from the Windy City of Chicago through the Rocky Mountain Divide to the Pacific Ocean in Santa Monica, California, Route 66 is famous for being one of the nation’s first interstate roads connecting two of America’s biggest cities.

While the Mother Road was largely circumvented by the four-lane federal interstates that began crisscrossing the nation during the Eisenhower administration and was officially decommissioned in 1985, it remains one of the most scenic drives in the U.S. for nostalgic history lovers drawn to its unique combination of decaying and restored landmarks.

6. Needles Highway

South Dakota

The majority of the 14 million tourists arriving in South Dakota each year visit Mount Rushmore and the Crazy Horse Memorial. After gazing up at the images of Washington, Jefferson, Lincoln, and Roosevelt, chiseled into the granite mountains, head west for the next portion of your journey. Just two-tenths of a mile south of the intersection of U.S. 385 and South Dakota Highway 244 you will find South Dakota Highway 87 and the entrance to Needles Highway.

Leave plenty of time to explore this gorgeous 14-mile-long drive past tall, narrow granite “needle” formations jutting up from the earth. Enjoy many switch backs and narrow tunnels along this meandering drive that takes you into the very heart of Custer State Park, a state park that rivals many of the most well-known national parks. Portions that run through the park itself do require you to pay the park fee, but this is a small price to pay for the natural beauty you will encounter.

Take a brief detour south of U.S. Route 16A to Wildlife Loop Road, where you’ll see bison herds and scenes that will remind you of Dances with Wolves. This is just the beginning of a 70-mile scenic drive through the Black Hills of South Dakota along South Dakota 87.

7. Flint Hills National Scenic Byway

Kansas

While most travelers appreciate the grandeur of majestic mountains, rugged coastlines, and ocean views, the beauty of the last stretch of unmowed prairie in the Flint Hills may not be as universally appreciated. But when you leave Interstate 70 and travel this 47-mile national scenic byway along Kansas Highway 177 south to Cassoday, Kansas, you’ll be treated to views of rolling hills dotted with wildflowers and prairie grasses that change colors with the seasons. You won’t find that on America’s coasts!

8. El Camino Real

New Mexico

For hundreds of years, North American natives traveled a 1,600-mile trade route from Mexico City to Santa Fe, New Mexico. Known as El Camino Real (the Royal Highway), it was used to move crops, livestock, turquoise, and other goods between Mesoamerica and the Rocky Mountains.

While wagon caravans and conquistadors on horseback took months to travel this road, you can drive the 300 miles of desert landscape from the U.S.-Mexico border to north of Santa Fe in the air-conditioned comfort of your vehicle in about 5 hours. Allow more time to make stops in the cities along the way, like Las Cruces and Albuquerque.

9. Going-To-The-Sun Road

Montana

Without stopping to breathe in the crisp mountain air, observe the wildlife, or snap a picture by the sign on Logan Pass that marks the continental divide, it takes about 2 hours to travel the 50-mile-long Going-to-the-Sun Road. Since the highest point along the route exceeds 6,600 feet, this scenic drive is only open a few months of the year — typically not until at least June.

One unique way to see this scenic drive is from the comfortable bench seats of the park’s famous red buses. Why not experience Going-to-the-Sun Road by sitting back and letting a local drive and narrate your journey? While each guide takes a different approach, you’ll likely learn about the Native American tale tied to Wild Goose Island in the middle of Saint Mary Lake, the animals that make their home in this part of Northern Montana, and the latest facts and figures about the park’s shrinking glaciers.

10. Beartooth Highway

Montana

Winding through the mountains and past crystal-clear lakes, Beartooth Highway is a 70-mile section of U.S. Route 212 that connects the ski town of Red Lodge, Montana, to the northeast entrance of Yellowstone National Park near Cooke City, Montana.

Because this scenic drive climbs to nearly 11,000 feet above sea level, it’s not uncommon to pass 8-foot-tall packed snowbanks, meadows filled with snow, and even skiers when driving through Beartooth Pass at the peak of summer. As with Going-to-the-Sun Road, you’ll need to plan ahead and check the road conditions to travel the entire length of this scenic drive, even in summer.

11. Scenic Byway 12

Utah

This scenic drive bisects the Escalante Mountains connecting Capitol Reef National Park with Bryce Canyon National Park. Starting in Torrey, Utah, the 120-mile journey begins with the arid rock formations of Bryce Canyon and transforms into the open meadows and aspen and pine forests of the Boulder Mountains. In the Dixie National Forest, you can enjoy the incredible views at Powell Point Vista and gaze at the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument as you continue toward Henrieville, Utah. Scenic Byway 12 wraps up with the red arches in Red Canyon near Panguitch, Utah.

12. Pacific Coast Highway

California

Spanning nearly the entire West Coast of America, from Washington State to Southern California, Highway 101 is one of the most famous scenic drives in the U.S. However, about 200 miles south into California from the Oregon border, in the town of Leggett, California, Highway 1 breaks off from Highway 101 and heads directly for the coast. For the next 650 miles, Highway 1 (also known as the Pacific Coast Highway) hugs the Golden State’s rocky coast, occasionally reconnecting with Highway 101.

Pro Tip: To treat yourself to the most spectacular views along this scenic drive, travel the Pacific Coast Highway from north to south.

13. 17-Mile Drive

California

Either as a detour from the Pacific Coast Highway or as a stand-alone experience, consider California’s 17-Mile Drive, which clings to the Monterey Peninsula.

Begin your scenic journey in Pacific Grove, California, just a short drive from the world-famous Monterey Bay Aquarium, and travel counterclockwise past Asilomar State Beach and several Instagram-worthy spots like Spanish Bay and China Rock.

As the road approaches the Pebble Beach Golf Links, don’t miss the Lone Cypress. Standing tall (and alone) at the end of a granite hillside overlooking Carmel Bay, this 250-year-old evergreen is one of the most photographed trees in the U.S.

14. Road To Hana

Hawaii

Across the Pacific on the Hawaiian island of Maui, the Road to Hana is a must-do experience in the Aloha State. While many of the drives described above feature hairpin turns or a large number of bridges, the Road to Hana has both. The speed limit on this highway tops out at 25 miles per hour, so be sure to allow a minimum of 3 hours to navigate its multiple blind spots, more than 600 hairpin curves, and nearly 60 one-lane bridges.

In addition to appreciating amazing tropical views of rainbows and waterfalls, you can enjoy fresh pineapple, purchase fragrant leis, and browse handmade crafts at a variety of roadside stands along this scenic drive.

Canada is a country overflowing with natural beauty and charm. From the maritime provinces in the east and the population and cultural centers of Quebec and Ontario to the Rockies and beyond, Canada is a road tripper’s dream. There’s plenty of open road to enjoy, and ample room to explore off the beaten path. Many of these routes are easily accessible from the U.S. as well, making them a great opportunity to get to know your neighbor to the north if you have not already become acquainted. Here are our writers’ picks for the most scenic road trips throughout Canada.

1. Cabot Trail

Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia: Trunk 30

The Cabot Trail loop can be found in the highlands of northern Cape Breton Island. It’s a drive unparalleled in its beauty, with stunning views of the Atlantic and Gulf of St. Lawrence as you negotiate the narrow, curvy road through the highlands of Nova Scotia. But the drive is much more than just highlands and ocean, as a portion of Nova Scotia Trunk 30 takes you inland as well, cutting through the interior of the island. This remote region of maritime Canada ensures a magnificent adventure filled with gorgeous views.

Vanessa Chiasson shares 10 things she thinks you should know about driving the Cabot Trail through Nova Scotia for you to learn more about this awesome drive.

2. Prince Edward Island’s Tip-To-Tip Road Trip

Prince Edward Island is a quaint maritime retreat off the eastern coast of New Brunswick just north of Nova Scotia. Since the classic 1908 novel Anne Of Green Gables was published, many have sought to retrace the titular character’s footsteps around this charming island. One great way to see all that PEI has to offer is to make the tip-to-tip trek between the North Cape Lighthouse in the northwest and the East Point Lighthouse in the southeast. Along the way, stop in charming small towns, stroll across the sandy beaches of Prince Edward Island National Park, and even visit the green-gabled home of Anne herself.

Vanessa shares her seven favorite places to stop along a Prince Edward Island tip-to-tip road trip to help inspire your next trip.

3. Labrador City To Red Bay, Labrador

Expedition 51

Labrador is the mainland portion of the province of Newfoundland and Labrador and is extremely remote. Just getting to this lesser-known region of Canada may prove to be a journey in itself. But once you arrive, you will be treated to miles upon miles — well kilometers as this is Canada after all — of wild beauty. Expedition 51 is the name given to the route that connects northern Quebec with southern Labrador. As you meander from town to town between Labrador City and Red Bay, take time to learn more about the rich culture and natural beauty that abounds in this out-of-the-way province.

See why at least one Canadian says this spectacular Canadian Highway needs to be at the top of your road trip list. We are sure you will agree!

4. Tadoussac To Saint Felicien, Quebec

Saguenay-Saint Lawrence Region

Quebec is the largest of Canada’s provinces, and only the arctic territory of Nunavut has more land area in all of Canada. As such, this primarily French-speaking province has hundreds of millions of acres to explore. Fortunately, one of the most beautiful road trips in Quebec is located just 3 hours north of Québec City where the Saguenay River flows into the Saint Lawrence River. Get away from the big city and explore the natural beauty of the Saguenay region. Make time for some whale watching along the Saint Lawrence before embarking on your journey up the smaller Saguenay. Stop in gorgeous national parks and off-the-beaten-path towns as you follow it inland.

Discover all of Vanessa’s favorite stops during a perfect road trip through Quebec’s Saguenay-Saint Lawrence region.

5. Ontario’s Butter Tart Trail And Tour

If you are in the mood for a sweet ride through a sweet region, Ontario’s love for butter tarts — a sweet and gooey confection that calls this region home — ensures two great opportunities for you. In Wellington County just west of Toronto, you will find the Butter Tart Trail, connecting many of the county’s towns together by their love of butter tarts. Not to be outdone, the Kawarthas Northumberland region just east of Toronto boasts the Butter Tart Tour with many fine eateries of its own showcasing this special treat. Regardless of which you choose, prepare your tastebuds for a jolt of sugary goodness as you make your way between the fine eateries in the towns that make up these two great regions.

Need additional help deciding which of these two foodie road trips is for you? Learn more about both of Ontario’s sweetest road trips.

6. Winnipeg, Manitoba, To Calgary, Alberta

Historic Red Coat Trail

The Historic Red Coat Trail links Winnipeg and Calgary along a path once trod by the Royal Canadian Mounted Police in the early days of the nation. The goal was to bring law and order to the western reaches of Canada, thus 300 red-coated men set out to do just that. Today, road trip enthusiasts can embark on the nearly 900-mile journey between these two great cities to uncover the rich history awaiting them along the way. Plenty of side trips await as well as you pass through three great provinces, including the home of Grasslands National Park near the U.S./Canada border.

Jill Browne shares her picks for the best stops along Canada’s Red Coat Trail.

7. Calgary To Jasper, Alberta

For stunning views of the Canadian Rockies, you will want to make these next two trips a reality. First, enjoy the eastern slopes, starting in the city of Calgary, working your way up through Banff National Park, and then on to Jasper National Park and the Icefields Parkway. This drive can be broken up into two distinct sections for two shorter trips. Writer Jill Browne shares her favorite stops on both of these legs, so take a look at both of her great articles as you plan your trip between Calgary and Jasper.

The scenic drive from Calgary to Banff is a great way to bring together the excitement of the big city and the stunning beauty of the Rockies. Leave plenty of time to explore Calgary and Banff as both deserve extended stays. Then, head further north from Banff and make your way toward Jasper along the Icefields Parkway. This ruggedly beautiful region of Alberta takes you right through the heart of Jasper National Park. The landscape is laden with mountains and lakes carved out by the slow-moving yet colossal glaciers that formed the region.

8. Calgary, Alberta, To Vancouver, British Columbia

Via Trans-Canada Highway

Now head back to Calgary and prepare for a journey through the mountains and to the Pacific beyond. The first part of this journey between Calgary and Banff will likely look familiar. But, rather than heading north from Lake Louise to Jasper, continue west on the Trans-Canada highway into the Rockies. The drive will take you through forested mountains, along untamed rivers, and past gorgeous glaciers. The Trans-Canada Highway is a major thoroughfare, ensuring provisions will be readily available during your drive.

Consider each of Jill’s recommendations as you plan your beautiful Canadian Rockies road trip between Calgary and Vancouver via the Trans-Canada Highway.

9. Calgary, Alberta, To Vancouver, British Columbia

Via Crowsnest Pass

If you are interested in the same journey at a slower pace, consider the southern route via Crowsnest Pass instead. This route is longer, and less traveled, but therein lies its beauty. Head south from Calgary toward the U.S. border along Alberta Provincial Highway 22 before connecting with Crowsnest Highway, also known as British Columbia Highway 3. Experience a quieter and less-traveled region of the Rockies and enjoy the off-the-beaten-path towns you’ll experience along the way.

Discover all of the best stops along the scenic route between Calgary and Vancouver via Crowsnest Pass.

10. Vancouver To Victoria, British Columbia

The cities of Vancouver and Victoria are only roughly 75 miles away from each other, as the crow flies, that is. Yet, British Columbia’s state capital and most populated city are separated by water, as Victoria sits on Vancouver Island off the west coast of the mainland. While you could take a short 35-minute flight or a leisurely ferry ride south from Vancouver, there is a more scenic route to consider. Head up Canada’s Sunshine Coast before boarding a ferry further north to make passage over to Vancouver Island. This route provides spectacular sights and less crowded roads on both the mainland and Vancouver Island, with ample room for exciting side trips.

Alison Browne shares her reasons for taking this more scenic route between Vancouver and Victoria, which you should consider during your next visit to British Columbia.

11. Victoria To Tofino, British Columbia

Vancouver Island Road Trip

Once on Vancouver Island, take a little time to explore outside of Victoria: an island that includes a diverse landscape of coastal beaches, towering mountains, and an expansive rainforest. So spend some time in Victoria, but then set out to enjoy the other amazing wonders that await on this gorgeous island. Drive up the coast vast the Haro and Georgia Straits before cutting inland to traverse the island’s beautiful interior. Gaze out in wonder at the sprawling rainforest as you make your way through the island’s interior before reemerging on the Pacific coast.

Writer Donna Janke shares more on how to make the most of a gorgeous Vancouver Island road trip between Victoria and Tofino.

12. Vancouver To Whistler, British Columbia

Sea To Sky Highway: British Columbia Highway 99

Head north from Vancouver toward the ski town of Whistler along Highway 99 to experience what is called the “Sea To Sky Highway.” At just 65 miles, this journey from the outskirts of Vancouver in Horseshoe Bay may not be lengthy, but it makes up for its brevity in natural beauty. So take your time and pull off the road regularly to gaze out at the surrounding scenery as you move further into the mountains. Don’t forget to explore each of the great towns along the way.

Discover each of Donna’s favorite stops along the Sea To Sky Highway of British Columbia.

13. Fairbanks, Alaska (U.S.) To The Arctic Circle (Yukon, Canada)

This is one road trip that is not for the faint of heart. It will take you through remote portions of the Yukon Territory, with many of your paths covered in gravel and mud. However, if that doesn’t scare you away, this epic road trip to the Arctic Circle in the Yukon may be the perfect adventure. From Alaska, head east toward Dawson along the Top of the World Highway. Once in Dawson, uncover golden nuggets of history as you learn about the town’s past and connection to the Klondike Gold Rush. From there, head north on the Dempster Highway until you reach the Arctic Circle for an experience had only by the heartiest road trippers.

Carol Colborn describes her eight favorite stops along the epic Yukon Arctic road trip she took with her husband.

With a country as large and culturally diverse as the United States, the road trip opportunities are endless. Whether you are looking to journey up or down the coast, take in the sights between the nation’s many national parks, or simply want to try a new path between two familiar places, our writers have done the legwork for you and provided unique and exciting itineraries to use as you plan your own road trips.

While we could have included many more options on this list as we worked our way from California to Maine, here are 16 of our readers’ favorites from 2022 that we hope will make planning your next trip a breeze. This is not a ranked list, but it is numbered for your convenience.

1. Pismo Beach To Pacific Grove, California

California Route 1: Pacific Coast Highway

Enjoy 165 miles of California’s Central Coast as you slowly meander along the Pacific Coast Highway between Pismo Beach and Pacific Grove. This stretch is especially beautiful during springtime as wildflowers begin popping up all over the landscape. Temperatures are also ideal for enjoying the coast by car at this time of year, allowing you to turn off the AC and roll down the windows for fresh air. Views include such sights as Big Sur, Hearst Castle, and the many lovely towns that dot the central California coast. Road trippers are sure to indulge in many of the fruits of the region through delectable dining experiences and local wines.

Editor’s Note: Part of California Route 1 near Big Sur is closed due to rockslides. Check road conditions before heading out.

Read more about the beautiful stops on a California Central Coast road trip.

2. Eureka, California, To Bandon, Oregon

U.S. Route 101: Pacific Coast Highway

The trip between Eureka and Bandon along the Pacific Coast Highway is not long — less than 200 miles of driving — but it is meant to be enjoyed at a slow pace, savoring the sights, smells, and tastes along the way. Begin your journey in the mighty redwoods before making your way up the coast. Along the way, enjoy the stunning landscapes, gorgeous ocean vistas, and charming small towns that make this region of the Pacific such a worthwhile destination any time of the year. This drive up U.S. 101 through Northern California and Southern Oregon is one not to be missed.

Discover why the trek from Eureka to Bandon is our writer Louisa’s favorite annual tradition.

3. Joshua Tree To Death Valley, California

The journey between two of California’s most visited national parks is an experience of its own. Only 4 hours separate these sizzling destinations in the California desert, and they make a great road trip for those that desire to enjoy both. After experiencing Joshua Tree National Park’s namesake yucca plants and exploring its many scenic trails, head north through the Mojave Desert — making frequent stops for fuel, water, and food as a precaution against the sweltering heat —and you will eventually arrive at Death Valley: the United States’ hottest and driest national park.

Cindy Barks shares her favorite stops along the way and how to make the best use of your time at both of these great parks.

4. Kanab To Spring City, Utah

U.S. Route 89

U.S. Highway 89 runs parallel to, and just east of, Interstate 15 through the southern portion of Utah. This less-traveled route will put you within reach of many of southern Utah’s most memorable natural treasures: Zion and Bryce Canyon national parks, Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument, and Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park. In addition to these amazing natural wonders filled with astonishing canyons, stunning rock formations, and pristine sand dunes, you will find yourself in historic towns that will transport you back to the times of the Old West.

Read Cindy’s full article on her favorite stops along Utah’s beautiful Highway 89.

5. Phoenix To Salt River Canyon, Arizona

Drive east from the outskirts of Phoenix for about an hour and you may find yourself in Salt River Canyon, if you are lucky. While not as “grand” as the Grand Canyon itself, Salt River Canyon provides a unique scenic drive that you won’t want to miss, including the chance to spot wild horses. The drive through the canyon itself can prove taxing for the faint of heart, with steep grades, tight turns, and an overall drop in elevation of around 2,000 feet. Don’t let this scare you away from the breathtaking views the route has in store for those that make the journey.

Discover how to enjoy our nine favorite stops driving the scenic Salt River Canyon. And if you’re looking for more to do in Arizona, here are seven other amazing scenic drives through the Grand Canyon State.

6. San Antonio To Marfa, Texas

U.S. Route 90

Before Interstate 10 came into existence and created a faster path through West Texas, U.S. 90 was the route preferred by many. In fact, if you have the extra time and are looking for a more scenic and traditional road trip journey through the state, you may just want to set your sights on this more remote route. Explore Amistad National Recreation Area, Seminole Canyon State Park, and many other great natural areas along your way. Stop off for fuel and food in the historic and quirky old railroad towns, including Marfa, that you will find along the way.

Learn more about these six unique stops on an exciting road trip along U.S. 90 in Texas.

7. Eureka Springs, Arkansas, To Pawhuska, Oklahoma

This two-state journey will take you from the natural springs of northern Arkansas right to the doorstep of the Pioneer Woman herself, Ree Drummond, in Pawhuska. Take in the beautiful trees and lakes of Arkansas as you make your way from Eureka Springs to Bentonville. Explore charming Vinita on historic Route 66 as you make your way west into the Oklahoma portion of your trip. Each stop on your journey will provide a reason to stop and explore.

Enjoy each of these five amazing stops between Eureka Springs and Pawhuska.

8. Seneca To St. Francis, Kansas

U.S. Route 36

Many motorists flock to interstates as a way to reduce travel time and avoid reduced speeds and stop lights. However, with only around 10 stoplights across the entire length of the state, the speed with which you can travel along U.S. Route 36 through northern Kansas might just surprise you. However, don’t go so fast that you miss the many great opportunities you will pass along the way. Find numerous endearing towns ready to welcome you, and explore the many parks and natural areas that you encounter during your journey.

Writer Sara Broers shares 10 reasons why you should take Route 36 through Kansas instead of I-70.

9. Chicago, Illinois, To Santa Monica, California

U.S. Route 66

Historic Route 66 may in fact be no more, as it was officially decommissioned by the U.S. government in the ’80s, having been replaced by several new interstate highways along the way. However, several stretches of this nostalgic byway still exist along the original route, and you can jump on the interstate as needed when they run out. Retrace the path of so many before you who got their proverbial kicks along this classic road trip between Chicago and Los Angeles over its many decades in existence.

From tried-and-true favorites to lesser-known — but just as worthy — hidden gems, here are writer Bob Clinkingbeard’s nine favorite Route 66 experiences he had on a memorable trip with his wife on this famed stretch of highway.

10. Duluth To Grand Portage, Minnesota

Minnesota Highway 61: North Shore Scenic Drive

Minnesota 61 along the coast of Lake Superior makes for a beautiful drive. Your journey will take you past great beaches, enchanting waterfalls, and stunning views out over the largest of the Great Lakes. With scores of interesting stops along the way, you will be sure to find a town or attraction of interest to you. Take the journey as fast — or as slow — as you would like as you make your way from Duluth north towards the Canadian border: Just make sure to stop from time to time to take it all in.

Writer Tim Trudell picked his nine favorite stops along Minnesota’s North Shore Drive.

11. Miami To Key West, Florida

U.S. Route 1: Overseas Highway

Just over 160 miles and 42 bridges is all that separates mainland Miami from the remote retreat of Key West. The sprawling city of Miami can keep you busy for days, so plan plenty of time to explore all that the region has to offer, including portions of nearby Everglades National Park. But once you are ready, hit the open road and cruise across the long stretches of bridge separating the 34 individual islands that make up the Florida Keys.

When planning your Overseas Highway trip, consider our favorite stops on an epic road trip between Miami and Key West.

12. North Ocean City, Maryland, To New Castle, Delaware

Delaware Highway 1

Highway 1 works its way north through the state of Delaware from its border with Maryland to Interstate 95. Along the way, you will be treated to sandy beaches, historic towns, and many unforgettable stops along the way. The southernmost leg of the journey will take you through numerous charming beach towns, including Fenwick Island and Rehoboth Beach. Then it turns inland and takes you through the capital of Dover and other great towns of Delaware’s interior. Finally, exit Highway 1 and make for historic New Castle along the Delaware River.

This small but exciting state is well worth your time; enjoy our picks for the best stops during a Delaware road trip the next time you are in the region.

13. Erie, Pennsylvania, To The Poconos

U.S. Route 6

This less-traveled path more or less follows U.S. Route 6 and will take you from the shores of Lake Erie to the wooded mountains of the Poconos. The charming towns of northern Pennsylvania are rich in history and exciting attractions for all ages. Enjoy a stroll out on a former rail trestle bridge turned skywalk; learn more about the man who brought down the infamous Al Capone at a museum dedicated to him; or take a wagon ride through Pennsylvania’s own “Grand Canyon”. The Allegheny region is also chock-full of scenic vistas and natural areas to explore along your journey. This stretch of highway through northern Pennsylvania is sure to provide something for everyone.

Robin O’Neal Smith shares her favorite stops on a beautiful Allegheny road trip through northern Pennsylvania to inspire your next trip.

14. New York City, New York, To Boston, Massachusetts

During your next trip between New York City and Boston, ditch the more crowded interstate route along the coast and opt for a leisurely road trip through New York State’s gorgeous Hudson Valley and Western Mass instead. With stops at both indoor and outdoor art exhibits, the Culinary Institute of America, and the infamous town of Salem, your journey to Boston will be sure to thrill art and history lovers alike.

Make sure to plan a trip that includes these must-stops during a New York City to Boston road trip through the Hudson Valley.

15. Boston, Massachusetts, To Bangor, Maine

This quintessential New England road trip will take you up the coast from Boston, through New Hampshire, and into Maine, the very heart of New England. Stop along at one of the many beaches you pass along the way and take a dip — or a brisk stroll through the sand, depending on the time of year. Each town you pass has its own unique history and charm to dig into upon arrival. Culinary treats await in Portland and Camden, with fresh lobster on the menu just about anywhere you stop. Finally, head inland to Bangor to experience the hometown of Stephen King.

Discover more about each of New England local Sandi Barrett’s picks for the 12 best stops on a road trip from Boston to Bangor.

Bonus: Fabulous Drives Through Alabama Perfect For Every Interest

Regardless of your favorite hobbies and interests, there is likely a road trip through Alabama that will meet your specific entertainment desires. From nature to art and history to sports, the state has a trail for everyone. The state’s department of tourism has crafted 19 unique trails around the state to encourage road trippers to hit the road and explore their great state, all while focusing on the attractions that mean the most to them. Resident and Alabama enthusiast Joe Cuhaj shares 14 of his these fabulous drives through the great state of Alabama, perfect for every interest.

And once you have chosen your path, have all of your stops laid out, and fueled up your ride, ensure you are fully prepared for the journey with these road trip tips:

• 20 Road Trip Essentials I’ve Learned To Never Hit The Road Without
• 11 Audiobooks Perfect For Any Road Trip
• 9 Essential Tips For Surviving A Road Trip With Your Spouse

Placed next to England and below Scotland, Wales is a small country in comparison to the other two, but for a small country, it has some incredibly scenic drives. That’s because, like its neighbors, Wales has dramatic landscapes that include a rugged and beautiful coastline, national parks, hills, valleys, and unlike its neighbors, the largest amount of castles per mile than anywhere else in the UK. All of this means Wales is a stunning country to drive through.

What it might lack in size, it more than makes up for in such varied and interesting roads and routes. And because Wales is a relatively small country, the drives are manageable even if you don’t have much time. There’s a fascinating drive in Wales even if you only have an hour or two to spare. Here are five gorgeous scenic drives to experience in Wales.

1. Black Mountain Pass

South Wales

This dramatic, swooping road takes you right by the Brecon Beacons National Park, and you’ll get to see the area in all its beauty from your car. But the road itself is just as spectacular as the scenery. The startling hairpin bend, known as the ‘cuckoo turn,’ circles through the landscape and takes you down the hillside in a drive akin to a rollercoaster. Take your time on this part of the road; not only is it worth driving gently to soak up the scenery, but it’s not recommended to race along here for safety reasons.

On the way, the Black Mountains’ highest peak, the Carmarthen Fans, can be seen rising and then falling dramatically into the valley. As the road snakes its way through the land sheep graze calmly by the side of the route. If anyone in your party gets travel sickness, definitely take this one slowly as it’s a very winding road. Stop off at Carreg Cennen Castle and Dinefwr Castle, and explore the Brecon Beacons National Park.

Perfect For The Love Of Driving

This route is perfect for anyone who really loves driving. The road has been featured on driving shows on TV in the UK, as it’s unusual, and is also a popular route with cyclists because of how dramatic the turns and sways in the road are.

Length Of Drive: It only takes 45 minutes to drive this route, and though it may be short, it’s full of incredible views. You can drive from either side to the other, or there and then back again.

2. The Abergwesyn Pass

Mid Wales 

If you thought the Black Mountain Pass was a short drive at 45 minutes, the Abergwesyn Pass is tiny at just 20 minutes, but that 20 minutes is full of high drama. If you love your drive to be interesting and perhaps a little scary at times, you’ll love this one. It gets steep on this drive and when you reach ‘the devil’s staircase,’ a series of hairpin bends that test your nerve and your brakes — you’ll either love it or hate it.

This road wasn’t made for cars originally, which explains a lot. It was a drover’s track and is only a single-track road still today, which makes it even more nerve-racking in parts. Take it slow on this drive and you can appreciate some incredible scenery as you travel. Set within the Cambrian Mountains, the drive takes you by some interesting stop-off points. Soar y Mynydd is the most remote chapel in Wales and an atmospheric place to spend some time, and south of the road is the RSPB Gwenffrwd-Dinas reserve and the Llyn Brianne reservoir.

Perfect For Daredevils

If you’re a bit of a daredevil, you’ll love this drive, and if you want to test out how good a driver you are, this drive will give you a run for your money. But it’s also a great pick for nature lovers. You can spot wildlife along the way and then visit the reservoir and the nature reserve.

Length Of Drive: This is a quick drive at just 20 minutes, but it’s packed with stunning sights. Once you’ve completed the dive you’ll want to do it again.

3. The Dragon’s Spine

South Wales To North Wales

So-called because it takes you right up the spine of the country, and Wales’ national symbol is a dragon, The Dragon’s Spine is a much longer drive than the first two I’ve featured here. This route takes you from the south of the country right up to the north, traveling along the ‘spine’ of Wales, or right up the center. The route starts in Cardiff where you can experience all the attractions of the busy city and soak up the big city atmosphere.

From there you drive up through the Brecon Beacons National Park and then up to Snowdonia where the route takes in the second national park. The route ends up in the north in quiet Conwy. There are so many stops along the way on this road trip, the best being the two national parks. There are some incredible opportunities for hiking, wildlife watching, and for simply breathing in the beauty of the country.

Perfect For A First Trip To Wales

This drive is perfect for road-trippers who want to see as much of the country as possible in one trip. This drive gives you a general overview of Wales, so it’s perfect for any first-timers in this part of the UK or those who want to see Wales in one go.

Length Of Drive: This is a long drive that takes in the entire length of the country. Though it only takes around 4 hours total driving time, there’s so much to see I’d recommend making it last a couple of days with stopovers. If you take your time and enjoy the attractions along the way, it can easily stretch to a week.

4. The Coastal Way

South To North Wales

As the name suggests, this drive takes you up, or down, the coastline of Wales. Depending on the way you want to do it, the drive begins down on the south coast at St David’s where you can visit the stunning St David’s Cathedral before you even set off. The Pembrokeshire Coast, on the first part of the drive, is popular with tourists and has some beautiful views out to sea.

From here you drive up the coast all the way to Aberystwyth, another popular tourist town, loved by those who favor this mid-Wales stretch of coastline. The route skirts along the edge of the Snowdonia National Park, and if you fancy climbing Mount Snowdonia — the tallest mountain in Wales — or just gazing at it in wonder, the dive offers the perfect opportunity for a stop off. The trip ends in Aberdaron in the north, a former fishing village that’s rugged and unspoiled.

Perfect For Beach Lovers

If you love being by the sea and beaches are your thing, this is a lovely drive right up the coast of the country. There are some interesting stops along the way, but the rocky coast and the beautiful beaches are the real attraction.

Length Of Drive: You can actually drive the coast of Wales in around 5 hours, so it’s easily doable in a day, but to really do it justice, stretch it over 3 days and you can appreciate it so much more.

5. North Wales Way

North Wales

The North Wales Way drive starts right on the border with England, just below the English city of Chester in the Welsh village of Bretton. From here, you’ll head to the north coast of Wales, passing Llandudno, a popular tourist destination with English travelers. There are some incredible castles to be explored along this route, including Conwy Castle, Caernarfon Castle, and Beaumaris Castle. These three are the largest and most visited, but there are also some smaller, lesser-visited castles along this route. This route has a lot of castles!

The route then takes you right along the coastline until you skirt Bangor and cross over onto the island of Anglesey. After driving through Anglesey, you’ll cross over onto the island of Holyhead, the small patch of land just off Anglesey — though it is still technically part of Anglesey. Here you can explore standing stones, the South Stack Lighthouse, and the stunning coastal path that’s great for walking.

Perfect For History Lovers

This drive is ideal for anyone with even a passing interest in history. There are more castles along this route than you imagine, and it seems at times as if there’s a castle every time you blink. Then there’s the historic island of Anglesey with older history in the form of standing stones, and also a maritime history that’s well celebrated.

Length Of Drive: The drive itself can be done in an hour and a half, but it’s bound to take longer with so many amazing things to see along the way. Making the most of it takes 6 hours, or even a couple of days, which will give you enough time to fully explore.

Moab and Salt Lake City are about a 4-hour drive apart if you navigate straight through from one to the other. However, you definitely want to stop and explore Utah’s gorgeous scenery. The landscape along the way makes you want to grab your water bottle — a must-have in the hot, desert environment — and hike through the red rock formations.

You will find exciting adventures, history, refined culture, and amazing cuisine along the way. Plan to enjoy a day or two on either end — Moab and Salt Lake City offer their own special characters and are unique in their offerings. Take a day in between the two and make the drive for a quintessential Utah road trip.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Quesadilla Mobilla

Moab

Whether you arrive in Moab by car, plane, or the Rocky Mountaineer, you will love the Western vibe in this dusty adventure town.

Downtown Moab is a fun place to shop, eat, and people watch. A mix of souvenir shops, jewelry stores, and Western outfitters line the downtown area, making it a perfect spot to stretch your legs and absorb the Moab outdoorsy vibe.

In one corner of downtown is a large food truck park where you can dine on everything from gelato to paninis. Around the corner from the park sits a lone, bright yellow truck — Quesadilla Mobilla. Monster quesadillas that will fuel you up with energy for your outdoor exploits are served up at this food truck stop. Grab a picnic table and a fist full of napkins — their ooey-gooey quesadillas are legendary.

2. Hell’s Revenge

Moab

Exploring Hell’s Revenge is at the top of everyone’s list when visiting Moab. The intrepid explorer can pilot their own ATV/UTV up and down the precarious rock formations following in the footsteps of many a skilled driver. For thrill-seekers who are happy to hand over the controls to a professional, there are large all-terrain vehicles where you can buckle in and enjoy the scenic route. With obstacles to attack with names like the “Tip-Over Challenge” and “Rubble Trouble,” you know you are in for an exciting ride.

To sit back and enjoy the slick rock ride, book a tour with Big Iron Tours and hop aboard the ‘Pain Train’ — a 1970 M35 military transport vehicle. As you navigate the bumpy, hair-raising descents, switchback turns, and steep climbs enjoy sweeping vistas of the La Sal Mountains while leaving the navigating to someone else.

3. Arches National Park

No trip to Moab is complete without visiting Arches National Park. A drive through the park is like visiting the moon or another unearthly planet. Every turn opens up new and unusual gravity-defying red rock formations.

The park becomes very busy by mid-morning, and parking can be difficult. Even short hikes through the park can be a challenging exertion and sturdy shoes are a necessity. If you don’t have time for a hike, a simple drive-through to enjoy the panoramic vistas is a minimum must-do when visiting the area.

Enthusiastic adventurers will want to make a reservation at Devils Garden Campground to enjoy the immersive national park experience. Try to take a midday nap and rest up for the amazing nighttime starlight dark sky extravaganza.

4. Dead Horse Point State Park

Moab

At the top of Dead Horse Point State Park, there is a large flat area — the point — surrounded by deep, rocky canyons with precipitous drops. The point is accessible by a precariously narrow road — don’t look down. In pioneer days, wranglers would drive wild horses into the flat and barricade the entrance, corralling them on the inescapable point. Legend claims at one time the horses were forgotten high on the point and died — thus the park’s name.

The beauty of the park’s wild landscape viewed from your perch high up on the point is stunning. No matter which direction you turn, the panorama is breathtakingly beautiful, offering views of Canyonlands National Park, the La Sal Mountains, and the Colorado River.

5. Canyonlands National Park

Avid hikers will love Canyonlands National Park. The park boasts hundreds of miles of hiking trails for all levels. Hiking in Canyonlands National Park requires some pre-planning — water, sunscreen, and a trail map are at the top of the list.

The easy-rated White Rim Overlook is just under 2 miles round trip with a rewarding view. Expert hikers can embark on the 10-plus-mile Alcove Spring Trail that brings you to the base of the Moses and Zeus Towers.

6. Ray’s Tavern

Green River

A little way down the road from Moab is Green River, home to Ray’s Tavern. Time your journey to land here for lunch. The order of the day: burgers and fries. Keep it simple and keep it delicious. This local dive bar has morphed into a must-stop eatery on any road trip between Moab and Salt Lake City.

7. Utah State University Prehistoric Museum

Price

Dinosaur hunters will want to stop at the Utah State University Prehistoric Museum. Wannabe paleontologists, archaeologists, and geologists alike will find displays to captivate their attention. The Aggies are proud of their university and take great care in maintaining the museum for their guests to enjoy.

Throughout the West, you will come upon dinosaur museums in the most unlikely little towns. These ancient beasts left copious footprints and fossil evidence that will amaze you and peak your imagination.

8. Brigham Young University

Provo

Home of Brigham Young University, Provo is a good spot to stop and stretch your legs. Wandering around campus grounds brings back the halcyon days of college life. Mingling with students on the cusp of exploring their future imparts a sense of youthful exuberance, not to mention a trip down memory lane.

9. Caffe Molise

Salt Lake City

As you pull into the downtown area of Salt Lake City, the pretty views of the Wasatch Mountains explain why the Mormon leaders decided to call it home. The downtown area is a walkable section of the city offering visitors great dining establishments, shops, and historic sites.

One Salt Lake City restaurant standout is Caffe Molise. Offering fine Italian cuisine in an old brownstone, you will be charmed by the hip interior. The menu offers many tempting options. Start with the bruschetta misto or the pomodori e mozzarella to get your taste buds warmed up. The penne di caprino with goat cheese, sun-dried tomatoes, garlic, and artichoke hearts on a bed of penne is heavenly. You won’t be disappointed if you dine on the polenta con funghi — wild mushrooms on gorgonzola-enriched polenta. Top it all off with the crème brûlée for a truly decadent dinner.

10. The Tabernacle Choir At Temple Square

Salt Lake City

On most Thursday evenings from 7:30 p.m. to 9:30 p.m., The Tabernacle Choir entertains audiences with their famed choir rehearsals. Their harmonious voices reverberate through your entire being with their glorious musical prayers. Experiencing the world-renowned Tabernacle Choir should be on every music lover’s bucket list. Other musical events offered include their famed organ recitals, bell performances, Music and the Spoken Word, and other events.

11. Little America Hotel

Salt Lake City

Salt Lake City’s Little America Hotel is a big surprise wrapped up in a neat package. Located on a tree-lined street downtown, the hotel exterior blends beautifully into the neighborhood in a charming and unassuming way. However, when you step into the lobby, you quickly realize you have found something special — a little hidden gem of a stay. The rooms are spacious and comfy. The hotel is in the perfect spot after a day of exploring Salt Lake City.

Two intriguing and different Utah destinations — Moab and Salt Lake City — are waiting for you to explore their gifts. From high-energy adventure to world-renowned musical talent, your road trip between the two will be filled with history, exploration, and great food.

Explore fun things to do in beautiful Salt Lake City or explore exciting outdoor adventures in Moab by visiting our destination guides.

There are places in California that are known around the world. And then there are the lesser-known, hidden gems. The Central Coast is filled with such places; small towns that were once stagecoach stops, restaurants and hotels in beautifully restored historic buildings, and tiny museums honoring famous writers. Mixed in are hundreds of wineries producing award-winning wines and restaurants receiving national attention.

As a resident of California for over 40 years, I am always amazed at how much my home state has to offer. I’ve made several road trips through the Central Coast, and each time we discover something new. Here’s the route I recommend if you have a few days to explore this region, starting in the south and concluding 100 miles later in the north.

A portion of my trip was hosted by the Nomada Hotel Group and Visit Santa Ynez Valley, but all opinions are my own.

1. Solvang

Solvang is one of the better-known destinations in this region, and for good reason. Founded by Danish immigrants in 1911, the streets are lined with half-timbered buildings topped with wood-shingled roofs, colorful shops selling Danish goods, and of course, windmills.

Start your day right with traditional Danish pastries at one of the many bakeries in town. Birkholm’s Bakery & Cafe has been in operation since 1951 selling Scandinavian cakes, breads, and pastries. Then stroll the streets of Solvang enjoying boutique shops, wine-tasting rooms, and restaurants. Don’t miss the small, but informative Hans Christian Andersen Museum located on the second floor of The Book Loft. I loved revisiting all of my favorite childhood fairytales written by this celebrated Danish author.

To fully enjoy Solvang and the surrounding small towns, be sure to stay for at least a night. I recommend Hotel Ynez, situated halfway between Solvang and Santa Ynez. Positioned between two churches and a residential neighborhood, this quiet property is perfect for a relaxing getaway. 22 rooms surround a large outdoor garden dotted with firepits, cozy seating areas, and a bocce ball court. Jason and I grabbed a bottle of wine to enjoy while playing our first-ever rounds of bocce ball. The rooms are modern and spacious, and each has its own patio and hammock.

2. Buellton

I have just one recommended stop in the town of Buellton, but it’s an important one, Hitching Post II. Specifically, I suggest lunch and wine tasting in the outdoor space located next to the original restaurant. If the name sounds familiar, it’s probably because of the 2007 movie, Sideways. This restaurant featured prominently in the movie, both on-screen and off. In 2019, founders Frank Ostini and Gray Hartley decided to expand operations to include a lunch spot and wine-tasting room.

It’s all about the barbecue at Hitching Post II, so Jason ordered the ribs while I enjoyed a cheeseburger. We rounded out our meal with an excellent glass of 2019 Highliner Pinot Noir. Both the wine and the food are complemented by the view. If weather permits, grab an outdoor table under one of the giant oak trees.

3. Los Olivos

Los Olivos is a wine lover’s dream come true with dozens of tasting rooms within a short walk along its two main streets, Grand Avenue and Alamo Pintado Avenue. This unincorporated community was originally a stagecoach stop and dates back to 1860.

Today, Los Olivos is the perfect spot to try new wines and enjoy excellent food. Jason and I had the chance to visit Grimm’s Bluff Wine Tasting Room and sample their excellent sauvignon blancs and cabernet sauvignons.

You’ll likely need a break between wine tastings, so fortunately there are some lovely shops to explore. My favorite was J. Woeste Treasures For Home & Garden. Formerly a residence, this home and garden is now a plant nursery and gift shop. It’s quite large and boasts an impressive inventory. If you’re visiting around the holidays they also have a nice selection of decorations for both inside and outside your home.

Our day continued at Los Olivos Wine Merchant & Cafe for another wine tasting and dinner. After being seated next to the fireplace, we sampled three Bernat wines; Sangiovese, Syrah, and cabernet sauvignon. Then we enjoyed a delicious dinner. All the produce for the restaurant is grown on the nearby family farm which is adjacent to the vineyard where the grapes for Bernat wines are grown. This is definitely the place to go if you’re seeking a romantic dinner with your partner.

4. Los Alamos

At first glance, Los Alamos doesn’t look like much. Its main road, known as Bell Street, is short and dusty. But it’s what’s hiding behind each of the storefronts that makes this place worth visiting.

If you’re here during breakfast or lunch, you must head to Bob’s Well Bread. Started by a former movie studio executive, Bob Oswaks, this bakery and cafe serves delicious pastries, sandwiches, soups, and salads. I’m still dreaming about their kouign-amann, a pastry hailing from the Brittany region of France that’s like a denser, sweeter croissant. A second location recently opened in nearby Ballard serving equally delicious food.

For dinner, we had the pleasure of trying Pico, a fine dining restaurant located in the former Los Alamos General Store. Built in 1880, this building has been well cared for over the years, resulting in a space that still has beautiful wooden floors, ceilings, and beams, all making for a warm and inviting dining experience. But what matters most is the food — and it’s excellent. A highlight was definitely Winfield Farm pork tri-tip with bean stew and caramelized onions. And whether you like craft cocktails or a good glass of wine, they have both. The owners also have a winery called Lumen, and you can pop into their tasting room located next door.

Just a bit outside of town is a lovely spot for wine tasting at Dovecote Winery. A covered wood deck perched on the edge of a pond is the perfect spot for sampling delicious white and red wines, with our favorite being the 2022 Estate Grenache Blanc. All tastings are private and must be arranged in advance.

High on a hilltop is the ideal space to spend the night, the Skyview Los Alamos. Once a bare-bones roadside motel, this property has been transformed into a stylish boutique hotel. What used to be parking spaces in front of each room is now a garden lined with lanterns and dotted with fire pits and seating areas. The cozy rooms feature dark wooden floors, local art on the walls, and private patios overlooking the valley. Included for each guest is a complimentary glass of Skyview Vineyards pinot noir rosé.

5. San Luis Obispo

San Luis Obispo (or SLO as it’s known by locals) is a much bigger town than the previous stops. Its downtown straddles the San Luis Obispo Creek, a tiny waterway that provides a lovely backdrop to a park along with a few shops and restaurants. In fact, anytime we visit we enjoy a meal at Novo Restaurant and enjoy their outside deck built over the creek and around a few large oak trees.

Spend some time wandering the streets of downtown SLO lined with old-fashioned street lights, large trees, a few historic buildings, and plenty of great shops.

The Mission San Luis Obispo de Tolosa is certainly worth a visit. Founded by Father Junipero Serra in 1772, the mission was the fifth built in a series of 21 spanning the state of California. There’s a small museum on the premises, and visitors are always welcome to walk through the main sanctuary when services are not taking place.

Our favorite place to stay in SLO is The Granada Hotel & Bistro. This red brick building once housed a brothel, and they’ve opted to lean into that history with a decor that features dark colors and velvet upholstery. Rooms are small but don’t lack for anything. I haven’t tried their restaurant yet, but hope to do so next time.

6. Paso Robles

While not nearly as well known as Napa and Sonoma, Paso Robles has become a premier wine destination. But unlike its neighbor to the north, it’s not crazy expensive.

Start in Paso’s town square centered around Downtown City Park. Here you’ll find several tasting rooms, a few restaurants, and my personal favorite, Brown Butter Cookie Company. Be careful how many of these delicious cookies you buy because it’s really tough to stop eating them.

Then head out of town a bit to Justin Winery. Choose wine tasting, lunch overlooking the vineyards, or both. Their restaurant was recently named Michelin Guide Recommended.

Our favorite reason for a stop in Paso is the nighttime light show called Sensorio. As the sun sets, 100,000 multi-colored lights become visible against the night sky. Pathways weave through the installation giving guests the chance to appreciate the lights from several vantage points. We purchased VIP tickets, but I wouldn’t do that again; I think general admission is more than adequate.

For an elegant overnight stay in Paso head to Allegretto Vineyard Resort. The owner of this resort is a passionate art collector and has placed many of his favorite pieces throughout the property. There’s also a chapel, labyrinth, and a small vineyard on site.

Here are some of the reasons why it's well worth your time.

Are you looking for a scenic and relaxing drive to take in the incredible natural beauty of Lake Tahoe? If so, consider taking the Lake Loop route from Reno around Lake Tahoe, visiting Carson City and Virginia City. The route is breathtakingly beautiful. You’ll see incredible scenery, take in some history, and enjoy some lovely small towns that are great places to stop and explore.

Another couple joined my husband and me during the first 4 days in Carson City, and then two other couples joined us during our time in North Lake Tahoe. We visited during the month of August. It was warm but not terribly hot. Late spring into early fall would be great times to visit unless you are into snow sports and want to ski.

Most people who travel between Reno and Lake Tahoe tend to stick to the interstate, which is understandable given its convenience. However, taking the scenic Tahoe Loop is worth considering if you’re looking for something different. It is a fun road trip you won’t regret.

Visit Carson City and their partners hosted our four-day visit and activities in Carson City and surrounding areas. All opinions are my own.

1. Reno

Reno is like a mini Las Vegas. There are casinos, and gambling is available everywhere, including the airport. But there is so much more to this town. Reno offers much, from outdoor adventure to art to award-winning restaurants.

The Riverwalk along the Truckee River is beautiful. There are several eateries along the walk with tables overlooking the water, and we enjoyed just walking along the river. You can find boutique shopping and world-class entertainment along the Riverwalk district. Plus, they have a fun award-winning white water park. 

One of the most popular and fun monthly events the 50+ traveler might enjoy in Reno is the monthly Wine Walk held every third Saturday of the month throughout the year. The walk is held along the Truckee River and on neighboring streets, and proceeds benefit local charities.

After a day in Reno, head south for a short 25-minute drive to Carson City.

2. Carson City 

Carson City was our home base for most of our adventures in the area. It is the capital city with lots to see and do.

Downtown Carson City is walkable, with stops at the Capital Grounds, the Battle Born Memorial, several antique shops and bookstores, museums, and restaurants.

We enjoyed touring the Capital Building and Battle Born Hall inside the Nevada State Capitol Building when we visited. The public is welcome to tour two floors of the capital building, which was built in 1871.

The Nevada State Railroad Museum is full of memorabilia, locomotives, and other equipment that will take you back in time to when the railroad was the king of transportation. You can enjoy a historical train ride experience aboard the Virginia and Truckee Railway from Carson City to Virginia City.

A new railway experience is the Carson Canyon Railbike Tours. We were fortunate to be able to take this fun 2-hour tour.

The Stewart Indian School Cultural Center & Museum and the Nevada State Museum are two other museums of interest.

During our visit, we hit the Kit Carson Trail, a self-guided walking tour with 48 stops, and each was identified with a marker. An audio tour is available to provide information about what you see as you walk through Carson City’s West Side Historic District. The landmarks included churches, museums, and Victorian-style homes that told a story of the town’s rich history.

Several excellent hikes include Carson River Park and Ash Canyon Creek Trail. You can also hike to the Kings Canyon Waterfall.

Carson City also boasts hot springs, water adventures, an up-and-coming food scene, and numerous annual events.

A great place to stay when you are in Carson City, Nevada, is the Staybridge Suites. It is easy to get to and within close driving distance of everything. The rooms are lovely, and the staff is friendly and helpful. We especially enjoyed the free laundry area to wash clothes for the next leg of our trip. The outdoor space and pool were lovely, with lots of room to relax and enjoy the view. We had a two-bedroom suite with a full kitchen and living area. It was perfect for two couples traveling together.

Pro Tip: If walking downtown or taking the Kit Carson Trail or other hikes, be sure to stay hydrated and hike early in the day. The heat later in the day is intense.

3. Virginia City

While Carson City was our home base, we took a day to drive to Virginia City to take in the Old West action there. Virginia City is a 20-minute drive from Carson City on a very curvy and winding road that increases in elevation as you go.

You can ride the Virginia and Truckee Railway up the mountain on days the train is running.

We had planned to ride the train but found out a few days before our visit that the train was not running while we were in town.

Wild horses were out along the road when we left Carson City to drive up the mountain. They are native to the area and often even walk into town.

Spending a day in Virginia City is like being in a place where the hands of time stopped a hundred years ago. Millions of dollars from mining proceeds made Virginia City a boomtown back in the day. Today it is a tourist destination like no other.

Instead of sidewalks, there are boardwalks along the main street of town. Virginia City is home to unique museums, paranormal tours, train and trolley rides, historic churches, mining tours and exhibits, numerous shops, over a dozen eateries, some Old West hotels (no modern hotels with swimming pools and game rooms here), and a Wild West comedy show.

We visited many shops and purchased some old-fashioned candy and other items.

The Virginia & Truckee Railroad offers 35-minute round-trip rides from Virginia City to Gold Hill. The conductor narrates the history of how the town was once the wealthiest city on earth, how the railroad was built, where the mines were located, and more. The conductor had lots of information and obviously loved his job. We loved this ride.

Next time we visit, we want to do the Chollar Mine Tour. It takes you underground into a mine to see how miners in the Gold Rush times extracted the wealth Virginia City is famous for.

After our time in Virginia City, we drove further up the mountain to Geiger Lookout, which provided a scenic view of Reno and the surrounding area. The hotel manager suggested it in Carson City, and the view was worth the few extra miles.

Our 4 days in Carson City went by so fast that we could have easily spent an entire week there. But we were off to meet two other couples joining us in North Lake Tahoe.

We continued taking the scenic Lake Loop route and headed around the south end of Lake Tahoe.

4. South Lake Tahoe

Lake Tahoe sits on the Nevada and California border in the Sierra Nevada mountain range. The water is crystal clear, and the scenery gorgeous and majestic. The largest alpine lake in North America is stunningly beautiful.

South Lake Tahoe is more commercialized than the other areas around the lake. The largest town around the lake, it has the largest variety of shopping and dining options. You will also find casinos, concerts, and festivals in South Lake Tahoe. 

Along the lake’s southern end, you will find one of the world’s most beautiful and photographed locations, Emerald Bay. Known for the crystal clear blue waters and huge dramatic cliffs, visitors can park and enjoy picnicking, swimming, and hiking.

Emerald Bay also boasts one of the most beautiful waterfalls in the area, Eagle Falls.

Once you hike down to the lake, you can stop at the visitors center and tour Tahoe’s hidden castle, the Vikingsholm Castle. Built in 1929, it is a replica of a Viking-era castle.

5. North Lake Tahoe

We met two other couples and spent the remainder of our time in North Lake Tahoe.

We stayed at the rustic River Ranch Lodge, which was on the banks of the Truckee River. The lodge also has a restaurant and counter service lunch on a huge patio overlooking the river.

There are miles of paved bike trails along the river. Both pedal and electric rental bikes are available.

We spent an afternoon horseback riding with Alpine Meadows Stables. The horses were well-trained and carried us along the rugged paths with ease.

We spent one day at Palisades Tahoe, where the 1960 Olympics were held. It is the largest ski resort in Lake Tahoe and has enjoyable year-round activities. We rode the aerial tram to the top of the mountain and enjoyed the breathtaking views. There is also an Olympic Museum, a skating and hockey rink, restaurants, and hiking.

Tahoe City is a charming town and home to the only outlet for Lake Tahoe. The water is released into the Truckee River. River rafting is a popular activity in the area. Tahoe City boasts numerous dining options, boutique shops, museums, and a beach area.

One of the highlights of our time in North Lake Tahoe was a dinner cruise on the lake.

Pro Tip: The area is also frequently visited by bears, so don’t leave food in your car.

If you’re looking for an unforgettable road trip experience, take the Tahoe Loop from Reno to Lake Tahoe. The drive will take you through some of Nevada’s most picturesque scenery, including Emerald Bay and Carson City. Make a stop in Virginia City to explore its Wild West history, then continue to beautiful Lake Tahoe. No matter what time of year you go, the views are sure to amaze.

This fall, we traveled to Albuquerque, New Mexico, to attend the 50^th Albuquerque International Balloon Fiesta. It’s a long drive to the fiesta from Las Vegas, and stopping to see things along the way makes for a pleasant trip and a chance to experience many sights you might otherwise miss. Take the time to get off the highway and look around. You will be richly rewarded with beautiful memories.

Here are my favorite stops on the way to Albuquerque from Las Vegas, Nevada, and back again:

1. Las Vegas, Nevada

For New Experiences

Staying for two nights or more in Las Vegas provides a wealth of new things to see and do. 

Las Vegas is constantly changing. Of course, there are shows, gaming, and excellent food choices; but there are also other exciting things to do that involve getting out and looking around. On our trip, we decided to drive to Hoover Dam, seek out one of the best happy hour experiences, and wander through the upgraded Fremont Street experience. 

See The Hoover Dam From 1,000 Feet Up

Mike O’Callaghan–Pat Tillman Memorial Bridge plaza provides a parking area where you can choose to walk up the stairs to get to the top or take an easy set of switch-back ramps to get to the bridge spanning the Colorado River. Venturing out on the pedestrian walkway provides a great look at the dam and Lake Mead behind it. Nowhere else can you get a view like this.

Enjoy The Chart House Happy Hour

The Chart House in the Golden Nugget Casino has a popular happy hour menu. We thoroughly enjoyed it. Their offerings were reasonably priced and delicious. Their claim to fame is the enormous aquarium behind the bar; we’re told that a giant moray eel lives in the tank. 

Pro Tip: Happy hour is from 4 to p.m., Monday to Friday. They do not take reservations, and seating is limited — plan to arrive early to avoid waiting for a table. 

The Fremont Street Experience

A stroll through the Fremont Street Experience to see the hourly show on the ceiling is worth a visit. The display has been upgraded, and the graphics are amazing. Everyone in your group will enjoy the show and remember it for a long time. It is located right outside the Golden Nugget Casino. Well worth it!

Pro Tip: There have been reports of pickpockets working the crowd, so keep an eye on the show and your wallet.

2. Williams, Arizona

Get On Board The Grand Canyon Railway!

Just off Interstate 40 is the small town of Williams, Arizona. Old Route 66 runs right through the city. Nicely preserved, the area has good restaurants and shops to explore. A rail station left over from the gold mining days also operates to take people the 60 miles to the South Rim of the Grand Canyon.

Ride The Grand Canyon Railway

Buy a ticket on the Grand Canyon Railway for a comfortable, easy trip to see the Grand Canyon. You’ll be treated to a show before boarding the train. Once on board, you will enjoy snacks, food, and beverages. There are several ticket prices to choose from. Select your tickets and ride in style to the Grand Canyon. Leave your car or RV in Williams! No crowds to deal with and plenty of time to explore the national park.

On certain days of the month, an old steam engine (assisted by more modern engines) leads the train to the Grand Canyon. The train is well-maintained, and the guides in each car provide commentary and assistance throughout the journey. The two-hour ride (each way) is fun and relaxing. On the return trip, the train might be robbed by the characters from the morning show. Ours was! The sheriff did his best to catch them, but they got away.

Explore The South Rim Of The Grand Canyon

The Grand Canyon is a majestic sight not to be missed. The train from Williams stops at the South Rim of the national park, leaving the North Rim for you to explore on a future visit. 

Pro Tip: Add a bus tour to your reservation when booking the train. The bus tour takes you to the best sights around the South Rim area. Perfect for maximizing your time and taking photos. Reserve the bus tour with or without lunch included.

3. Winslow, Arizona

The Place To Take It Easy

Winslow, Arizona, is famous for the Eagles’ hit Take It Easy. They have capitalized on that and built a small area with a statue to mark their claim to fame. Old Route 66 runs right through town.

Winslow is just off Highway 40. It’s a fun stop to make for a meal or to buy souvenirs. There is a museum and historic buildings. We enjoyed lunch at the Olde Town Grill. We were told by the owner Kelly that the restaurant is inside the original Winslow Post Office building. Local cowboys commemorate the Pony Express. Do not miss a chance to visit Winslow and Route 66 when traveling Highway 40, east or west.

4. Petrified Forest National Park

Just off Highway 40 is Petrified Forest National Park. The great thing about the park is you can choose to stop for photos, hike on trails, or drive through the park. The observation points along the way are excellent — plenty of parking and large areas for RVs. We drove the road from the north entrance to the south entrance, where the large petrified logs are. Then we drove the same route from the south entrance back to the north entrance. Each direction seemed different. Well worth it to travel both ways!

The park’s northern end has beautiful painted desert landscapes to stop and enjoy. The rich colors are a photographer’s dream. Drive to the park’s southern entrance to walk among the petrified trees and see them up close. Stop at the Painted Desert Visitor Center. Don’t miss this chance to visit a National Park that is easy to navigate and see in a few hours. 

5. Albuquerque, New Mexico

Home Of the Balloon Fiesta

We arrived at the Albuquerque International Balloon Fiesta full of anticipation and excitement. Having secured a two-night reservation for RV parking at the fiesta, we anxiously awaited our chance to see the balloons launch in the morning. Alas, the events for the two days we were there were canceled due to bad weather. We vowed to return next year and hope for better weather. 

Please stop in and see the Balloon Museum, where it is never raining!

Twister’s Burgers and Burritos was the site used for filming the fictional Los Pollos Hermanos restaurant. If you are a fan of the TV series Breaking Bad or Better Call Saul, reserve a tour well in advance. The most popular tours are booked solid well in advance.

Pro Tip: Reservations for the Albuquerque International Balloon Fiesta are very popular and hard to get (they are gone in minutes). Reservations for various events, lodging, balloon rides, and RV parking are made available multiple times; consult the Balloon Fiesta website for dates when you can make your reservations.

6. Sedona, Arizona

A Bucket-List Destination

On the way back from Albuquerque, take a detour and visit Sedona. The area is stunningly beautiful. The red rocks are everywhere and provide a pleasant backdrop to the town. We stayed in a great RV park there. A return trip to Sedona is also still on my bucket list!

Pro Tip: The road to Sedona, mapped by most GPS and phones, will take you from Highway 40 to Highway 89A. Avoid this road if you are in an RV or pulling a trailer. Check the Rancho Sedona website for alternate directions.

7. Oatman, Arizona

“Way Out There”

Another fascinating and worthwhile detour is to Oatman, Arizona. Exit Highway 40 and drive to Oatman on the old Route 66 road. Oatman was a mining boomtown. It’s now a town of 100 or so people. The city is also home to wild burros, or donkeys.

Lunch at the Oatman Hotel Restaurant & Saloon is a must! Good food and dollars galore!

8. Laughlin, Nevada

A Great Place To Spend A Day Or Two

Laughlin is an excellent place to stop for the night. We stayed at the Riverside Resort RV Park. The park is gigantic but has all the amenities you will need. A shuttle will pick you up at your RV site and take you to the hotel down at the river.

You will find so much to see along the route to New Mexico. Take some time to explore the many exciting places along the fabled Route 66.

Visitors from overseas often find it a daunting task to drive around the island country of England. We have a lot of roundabouts, and many roads swoop and dive into valleys and climb into hills with stomach-flipping rises and falls. In some more rural areas of the country, the roads are old, single-lane tracks, and in other places confusing junctions and one-way systems make navigating a new city an interesting adventure. Put simply, England is a small country with old roads that weren’t designed to take the amount of traffic that now travels on them; but England is also a beautiful country to drive through. 

The hills and valleys, the lakes and moorland, the rolling and dramatic scenery, all make driving in England a joy. And no place is all that far away from anywhere else. You’re never far from the coast, and you can easily drive from one part of the country to another in the same day. Here are five gorgeous scenic drives to experience in England.

1. Alnmouth To Lindisfarne

It might be quicker and easier to get to places by motorway in England, but there’s something magical about taking the slower, scenic roads. Starting in Alnmouth, this coastal road follows the shape of the land, and you’ll take in the most incredible views of the sea on one side and castles and countryside on the other. You’ll pass Bamburgh Castle, built in the 12^th century on the site of a Celtic fort. The castle towers over the land and can be seen from miles around. 

When you reach Lindisfarne, the history deepens. This is a holy island, accessed by a tidal causeway, so you’ll need to time your drive right if you want to travel over to the island — and crucially, if you want to get back across the water again. Lindisfarne was the site of the first Viking invasion of the UK in A.D. 793, when it was a monastery, and today it’s a tourist attraction, historical site, and place of pilgrimage.

Perfect For History Lovers

This drive is just right for anyone with an interest in history, but especially the Vikings. Also, anyone with an interest in religious history will love Lindisfarne.

Length Of Drive

It takes about an hour to drive from Alnmouth to Lindisfarne, though there are some stunning historic stops along the way that could make it longer!

Location

Alnmouth and Lindisfarne are located in Northumberland, in the North East of England

2. Keswick To Borrowdale To Buttermere

This is a round trip through some of the Lake District’s most stunning scenery. Starting at the market town of Keswick, drive south to Borrowdale. The landscape in this part of England is a wilderness of mountains, valleys, and lakes. There are no motorways here, no fast way to make it around. This drive is all about taking it easy and enjoying the journey. 

When you’ve left Borrowdale and you head to Buttermere, the Honister Pass will rise before you as if you’re driving up to the clouds. This mountain pass snakes its way through the land between the peaks. It’s a thrilling drive and takes you to the beautiful village of Buttermere. Passing by Crummock Water, there’s a brooding atmosphere of history and remoteness as the mist hangs low over the mountains. The village is a lovely place to stop off for a short walk or for a drink in one of the two pubs. There’s also a little tiny chapel on the hill that’s a nice place to dip into for a look around. From here, you’ll drive to Whinlatter Forest and then back to Keswick.

Perfect For Aesthetes

This drive is just right for anyone who likes rugged landscapes and dramatic drives. Even when you stop off in one of the villages, the atmosphere remains one of remoteness and drama.

Length Of Drive

The round trip will take around an hour, depending on how slowly you drive through the scenery and whether you stop in Buttermere.

Location

The points on this drive are all located in the Lake District of Cumbria, in the North West of England.

3. Manchester To Peak District National Park

The big city of Manchester has its charms, and it’s a great place to live or spend some time in, but when the city gets too busy, you can take a drive out into the beautiful Peak District National Park. 

Drive to the small town of Glossop and then take the Snake Pass over the Pennines. The Snake Pass is an experience in itself. Opened in 1821 to link Manchester with Sheffield, the road snakes through the land, twisting and turning while the incredible peaks begin to rise around it. In winter this road is often closed due to snow, as it reaches 1,600+ feet above sea level. 

On the other side of the pass, turn right into the Peak District and you have Ladybower Reservoir, Castleton, the Hope Valley, and Bakewell, all within easy reach of one another. The scenic drive continues as you make your way around the Peak District, through cute little villages and around breathtaking landscapes.

Perfect For Outdoor Enthusiasts

This area it attracts walkers, hikers, climbers, and cyclists from all over the country. Getting here is easy, and it’s a beautiful drive, but if you come on a Sunday you might find it difficult to park.

Length Of Drive

It takes around an hour and 15 minutes to get from Manchester to the opening of the Peak District. The rest depends on how much you want to experience while you’re there.

Location

Manchester and the Peak District are located in the North of England.

4. Cheltenham To Stratford-Upon-Avon

The Cotswolds are a beautiful part of England to explore, and driving through the picture-perfect towns and villages brings a sense of true old England. 

Take the B4632 from Cheltenham, and you can take a leisurely drive through some of the most beautiful English countryside. Thatched roofed cottages and quaint villages roll past as you make your way through the landscape toward the birthplace of Shakespeare. Some of these villages are practically unchanged since the bard was here. Stop off on the way at Chipping Campden and enjoy the English countryside in all its glory. When you reach Stratford-Upon-Avon, visit Shakespeare’s birthplace and his grave in the church, pop into the butterfly house, take a boat out on the river Avon, and see a play at the Royal Shakespeare Theatre.

Perfect For Restoration

The drive is perfect for those who like quiet country drives and historic towns and villages, while the destination is perfect for anyone who likes history and culture.

Length Of Drive

The drive itself only takes about an hour, but the towns and villages on the way are so beautiful, you might want to stop a few times to enjoy the scenery.

Location

This drive takes you through the Cotswolds, a vast area in the center of England.

5. The Atlantic Highway

This is perhaps the most stunning and scenic drive in England. The drive through the counties of Somerset, Devon, and Cornwall takes you right down the coast in the South West of England. 

The drive begins in Eastover and takes you along the Somerset coast. From Somerset, you drive along the North Devon coast. The coastline here is stunning, and with the sea beside you, it’s a lovely leisurely drive. Stop off at Bude to see the beautiful sea pool. Carry on down the coast and into Cornwall, where you can stop at Fistral Beach to catch the surf. The drive ends at the piece of land that juts out into the sea at the bottom tip of Cornwall. At Lands End, the sea is fierce, and the coastline is dramatic. 

The entire drive is a coastal drive, but there are points in the drive where it’s not possible to hug the coastline quite so tightly. In these areas, you’ll drive through historic woodland and the Exmoor National Park, where you might see red deer roaming. The fishing villages of the coast and the quaint villages inland are cozy places to stop for something to eat.

Perfect For Ocean Lovers

This drive is perfect for anyone who loves being by the sea. Although it does take you through various kinds of landscapes, the sea is always by your side. If you love the salty air of the English seaside and historic little fishing villages, this is the drive for you.

Length Of Drive

This is the longest drive on our list and will take you around 2 and a half hours, but of course, it will take longer than that because you’ll want to stop so many times. You can easily do the trip in one day, with stops, or you can plan your trip with overnight stops to get the most out of these beautiful locations.

Location

This drive takes you through the counties of Somerset, Devon, and Cornwall, all located in the South West of England.

At first glance, the wild burros of Oatman, Arizona, seem to steal the whole show, what with their adorable faces, pushy ways, and high-pitched whinnies. But in this fascinating little almost-ghost town, they’re actually just the opening act.

Although the burros are an amusing curiosity, Oatman also boasts a remarkable namesake story, a raucous mining history, and a place on America’s most legendary road: U.S. Route 66. And that’s not even to mention its fun street scene that caters to everyone from shoppers to motorcyclists to sightseers.

With more than a half million visitors a year, Oatman is not exactly a hidden gem. But considering its harsh surroundings, it can feel like the middle of nowhere. And with just 96 residents, the small town is not far from being the ghost town it is often billed as.

Here are nine unique experiences to have in Oatman.

1. Oatman Burros

If you’ve heard about Oatman, it is probably because of the Oatman burros, also known as donkeys. Oatman is famous for them. When I visited in late October, more than a dozen burros were wandering the main street, sticking their heads through the rails along the wood-plank sidewalks, nudging people for treats, and otherwise delighting the kids and adults who were visiting.

A sign along the street notes that burros first came to Oatman with early gold prospectors. The animals were used inside the turn-of-the-century mines for hauling rock and ore and were also used outside the mines for hauling water and supplies. As the mines closed and people moved away, the burros were released into the surrounding hills.

Although today’s burros are considered wild, the ones I saw seemed fairly domesticated, bellowing at times for crackers from the shop owners.

Bags of burro food (feed pellets) are available for purchase at many of the stores along Oatman’s main drag. Opinions vary on whether people should be feeding the burros, and a foal that I spotted had a sign on its head asking people not to feed it.

Regardless, the burros definitely add to the town’s charm. You will find crowds of admirers patting their furry heads and taking selfies with the animals. Note that the burros are usually friendly, but they can be a bit cantankerous.

2. Route 66

Running right through the middle of Oatman is a stretch of the historic Route 66, the famous road that was the main highway route across the United States from the 1920s through the 1950s.

A big part of the experience of an Oatman visit is the knowledge that you’re walking on what was once America’s Main Street. And with the rustic buildings lining both sides of the street, it’s easy to imagine the days of jalopies traversing the country on Route 66’s Chicago-to-Santa Monica route.

Today, you’re more likely to encounter a stream of motorcycles, four-wheel-drive trucks, and classic cars. It’s all part of the Route 66 allure.

3. Oatman Mine Museum

Oatman was founded in about 1906, according to a sign on the street, and by 1931, the area’s mines had produced more than 1.8 million ounces of gold. It became a gold rush boomtown from 1915 to 1917, but things soon slowed down, and in 1941, the U.S. government ordered all mining closed because of World War II.

For a look at a slightly spooky mine shaft, head to the Oatman Mine Museum, where you can walk a short distance into a shaft (admittedly, the shaft was decorated for Halloween when I visited, which made it even scarier), tour a replica Wild West saloon, and browse open-air shops.

4. Oatman Ghost Rider Gunfighters

Squaring off daily at 1:30 and 3:30 p.m. are the Oatman Ghost Rider Gunfighters, who regularly put on a free show in the middle of Route 66. The friendly performers ask the crowd to gather around in the street while they act out a heist, complete with loud gunshot blanks.

The shootouts involve cowboys insulting one another, a theft of bags of loot, and one gunslinger falling in the street. Sure, it’s a bit touristy, but the performers seem to put their hearts into it, and proceeds from the audience’s donations go toward good causes in the community.

5. The Original Oatman

Olive Oatman, the town’s namesake, was famous in the 1800s for being kidnapped by the Apache people, traded to the Mohave people, and later found not far from the site of the current town of Oatman.

The book The Blue Tattoo: The Life of Olive Oatman tells the story of 13-year-old Olive being orphaned and captured while traveling through the area with her pioneer family in 1851. Olive, originally from Illinois, lived for several years with the Mohave people, who reportedly tattooed her face in blue and raised her as their own. She became an instant celebrity when she was repatriated five years later.

The town of Oatman was named in her honor, and you will see images of Olive’s tattooed face around town. The Olive Oatman Restaurant and Saloon is named after her.

6. Quirky Stores

From biker gear to donkey puppets to shiny metal art, you will find it all in the shops that line Oatman’s main drag.

Anyone on the hunt for desert or mining memorabilia is also sure to find it here. A couple of the interesting shops to check out include Route 66 Leather & Gifts and the Gold Rush Candy Shoppe.

7. Oatman Hotel

Care to follow in the footsteps of Clark Gable and Carole Lombard? Well, the Oatman Hotel is the place to do it. Walk into the dollar-bill-papered lobby, and you will immediately notice the sign for the Clark Gable and Carole Lombard Honeymoon Suite. The famous movie stars were said to have stopped in Oatman on their honeymoon after getting married in Kingman in 1939.

Although the hotel no longer offers accommodations, the bar is available, as is an ice cream shop in the lobby.

Other places to stop for refreshments include Judy’s Saloon, which has a nice, shady patio, and the Olive Oatman Restaurant and Saloon.

8. Rugged Countryside

With the Black Mountains rising all around it, Oatman sits right amidst sharp-toothed ridges and forbidding rock formations. Route 66 in both directions from Oatman provides a tableau of the achingly desolate surroundings.

Driving southwest from Kingman, you will first encounter mostly flat, scruffy terrain. But soon, you will be in the middle of what could be a set right out of a Clint Eastwood Western. Watch for Thimble Mountain to the west of Route 66 between Kingman and Oatman, and Elephant’s Tooth to the east of town.

After Oatman, continue south on Route 66 for another 25 miles or so, and you will pass through Joshua tree-dotted ridges and needle-topped peaks before arriving at the marshy banks of the Colorado River at Topock. The route will add an hour or so to your trip, but it is a drive you’re sure to remember.

Pro Tip: Topock is located along Interstate 40 about an hour southwest of Kingman, so drivers can conveniently get back on the interstate after their venture along Route 66.

9. Topock66

For a change of pace from the Old West atmosphere, consider having lunch on the breezy patio of the Topock66 Restaurant, Bar & Riverstore.

It would be hard to find a table without a view of the river, but I recommend taking a stool at the long bar that runs along the edge of the patio for unparalleled vistas of the water. There, you can enjoy a lunch or dinner of smoked pork, chicken, tri-tip, or baby ribs while watching colorful speedboats pull in and out of the marina.

Another popular attraction, especially in the hot summer months, is the restaurant’s swimming pool, which is open to anyone who stops by. The spot is known to be a lively party scene during hot-weather weekends. Topock66 also features a cool indoor bar and a store selling river-themed supplies and souvenirs.

What To Know Before You Go

When To Visit

It’s best to get an early morning start on your trip to Oatman. Parking places are limited in the town and tend to fill up before noon. Arriving by 10 or 11 a.m. and staying through 2 or 3 p.m. will allow you to wander among the burros, have an ice cream cone, browse the shops, and watch the gunslinger show.

The best seasons to visit Oatman are spring and fall. October brings average high temperatures in the mid-80s, while November has highs in the 60s. March and April are lovely in the desert, with average highs in the 70s and 80s. Unless you enjoy temperatures in the 100-degree-plus range, it’s best to avoid Oatman in the summer. May and September also tend to be hot, with highs well into the 90s. The winter months of December and January average in the high 50s, while February posts average highs in the mid-60s (Fahrenheit).

How To Get There

Oatman is located in western Arizona along an old stretch of Route 66 about 45 minutes southwest of the Mohave County Interstate 40 town of Kingman. It is also within a 2-hour drive of Las Vegas, just over 3 hours from the South Rim of the Grand Canyon National Park, and about 4 hours and 30 minutes from Los Angeles — making it a perfect road trip destination from numerous major tourist centers.

In addition, Oatman is an easy day trip of less than an hour’s drive from nearby Colorado River towns of Bullhead City, Arizona; Laughlin, Nevada; and Needles, California. The little gold-mining town is also right in the middle of some of the most rugged beautiful deserts you will find anywhere, and getting there is definitely part of the fun.

Related Reading:

• The Luxurious Glamping Experience Near The Grand Canyon And Sedona
• 10 Arizona Vacation Rentals Perfect For Snowbirds
• 9 Breathtaking Experiences In Historical Window Rock, Arizona

Scotland brings to mind visions of medieval castles, stunning landscapes, and centuries-old history and heritage. This year, I decided to plan a road trip in Scotland to experience its magic. My husband and I love the freedom and independence of driving vacations, and he has plenty of experience driving on the left from earlier adventures.

Putting together a top-notch Scotland driving tour is like weaving a beautifully intricate quilt. Searching for the right pieces is key, and all the destinations and activities must fit together seamlessly into one complex, cohesive structure. It takes time, knowledge, and skill. When done right, everything comes together into a rich tapestry of memorable experiences. 

Brendan Vacations recently hosted me on a self-driving tour of Scotland, and I now understand why having experts plan your trip to this extraordinary destination makes all the difference. Brendan’s specialists helped us plan a customized itinerary that worked exceptionally well, and they included a number of authentic experiences we wouldn’t have found on our own. The trip exceeded our expectations, and I returned with so many wonderful memories to share. The people we met and the places we visited along the way stayed with us long after the trip was over.

Here are my favorite experiences on our 11-day Scotland road trip:

1. Discovering Edinburgh With Locals

Our personalized itinerary included several tours with locals, which provided cultural insights and immersive experiences. In Edinburgh’s Old Town, we walked along the Royal Mile with a fantastic local guide. She took us off the beaten track to hidden places along the busy route and brought history to life through her stories. Touring ancient Edinburgh Castle was a highlight, and we were able to skip the line as part of this excursion.

While Edinburgh is known for its history and landmarks, it also has a vibrant culinary scene. Getting off the tourist path is essential to find some of the best regionally produced Scottish food and drinks. On our foodie walking tour, our local guide led us to reserved tables at unique venues and eateries throughout Edinburgh’s Old and New towns. We sampled amazing dishes and spirits, including the best haggis and black pudding of our entire trip.

Pro Tip: Make travel plans early if you’d like to include the Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo, which takes place at Edinburgh Castle in August.

2. Stunning Landscapes

Scotland’s gorgeous scenery attracts thousands of visitors each year, and seeking out the country’s best views was high on our list. Our itinerary included some of Scotland’s most breathtaking locations, including Loch Ness, Loch Lomond, Glencoe, Glenfinnan, North Berwick, and Perthshire’s beautiful mountains and moors. We spent time hiking in the Scottish Highlands and loved seeing the purple heather that blooms from July through September.

The Isle of Skye was one of the most spectacular places we visited in Scotland. It’s an enchanting wonderland filled with jaw-dropping vistas and picture-perfect spots. Our journey took us to dazzling waterfalls, ragged peaks, dramatic cliffs, incredible castles, and quaint seaside houses painted in rainbow hues.

Pro Tip: Plan to take a guided tour if a full day of driving along Skye’s narrow, winding roads might be too challenging.

3. Legendary Castles

Scotland’s iconic castles were one of the highlights of our trip, and our itinerary included quite a few of these gems. Historic Edinburgh Castle is Scotland’s most famous fortress, but others were also important to us for various reasons. Awe-inspiring Stirling Castle was a residence of Scotland’s kings and queens, and this beautifully restored castle is well worth touring. Outlander and Game of Thrones fans will want to visit nearby 14^th-century Doune Castle, which was also featured in Monty Python and the Holy Grail.

I was utterly captivated by the picturesque Eilean Donan Castle in the Scottish Highlands, which looks like something from a fairy tale. This iconic gem is set on an island at the convergence of three lovely lochs and is among the most photographed castles in the world.

Pro Tip: Book tour times for each castle in advance, particularly during the summer.

4. Cycling Along Loch Lomond’s Bonnie Banks

Biking excursions are a great way to stay active and see more of a destination, so we were thrilled when Brendan Vacations included cycling around Loch Lomond in our itinerary. We enjoyed biking along the relatively flat West Loch Lomond Cycle path, occasionally stopping to take in the gorgeous scenery. E-bikes made the entire experience stress-free.

Best of all, our biking trip included an elaborate picnic complete with Scottish cheeses, crackers, chutney, fruit, and a s’mores kit for the perfect dessert. It was a great way to spend the day, and the picnic made it even more memorable.

Pro Tip: Scotland’s weather can change quickly. Bring along a waterproof backpack and rain gear, just in case.

5. History, Heritage, And Traditions In St. Andrews

St. Andrews is a must-visit destination for golfers and history lovers. Golf has been played at St. Andrews for more than 600 years, and we enjoyed learning more on our superb walking tour of St. Andrews Links’ fabled Old Course. Our expert guide regaled us with insights and stories, bringing the legends of these renowned fairways to life. We also hiked along stunning West Sands Beach, where scenes from Chariots of Fire were filmed.

Scotland’s oldest university is located in St. Andrews, and this centuries-old town also served as an ancient pilgrimage site. Our local guide took us on a walking tour of the town’s main sights, and we traveled through time as she filled us in on St. Andrews’ history, heritage, and traditions. Stopping at family-owned Jannettas Gelateria made our leisurely stroll even more fun.

Pro Tip: St. Andrews Links’ golf tee times should be reserved far in advance. Less-than-expert golfers can play a round at The Himalayas, the Old Course’s putting course.

6. The World-Famous Jacobite Steam Train

All aboard! The 84-mile ride on the Jacobite Steam Train has been called one of the “greatest railway journeys of the world,” and it lives up to the billing. The train navigates through some of Scotland’s most breathtaking scenery, offering picturesque views of Ben Nevis, glistening lochs, and charming villages. It’s also a bucket-list journey for Harry Potter fans since the train was featured as the ‘Hogwarts Express’ in the films.

We loved the entire trip, including our in-depth conversations with Scottish people we met along the way. The 21-arched Glenfinnan viaduct featured in Harry Potter movies is one of the stars of this rail journey. For photos, the best views of the train crossing the Glenfinnan viaduct are on the left-hand side on the way to Mallaig and the right on the return.

Pro Tip: Arrive in Fort William well before departure to allow plenty of time for parking and photos.

7. Iconic Animals

While spectacular scenery and historic places topped my Scotland bucket list, I also longed to see sheep and goats rambling freely through the hills and spot Scotland’s large-horned Highland cattle — also known as Highland cows or “hairy coos.” Luckily, these goals were met in the Scottish Highlands.

We took a fabulous multi-hour land rover safari with an expert guide, who navigated from the valley floor high up into misty ridges in search of wildlife. Along the way, we saw herds of magnificent red deer, soaring golden eagles, and woolly sheep and goats roaming the craggy highlands. Private hill tracks took us through forests and into the mountains, and the scenery was breathtaking. On another day, we spent time with friendly Highland cattle showing off their shaggy waterproof coats in various hues.

Pro Tip: If looking for places to see Scotland’s Highland cows, check out these top locations.

8. Street Art In Glasgow

Glasgow is an incredible city filled with fantastic entertainment and cultural attractions, including some of the country’s best museums and art galleries. I was most surprised by the stunning murals found throughout Glasgow’s city center. Brendan Vacations arranged a superb urban art–focused walking tour led by a knowledgeable local guide, who took us to see murals by various artists and provided insights into Glasgow’s art culture. The street art is beautiful, and it was great to learn about the stories and artists involved in each piece.

Pro Tip: While in Glasgow, step into the stately Glasgow City Chambers building to marvel at the opulent marble staircases. They are extraordinary.

9. Freedom And Flexibility

Road trips offer freedom and flexibility, plus the chance for daily adventures. We loved taking our own road trip in Scotland, and we found ourselves constantly stopping for pictures and scones along the way. It helped to have a rental car with a built-in GPS system, and using our cell phones for navigation helped as well.

We covered a lot of ground on this trip, and the Brendan Vacations team did a great job of factoring driving time into our itinerary. There were also plenty of opportunities to veer off for spectacular views and additional historical sights we had time to visit, including Culloden Battlefield, Clava Cairns, and Rosslyn Chapel. Driving some of Scotland’s single-track B roads sometimes provided a bit of an adrenaline rush, but it was fun to take the scenic route.

Pro Tip: The Philip’s Navigator Scotland road atlas is a valuable asset for Scotland self-driving trips.

10. Castle Hotels And Country Houses

While touring Scotland’s magnificent castles was high on my wish list, so was staying in one. Baronial Atholl Palace Hotel in scenic Pitlochry fit the bill, and our stay there offered just the right amount of grandeur. So did Cameron House on Loch Lomond, a splendid castle-like mansion set on 400 acres offering superb cuisine, luxurious accommodations, and a wealth of activities and adventures.

Scotland offers a wide array of lodging choices, and every place we stayed was unique and special. Rufflets St Andrews, a lovely country house surrounded by gardens, provided a peaceful retreat on our journey. The culinary experiences and attentive service at Ness Walk Hotel in Inverness were exceptional, and Marine North Berwick’s stunning seaside views perfectly capped off our trip.

Pro Tip: Make all dining and high tea reservations in advance.

11. Scotch Whisky

Whisky is Scotland’s national drink, and the country has over 130 working distilleries. I’ve never been a big whisky fan, but my experiences on this trip completely changed my mind. I discovered that Scotch comes in more than one smoky flavor, and I found unique whiskies I loved at specialty venues and distilleries. Edinburgh’s educational and entertaining Johnnie Walker Journey of Flavour experience was the perfect place to start. The sessions and tastings here taught me a lot about Scotch whisky and helped me “find my flavor.”

Scotch whisky plays a part in the country’s culture, and we connected with locals at bars and pubs throughout the journey. While whisky may help fight off winter’s chill, the warmth of the Scottish people will steal your heart. After just a few days in Scotland, we were already planning our return.

Pro Tip: After the Johnnie Walker Journey of Flavour experience, take the elevator to the 1820 Rooftop Bar and enjoy the spectacular views of the city and Edinburgh Castle.

The rugged beauty of the Pacific Ocean is on full display as you drive the 363 miles of Highway 101 along the entire Oregon Coast, weaving through quaint seaside towns past an array of stunning scenery and incredible opportunities to spot wildlife. There are countless pull-outs along the road allowing you to stop as much as you wish to take in views of waves crashing against jagged rocks to the west and thick Sitka spruce and western hemlock forests cloaking the hills to the east.

The southern section of the highway meanders through small fishing villages tucked into inland bays, then begins to wind and rise above the ocean over towering cliffs. Towns catering to visitors such as Cannon Beach and Seaside provide a chance to stretch your legs and stroll boardwalks lined with numerous dining options and boutique shops. Astoria is your last stop on the highway’s northern border where the Columbia River pours into the Pacific Ocean.

Come with me on a journey up the amazing Oregon Coast as we stop at my favorite places along and just off Highway 101.

1. South Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve 

Estuaries are defined as areas where rivers and streams meet the ocean. This coming together of fresh and salt water creates a variety of environments, from forests to marshes to mudflats, with each environment hosting a staggering array of wildlife.

The South Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve is located 8.5 miles off the highway and about 13 miles south of Coos Bay. Make the interpretive center your first stop to learn more about the reserve and pick up a map. Explore the reserve on one of the many trails where boardwalks lift you above dense eelgrass and pickleweed. Bridges span deep stream channels acting as thoroughfares for beavers and river otters. Look for great blue herons plucking through mudflats and pine siskins in the forests.

Pro Tip: Big Cedar Trail is the only wheelchair-accessible trail on the reserve and you must get a gate key at the visitor center to gain entry. The visitor center is open Tuesday through Saturday from 10 a.m.–4 p.m. 

2. Shore Acres State Park

Before getting back on Highway 101, take a short 8-mile detour from the reserve to Shore Acres State Park. The park is a fascinating combination of the human and natural world as it incorporates both the former grand estate of timber baron Louis J. Simpson and the rugged coastal cliffs of Simpson Reef. 

Immerse yourself in the grounds of Simpson’s lush Japanese-style gardens among blooms of rhododendrons, azaleas, and roses. Majestically sculpted cranes forever fish among the lily ponds.

It is easy to see why Simpson chose this spot to build his mansion as you stand on the observation deck, a short walk from the gardens, while watching ocean waves crash against the dark sharp rocks. Look for sea lions and grey whales swimming just offshore.

3. Coos Bay

Hop back on the highway and head north to the historic town of Coos Bay. Founded in 1853, the town sits on Oregon’s largest bay and to this day plays a vital role in the commercial shipping industry. The region is also the ancestral homeland of the Confederated Tribe of Coos Lower Umpqua and Siuslaw Indians, and the Coquille Indian Tribe.

Get to know the history of Coos Bay by taking the Historic Walking Tour. Stroll past the stately homes of the town’s founding residents and admire the unique architecture of the Egyptian Theater and Carnegie Library. 

Head down to the waterfront and continue your education at Coos Historical and Maritime Museum, where exhibits detail the daily lives of the native peoples and the shipping, mining, and logging industries that brought in white settlers. Outside the museum, stroll along the Coos Bay Boardwalk. Read the interpretive signs detailing the history of Coos Bay, get an up-close view of tugboat Koos No. 2, or simply grab a bench and spend some time watching the boats go by.

Pro Tip: 7 Devils Brewing Co’s new waterfront alehouse is the perfect place to take in a stellar view of the bay with locally-brewed beer and a plate of Coos Bay clams.

4. Dean Creek Elk Viewing Area 

Opportunities for watching wildlife along the coastal highway are abundant, but it is usually wildlife of the marine variety such as seals, sea lions, and whales. So, I was surprised and delighted when I first learned that elk also called parts of the Oregon Coast home. Dean Creek Elk Viewing Area lies just outside the tiny town of Reedsport on Oregon Highway 38. 

The area consists of a series of pastures overseen by the Bureau of Land Management and home to a herd of 60–100 Roosevelt elk, the largest of the four subspecies of elk in North America. You’ll find several ample pull-outs along the road for great views of the herd and the perfect photo opportunity.

Pro Tip: The elk herd can be seen year-round. If possible, time your visit for the fall to witness the spectacle of the rut when bulls weighing 1,000 pounds clash their massive antlers together in a battle to win over the most cows for their harem.

5. Newport Historic Bayfront 

Newport is one of my favorite towns along Highway 101. The locals are friendly, it’s easy to get around town, and there are numerous opportunities to get down to the water. Whenever I pull into Newport, the first place I head is the town’s historic bayfront. The bayfront runs a few blocks along Yaquina Bay and features shops selling locally-made arts and crafts, dining options like Mo’s famous clam chowder and Rogue Brewery and Public House, and the quirky Ripley’s Believe It or Not Museum.

Get a feel for the town and its people by taking the time to sit on one of the many benches along the waterfront to watch the hardworking crews of shrimp trawlers and fishing boats steer their vessels out to sea. Stroll along the docks to watch the locals pull up nets filled with squirming Dungeness crab from the dark waters and watch sea lions jostle for position on their designated dock as your ears fill with the sound of their constant barking.

6. Oregon Coast Aquarium 

One of my other favorite things to do in Newport is visit the Oregon Coast Aquarium. The aquarium features indoor and outdoor exhibits housing fish, mammals, and other marine life native to the Oregon Coast.

Inside, get hypnotized by the translucent moon jellies as they perform their slow dance at the Coastal Waters Gallery. Say thanks for the thick glass above as you walk beneath gliding tiger sharks in Passages of the Deep. Outside, watch harbor seals glide effortlessly in the water, and be sure to time your visit to catch the daily otter and sea lion feedings.

Pro Tip: The seabird aviary is closed at the time of this writing until further notice to protect the birds from contracting the avian flu. 

7. Yaquina Head Outstanding Natural Area 

I’m an avid birder so I never miss a chance to strap on my binoculars just north of Newport at Yaquina Head Outstanding Natural Area. Black oystercatchers pick along the rocky shore, pigeon guillemots cluster together on the jagged cliffs, and harlequin ducks ride the rolling tides. 

Being a kid at heart, I also love to get down to the water at low tide to explore the tide pools and touch the sea cucumbers, sea stars, and California mussels that cling to the rocks in the cool shallow water. Check the tide tables before setting out to make sure you catch low tide. 

Yaquina Head ONA is also home to a 93-foot-tall lighthouse that guided sailors to safety in the late 1800s. Exhibits in the museum tell of the men and women that lived and worked at the lighthouse years ago.

Pro Tip: Access to the shore requires descending a series of steep wooden stairs and the large rocks on the shore can make walking treacherous. Wear sturdy shoes and bring a walking pole. You can drive up to the lighthouse and museum and still enjoy a spectacular view of the Pacific Ocean from the parking lot. 

8. Fort Clatsop 

Fort Clatsop is part of the Lewis and Clark National Historic Park, which commemorates the time spent along the mouth of the Columbia River — just outside of what is now Astoria — during the famous expedition. Fort Clatsop was the site of the corps’ winter encampment from December 1805 to March 1806.

The constant rain and humid conditions were not kind to the original wooden fort and it has long since dissolved back to the earth, but a reconstructed fort now stands in its place for visitors to tour and get a feel for the hardships the expedition had to endure over that harsh coastal winter. Explore the fort and the surrounding peaceful grounds while listening to reenactors in period costumes tell tales and answer questions.

Learn more about the Oregon Coast in articles like these:

• Why This Scenic Coastal Drive Is My Favorite Annual Tradition
• 5 Charming Small Towns To Visit Along The Oregon Coast
• I Explored The Oregon Coast In A Little Camper, Here’s Why You Should Too

About 3 years ago, I had been to the City of Needles in California. My wanderlust raised its head and had me looking at a California map again for a fun road trip. Yes, I still love looking at paper maps and have kept a California map exclusively to highlight in pink every road I have explored. I noticed another route I hadn’t taken to Needles, so it was time to make another trip through the Mojave Desert.

Full disclosure, I called up one of the women I met on my first visit. She was thrilled I wanted to come back and connected me with Needles Tourism to plan my 3 days, which they hosted.

With a population of 5,200, Needles’s location often escapes travelers’ consciousness when planning their destination. However, there is renewed interest in exploring the entire length of Route 66. While Interstate 40 now bypasses the downtown area, Route 66 still exists, and businesses are thriving along it again.

1. The Mighty Colorado River

I have yet to mention that Needles is located on the mighty Colorado River. A journey over one of two bridges in the area will find you in Arizona; Needles is the last town in California before you travel to Arizona.

Standing on the river’s edge, one can see magnificent homes that line the banks. You will see kayakers, white sand beaches with people enjoying the refreshing water, and boats filled with families enjoying the wind blowing through their hair. People from Los Angeles and San Diego have discovered this area, for it offers a way to leave the crowds and traffic congestion behind them.

2. Watersports At Needles Marina Resort

One of the recent proud community additions is the development of Needles Marina Resort. Amenities include a swimming pool, pickleball courts, and laundry facilities for RV spaces. If you don’t have an RV, consider one of their cabins. The Marina has a large boat ramp used by locals for launching their private boats for a day of adventure. Also, a white sand beach is perfect to work on your tan. Many places will rent you equipment if you don’t have the accessories to spend time on the river.

3. Rivers Edge Golf Course

It is not often you find a golf course on a river, let alone the Colorado. Rivers Edge Golf Course is the only 19-hole golf course in the tri-state area. Laughlin Casinos often bundle packages for golf with their rooms. City-owned, the golf course has just received a large grant for improving the grounds. JJ DeLeon, general manager of Rivers Edge, stated one of the things he is proudest of is that this golf course design is such that it will challenge golfers of all calibers of expertise.

Ready for a bite to eat? I can attest that you will not leave hungry after having lunch at 19 Hole Bar and Grill. I’m still thinking about the deep-fried zucchini I had there, along with the bang bang shrimp. Oh, alright, I had a Moscow Mule to go with it — hey, it was a 100-degree day.

4. El Garces Harvey House

With the settling of the West, the need for transportation did not go unnoticed by the Atchison, Topeka, and Santa Fe Railroad owners. Thus, the building of the railroad to the West began. In 1883, after the demise of a couple of bridges in Arizona, the owners decided a new bridge to California was best suited to cross over the Colorado River in Needles.

With the construction going full force, the need for housing and food for the workers caused the town’s population to balloon. Not only did the population enlarge, but it also became apparent the location was the perfect place to change crews. Today, Needles’s top employer is the railroad, which continues to be the site for changing crews on long trans-United-States hauls.

I don’t think I am the only person that hadn’t realized the first railroad trains did not have dining cars. To handle this situation, specific spots were identified where the trains would stop for a fast half-hour lunch. Passengers reboarded and the same thing would happen for dinner.

Fred Harvey, a Kansas City resident, traveling west on the train, was far from impressed. So he created a plan. He wanted to build restaurants with fine linens, crystal, silver, and food prepared by fine chefs. Thus, the first Harvey House in Kansas opened, launching an empire of 100 Harvey Houses built 100 miles apart on the rail system.

In 1908, he hired architect Francis Wilson to design and oversee the construction of the Neoclassical-style El Garces Harvey House in Needles. The design included 62 hotel rooms for weary travelers journeying across the country. This particular Harvey house served the railroad from 1908 until the end of WWII and officially closed in 1949.

Today, the outside of the El Garces has been restored. Two rooms within the building are used for community gatherings, while the other spaces are down to studs waiting patiently for entrepreneurs who see the future of this, once again, quietly awakening town.

The Harvey Girls

Now, this is where the story gets interesting. I was able to tour the El Garces Harvey House with a descendant of one of the Harvey Girls — women selected as the waitresses at the hotels’ restaurants. Regretfully, his grandmother never revealed she was a Harvey Girl, and the discovery of this chapter of her life was revealed in memorabilia discovered upon her death. Now, however, her grandson, a full-time resident of Needles, has set out on a journey to become knowledgeable about what life was like for the Harvey Girls.

Staffing these remote Harvey Houses was no easy task. After seeing a model in Arizona that hired only women, Harvey decided to try it. He designed an ad that asked women from 18–30 who were intelligent and attractive to apply. They signed 6- to 12-month contracts, had a curfew, and were contributing community members. The picture reveals their nun-like uniforms. Harvey wanted to make a statement about his thoughts on the women’s roles: to serve meals and nothing more, and to make it clear to travelers who might have other ideas.

5. Needles Regional Museum

This spacious one-room museum, formerly a JC Penney built in 1948, packs a great deal of information for any visitor. It is located on Front Street, Route 66, directly across from the El Garces Harvey House. Railroad information abounds, with my favorite, a replica of a caboose. Now I know how the man in the caboose lived on these trans-continental rail journeys. It was not very large, but with all the comforts he needed, including a bed.

The Needles Regional Museum has an impressive Mojave Indian basket and pottery collection. Thus, it provides a terrific beginning talking point for sharing information, especially with local school children.

The statue greeting you at the door is one that no visitor can pass up with one of two questions:

Why is there a statue of Spike, Snoopy’s brother, here? Charles Schultz lived in Needles, and his dog during his stay here was Spike. A local businessperson worked with the Charles Schultz Foundation to get an authentic replica of this famous Peanuts character.

The other question would be: Can I get my picture taken with him? As you can see, I couldn’t resist. Of course, you can also get your picture with this 6-foot-tall replica of Spike.

6. Kush On 66

It was a delight to get a first-hand view of what surely will be coming to many communities in the future. Needles was an early adapter to allowing the cannabis industry into its city. Today, there are 30 businesses cultivating and packaging, and five lounges, in Needles. One of the lounges, Kush on 66, is a complex with three distinct divisions serving the industry.

On the left is the dispensary where a guard stands at the door, per California law. The space is a well-lit store with knowledgeable salespeople ready to answer your questions. If you want to browse on your own, you may be surprised to see several clear smell boxes waiting for you to choose the terpene notes of pine, blueberry, or lemon that you might enjoy. You make your purchases here.

Then, you can head to the adjacent space, which is the lounge. Join your friends at the bar, or find some tables for easy conversation. Are you getting the munchies? No problem, order something and it will be delivered, so you don’t miss a beat of the conversation.

The third section of the complex is a deli with a large patio where people can sit and enjoy the desert’s summer weather. You can find hamburgers and mac & cheese on the menu.

Hotels In Needles

Best Western Colorado River Inn

My accommodation was at the Best Western Colorado River Inn, strategically located between Route 66 and Interstate 40, bypassing the city’s original Route 66. I was surprised to walk into the lobby to find a fully-refurbished, modernist-like space with a lovely seating area and a breakfast bar that was a setting for planning journeys throughout the city. All the rooms are being refurbished. Even so, there certainly is nothing that would prevent me from staying there again. The rooms are immaculate, with oh-so-comfy beds.

Fender’s Resort

Once thriving places, like Fender’s Resort, have been remodeled without losing the hotels’ décor that people would find if they stopped in Needles in the 1940s. The adjacent RV park has excellent facilities and beautiful trees, and is steps away from the Colorado River.

Restaurants In Needles

Wagon Wheel Restaurant

If you want to see a comprehensive collection of memorabilia, you will want to stop at the Wagon Wheel Restaurant for a meal. While I had lunch there, my favorite was breakfast while watching locals come in, greet each other, and slip into a booth for a breakfast meeting.

Chilling Point Restaurant

Chilling Point Restaurant is beside the Best Western Colorado River Inn, serving breakfast, lunch, and dinner. It is open 7 days a week from 7 a.m.–9 p.m.

Related Reading:

• 7 Incredibly Charming Small Towns To Visit In Southern California
• The 7 Most Amazing Scenic Drives In Arizona
• 7 Quaint Arizona Towns That Could Star In A Hallmark Christmas Movie

When my 93-year-old mother, Val Kimber, lost her husband of 69 years, her two sisters rallied around her. Nothing extraordinary about that, but for this trio, it meant packing up the car and heading off for a road trip. Again, nothing too remarkable about that, even — except her sisters were 94 and 84 years old.

Mum and Dad were married to their best friend for 69 years. Dad was a wheat and sheep farmer in South Australia who retired at age 58. He and my mother sold the farm and moved to the regional city of Port Lincoln. They were two of the lucky ones. They enjoyed good health for the next 35 years until Dad’s passing at the age of 93.

Why A Road Trip At This Time?

My father’s death was challenging for my mother to contend with. They lived in their own home with a large garden and managed without outside support. At 93, they were both still driving and cuddled together in their double bed every night. Sharing similar passions, they were entirely devoted to each other. Mum was lost without him. Everywhere she looked, there were memories of Dad; his empty chair, the smell of his clothes hanging in the robe, his towel hanging in the bathroom. She slept on his side of the bed because she couldn’t bear to see it empty. 

When things settled down a little after Dad’s funeral, Mum’s youngest sister, 84-year-old Shirley, came to stay. She traveled from her home in Geelong, Victoria, 830 miles away. She soon saw that Mum would benefit from getting out of the house and taking in a change of scenery instead of being stuck in her usual patterns of living that were glaringly devoid of Dad. Shirley suggested they go on a road trip.

A Lifelong Connection To Open Spaces 

My parents owned caravans (towable travel trailers) for as long as I can remember. The first one was just 12 feet long and housed our family of six, albeit in a cramped way. Mum and Dad slept on the bunk bed, my eldest brother camped on the floor, and two other brothers and I slept crossways on the folded dining table. 

Dad was a member of the Royal Automobile Association for 73 years, having joined when he was 20. Just four months before his death, they attended the Association’s Gold 50 event to recognize people who had been members for 50 years or more. Of the 200 guests at this commemorative occasion, Dad was honored as the longest individual customer, being an RAA member since 1946.

Over the years, he utilized various services offered by the RAA and planned many of our caravan road trips with the aid of strip maps posted out to him on request. He loved studying the maps and the details contained in them. While he hated and avoided city driving, he loved the open road and had a thirst for learning and seeing new places. 

In their 35 years of healthy retirement, they traveled throughout most of Australia. Mum had always enjoyed watching the changing scenery as they drove, journaling as she went. She jotted down information about the trees and birdlife they saw, the fuel cost, and the weather, and she captured the memories with her camera. 

Now in her time of grief, she agreed with Shirley that heading off on a road trip would give her something else to think about and do. Their elder sister, Yvonne, a mere 94 years of age, was also keen for some quality time with her two siblings.

Choosing A Peaceful Destination

Mum’s hometown of Port Lincoln is a city on the southern end of the Eyre Peninsula. It is famous for its fishing and seafood industries. A popular place for retirees, its casual, country feel makes it a very livable city with a Mediterranean-style climate. Shirley nominated they drive to Streaky Bay, a quiet seaside town 190 miles away from Port Lincoln, for a 3-day getaway. 

Aware of how emotionally delicate my mother was, she opted for a destination that wouldn’t stir up anything sensitive or bring back memories for Mum she couldn’t deal with. She was also mindful of the physical limitations of her very aged sisters. While the road journey in itself would be stimulating, the destination needed to give peace and tranquillity. Looking ahead at the weather forecast, they picked a day to head off when the winter weather was favorable.

Shirley booked pet-friendly accommodations with four bedrooms, two bathrooms, and living areas, so they could each have privacy as required. On a mild, overcast day, the sisters set off on their road trip with food essentials, warm clothes, and Shirley’s little dog in the car.

Add A Bit Of Sightseeing On The Way

Shirley moved away from the Eyre Peninsula 64 years prior. However, she regularly travels long distances in her campervan to visit family, with only her dog to keep her company. She is no stranger to driving and was quite happy to drive her big sisters on this trip. 

Their first stop was at Coffin Bay. Coffin Bay was named by the English explorer who discovered South Australia after his friend, Sir Isaac Coffin. The locals affectionately refer to the town as “Coffins” and never consider it a morbid name. Surrounded by national parks and a stunning coastline, this pretty town is famous for oysters, spectacular fishing, and relaxing vacations. The usually sleepy, seaside village, where kangaroos and emus wander the streets, is home to only 700 lucky inhabitants. However, tourists flock to this destination in the summertime to enjoy boating, sailing, canoeing, kayaking, surfing, water skiing, paddle boarding, swimming, snorkeling, scuba diving, and more. It is a water lover’s paradise.

From Coffin Bay, the sisters continued north on the Flinders Highway, then called into Locks Well Beach near the town of Elliston before stopping to marvel at a fascinating rock formation called Murphy’s Haystacks. These wind-worn pillars and boulders of pink granite were sculpted into their present form about 100,000 years ago and attract photographers, especially in the late afternoon golden hour. From there, it was just another 30-minute drive to arrive at the bed and breakfast in Streaky Bay. 

Time To Connect And Reflect

Their accommodations were on the seafront and boasted a large timber deck with an outdoor dining setting and barbecue. This was an ideal place to overlook the sparkling waters and views of the town jetty with a cup of coffee or a glass of wine. Basking in the rare winter sunshine and breathing in the fresh sea air, the only noise interrupting their conversation was the low, throaty sounds as pelicans flapped their wings and croaked to announce their daily arrival.

Reminiscing about days gone by, Shirley talked of her road trips and quest to track down family history in regional towns. She enjoys her time on the road meeting people of varying ages, interests, and nationalities, and confirms she never feels lonely. Country historical societies are always a wealth of information, and cemeteries with old graves regularly provide clues when tracing ancestors.

“People are very friendly to solo women travelers, especially an old white-haired lady with a cute fluffy dog,” Shirley quipped. 

How Travel Can Be Used As Grief Therapy

After three deeply therapeutic days of close sister bonding, lots of childhood reminiscing, and support for Val in her grieving, they extended their stay an additional 2 nights. The time away gave Val comfort and a real sense of family support from those who had been by her side all her life. While her sadness and grief would remain, she gathered some strength and resolved to return to what would be her new everyday life.

After returning home from almost 440 miles of travel and spades of priceless memories, these life-loving oldies proved that you’re never too old for a road trip.

We’re off! My husband Barry and I are embarking on a five-day trip in our VW camper van. Every year in August, we leave our home in Eureka, on California’s North Coast, and make our way to Bandon, the town in southern Oregon famous for its sand labyrinth festival, fish market, and golf courses. Here, we’ll meet up with my cousin and her husband, who live in northern Oregon. Our “meeting in the middle” has become a beloved annual tradition.

The drive to Bandon is less than 200 miles, but Barry and I like to take our time, poking around and savoring all the natural beauty. Each year we revisit our favorite sites and discover new ones. This stretch is one of my nine favorite happy places on earth. 

Pro Tip: Live a long way away? To minimize the driving, consider flying into Medford. Medford is a medium-sized city in southern Oregon located two hours from the coast, a town served by several airline carriers. You’ll miss number one on my list, but you’ll save hugely on time and mileage compared to flying into Portland or San Francisco.

From south to north, here are six of our favorite places. 

1. The Yurok Loop

Redwood National And State Parks, California

The Yurok Loop, a 1.25-mile trail in the Redwood National and State Parks, is a gentle, secluded hike that was once a trade route for native Yuroks. It’s located behind the Lagoon Creek Picnic Area, 70 miles north of Eureka, a place where many visitors stop to bird-watch and use the restrooms. The Yurok Loop is half-hidden, so many people don’t know about it.

I never tire of the Yurok Loop. Whether sunlight dapples the forest path or the leaves glisten with mist, it makes no difference. Just seeing the little wooden bridge at the start of the trail makes my heart leap. The trail climbs gently under a canopy of alder and willow trees. In about 15 minutes, it reaches the junction with the California Coastal Trail, where you can turn right and complete the loop. Alternatively, heading south, the trail skirts the ocean, leading to driftwood-strewn Hidden Beach, where Barry and I clamber over logs and gaze at the offshore rock outcroppings. One year I walked south 3 miles on the Coastal Trail, listening to sea lions partying in the ocean. Barry picked me up at the Klamath Overlook where the river meets the ocean, and near the 100-year-old Requa Inn on the Klamath River. 

A friend who stayed there recently said, “I love the inn’s character. It has a beautiful view of the river where we watched frenzied seals ripping apart salmon. You could see the bright red flesh in their mouths. Apparently, I just missed seeing a black bear swim a stretch. Farmer neighbors do a prix fixe ($60) dinner on weekends and daily breakfast (not included in the price of the stay).”

2. Jedediah Smith Redwoods State Park 

Del Norte County, California

Nine miles east of Crescent City, California’s northernmost coastal town, “Jed Smith,” as this enchanting park is called, contains 7 percent of all the old-growth redwoods left in the entire world. 

As we drive slowly along Howland Hill Road, the narrow, dirt and gravel byway that traverses the park, I feel like I’m in a pre-electronic era, back in the time of fables and fairy tales. The road threads its way through huge redwoods — so close, we’re practically hugging them, surrounded by dense swaths of fern and sorrel.

This year, we explored the popular Grove of Titans boardwalk, where we stared up at clusters of the world’s largest redwoods. Since the boardwalk is wheelchair accessible, it attracts a lot of visitors. However, on other park trails, such as the Hiouchi-Smith River and Mill Creek trails, we often see just one or two people. 

While we’re in the area, we make sure to have breakfast at one of our favorite eateries, the down-home, historic Hiouchi Cafe, a few miles from the park on U.S. Route 199.

Pro Tip: Avoid holiday weekends. In California, it’s not unusual to be slowed by road work and highway repairs due to winter slides along the section of Highway 101 known as Last Chance Grade. In Oregon, no bypasses divide the town centers from through traffic, so passenger cars have to share the road with logging trucks, commercial vehicles, and RVs. 

3. Samuel H. Boardman State Scenic Corridor

Curry County, Oregon

Samuel H. Boardman State Scenic Corridor starts just north of Brookings, the first town in Oregon after the border. Stretching 12 miles along the coast, this beautiful route is rich with Sitka spruce, red cedars, rugged coastlines, sea stacks, rock outcroppings, and beaches. I could spend a week in this area alone and not have seen it all. 

The numerous viewpoints are connected by trails that make up the southern section of the Oregon Coast Trail. Among our favorites are Whaleshead Beach, Cape Ferrelo, and House Rock. Since many of these viewpoints aren’t far from each other, Barry and I sometimes relay, taking turns driving and walking to the next trail or viewpoint. The terrain dips and climbs, but we’ve never encountered any seriously strenuous sections. 

Pro Tip: Fill up in Brookings. Gas costs less there than in Humboldt County, where it’s notoriously expensive.

4. Gold Beach, Oregon

We love returning every year to this funky, eccentric little town. We park at the Port of Gold Beach, from where Jerry’s Rogue Jets take off, next to the Rogue River. The graceful arched Isaac Lee Patterson Bridge, which was placed on the National Register of Historic Places in 2005, is not just utilitarian, but a thing of beauty. I always follow the short 0.25-mile concrete path starting at the eastern edge of the parking lot and leading to a bench that offers an unusual, close-up view of the buttresses holding up the bridge.

Back at the van, we pump up Barry’s kayak and my stand-up paddleboard. We put them in at the public dock and paddle through the harbor entrance to the Rogue. Recently, I watched a swarm of seals perched on mudflats, every so often plopping into the water. Then, I crossed the river to check out a huge dredge surrounded by fishing boats. Sometimes we paddle under the bridge, passing the Mary D. Hume, a 100-year-old shipwreck that served as a tugboat, whaler, and coastal freighter until 1978. It’s slowly sinking, covered in grass, and home to several species of fish.

Pro Tip: If you want to try kayaking, book a trip with South Coast Tours, which offers paddling tours on the ocean and rivers throughout southern Oregon. 

5. Humbug Mountain State Park

Curry County, Oregon

When we feel like a good workout, we climb 1,765-foot Humbug Mountain, starting at the state park with the same name, about 6 miles south of Port Orford. The 5.5-mile hike through the temperate rainforest offers few views, but at the top, you can sit on a bench and enjoy the ocean and mountain vistas. 

6. Port Orford, Oregon

Port Orford is the oldest town on the Oregon Coast and the most westerly in the contiguous United States. It’s the last town on the coast before you head inland to reach Bandon, 40 miles north. For a village with a population of less than 1,000, it has a surprising number of features.

We first stop at Battle Rock Park, which offers miles of sandy beach and a good-sized chunk of rock climbable at low tide (no technical equipment needed). The park has a sad, but common history for this part of the world — European settlers fought and ultimately displaced the local Qua-to-mah Native Americans. The first of several battles took place on the rock itself, hence the name. 

The nearby Port of Port Orford is small but lively. Its 30 fishing boats aren’t moored, but rather rest on dollies or trailers until they’re ready to launch. Then, they’re wheeled over to a crane and lowered into the water. You have to be there early in the morning to catch the drama. 

Port Orford Heads State Park is the home of the Port Orford Lifeboat Station. The station was built in 1934 by the Coast Guard. During World War II, lookouts watched for enemy aircraft, ships, and submarines. This small park on a headland has short trails leading to stunningly beautiful views. 

Endless Discovery

The six stops I’ve described offer barely a glimpse of all that’s offered in this area. Every time we visit, we discover more things to do, like the Wild Rivers Coast Scenic Bikeway, a dedicated bike path of 61 miles starting in Port Orford.

It’s no secret that Barry and I love to explore places on foot, but you don’t have to be physically active to appreciate the coast. Many spectacular vistas are accessible from the viewpoints that dot the highway. The coastline in this part of the country is a place of beauty for everyone.

North Carolina is beautiful any time of year but, in the fall when the trees change colors, it’s especially breathtaking. Visitors come from all over the world to experience the millions of trees dressed in their glorious hues of yellows, oranges, and reds. Over 200 species of trees welcome the autumn season with their myriad of changing, vibrant colors.

Where are the best places in North Carolina to see fall foliage? Hands down, the Blue Ridge Mountains top the list. They offer one of the most colorful and longest-running fall foliage seasons in the world. Vibrant fall colors last for more than a month here. The color change starts in the higher elevations in October and works its way down to the lower elevations throughout November. Use this WNC fall color map for peak color times. 

Not to be outdone by its western counterpart, the Piedmont offers plenty of leaf-peeping opportunities of its own. The Piedmont region of North Carolina lies between the foothills and the coastal region. This area offers numerous state parks and national forest areas for some of the best vibrant autumn colors in the state. Listed below are just some of the many great places to witness all the best colors of fall in North Carolina.

1. Blue Ridge Mountains

Located in Western North Carolina, the Blue Ridge Parkway runs south from the Virginia border, past Asheville, to Cherokee — more than 200 miles with over 100 tree varieties. The intensity of fall colors on the Parkway varies and is dependent on weather conditions. The best thing to do is grab your camera, hop on the Blue Ridge Parkway, and drive. You might be asking, “But where exactly?”

There is any number of starting and ending points to the Blue Ridge Parkway. We’ll break the drive down into three portions for ease, with the final coming in the next section of this article — it is actually in the Great Smoky Mountains, a subset of the Blue Ridge Mountains. There is ample opportunity to witness Mother Nature in her fall wardrobe on any of these routes, starting with the northernmost section near Cumberland Knob, close to the Virginia border. North Carolina Highways 89, 18, and the Blue Ridge Parkway all intersect north of Cumberland.

Cumberland Knob To Blowing Rock

The Cumberland Knob section of the Parkway runs south to the town of Blowing Rock for about 74 miles.

As with any route on the Blue Ridge Parkway, there are many ideal spots to pull over for beautiful autumn picture taking. Little Glade Mill Pond is a scenic little spot surrounded by trees. If the sun is just right, you can photograph the autumn leaves reflecting in the pond. The vistas are spectacular at Mahogany Rock and Air Bellows Overlooks, as they are at most of the overlooks. There are many small communities just off the parkway throughout this section including one of our favorite towns, Boone, named for the legendary Daniel Boone.

The Blowing Rock, North Carolina’s oldest travel attraction, is 3 miles off the parkway, southeast of the town of Blowing Rock on U.S. Route 321. You will find spectacular 360-degree views filled with dazzling fall foliage. Depending on how many stops you make — and there are many — this drive, one way, will be at minimum an hour and 45 minutes.

If your journey ends in Blowing Rock, there are several eateries in the town where you can have a scrumptious lunch or dinner before heading home. One of our favorite places here is Six Pence Pub, which serves traditional American and British comfort foods along with a variety of ale.

Blowing Rock To Asheville

The middle section of the Parkway takes you from Blowing Rock to Asheville, about 92 miles. A great little sightseeing spot with lots of foliage for pictures is Price Lake. There is a nice, easy 2-mile trail around the lake that is mostly flat.

Other viewing areas along this section are numerous and include Grandfather Mountain Overlook, Linn Cove Viaduct, and Linville Falls. From the town of Little Switzerland, you can see several mountain peaks, including Mount Mitchell, Table Rock, and Grandfather Mountain. The stretch from Blowing Rock to Asheville takes about 3 hours, again depending on how many stops you make.

In Asheville, whether starting or ending your trip, be sure to stop in at the Blue Ridge Parkway Visitor Center for maps, information, and souvenirs. There are many great places to eat while in and around Asheville. For more fall fun, visit one of the many nearby Hendersonville apple orchards. Refresh yourself at one of the wineries or breweries along the Cheers Trail.

Did I mention people come to the parkway from all over the world? Weekends tend to be pretty crowded, as can weekdays during peak color times. Bring your patience with you. Drive slowly. Watch out for other visitors in vehicles or on foot. There even may be bicyclists on the road.

2. Great Smoky Mountains

A subset of the more well-known and popular Blue Ridge Mountains, the Western North Carolina Great Smoky Mountains are magical in the fall. With 18 mountain peaks that stand at over 6,000 feet in elevation, you will see some of the most incredible long-range views of autumn’s majesty in North Carolina.

This final section of the Blue Ridge Parkway drive is 90 miles from Asheville south to Cherokee. Like the other two sections of the parkway, there are numerous places to pull over to view the colors of fall. One fun spot is the Devil’s Courthouse Overlook. From here you can look up through the foliage to the 5,720-foot Devil’s Courthouse pinnacle. A bit down the road is the Courthouse Valley Overlook, where you can see trees in all their fall dressings for miles and miles.  

A stop at Waterrock Knob Overlook sits at almost 6,000 feet and boasts 360-degree views. There are picnic areas, restrooms, and a visitor center at this stop. Plus a moderate 1.2-mile hiking trail that takes you to the summit for even more spectacular views.

The Waynesville Overlook has a particularly beautiful view looking west and is worth the stop. There are several more stops, including some overlooking Maggie Valley, all with spectacular views. At the end of the parkway, on U.S. Highway 421, is historical Mingus Mill, one of the most photographed places during fall leaf season. Near Cherokee, two of North Carolina’s most beautiful waterfalls are nestled in the foliage, Mingo Falls and Soco Falls. Depending on how often you stop and for how long, driving this Smoky Mountains portion of the Blue Ridge Parkway will take about 3 hours.

Pro Tips For Exploring The Blue Ridge Parkway

There are many overlooks, pull-outs, and parking places along the Blue Ridge Parkway. You can view the vast, colorful vistas within a few feet from your vehicle from many of them. Some require a short walk to the viewing area. The trails can have uneven ground, rocks, rocks, and boulders. Be sure to wear sturdy shoes.

Mornings in the North Carolina mountains can be chilly, so dress in layers. Bring a light jacket. It can get cold and windy on the overlooks.

Stops with food and facilities — that is, bathrooms — are few and far between. Pack a picnic and/or bring snacks for the drive. There are several picnic areas along the roadside as well as the overlooks. Bring toilet paper (or napkins), hand sanitizer, and plastic bags just in case you need to use a tree. Trust me, people do. Be sure to take out all trash with you. Leave nothing behind.

3. Hanging Rock State Park

Hanging Rock State Park is 30 miles north of Winston-Salem. The park has more than 7,000 acres set in the Sauratown Mountains. Peaks here reach 2,500 feet There are waterfalls, streams, and a lake. Hiking is a fantastic way to view the fall leaves. Many of the trails here are moderate to strenuous, but there are a couple “easy” trails for strolling. The lake has great picture-taking angles. The picnic area near the lake has drinking water, restrooms, and wheelchair-accessible picnic tables.

4. Pilot Mountain State Park

Pilot Mountain State Park is located northwest of Winston-Salem, just of U.S. Route 52 in Surry and Yadkin counties. Hiking, biking, and rock climbing are popular at Pilot Mountain. The most popular spot, of course, is the summit. The views from the peak are spectacular. This is especially true during leaf season in the fall. On weekends, visitors can drive to the peak from 7 a.m. to 10 a.m.

A shuttle from the visitor center to the summit parking lot is available on weekends and holidays from March to November. It is wheelchair accessible, as is the overlook at the summit parking area. The park’s picnic area has an accessible path, and accessible parking is provided at the summit and at the visitor center.

In North Carolina’s Yadkin Valley, you might enjoy seeing the fall foliage while wine-tasting along the Surry County Wine Trail.

5. Uwharrie National Forest

Uwharrie National Forest in the North Carolina Piedmont is great for late-season leaf viewing because of its lower elevation. The forest covers over 50,000 acres and includes the Uwharrie Mountain Range, Yadkin and Pee Dee River basin, and Morrow Mountain State Park.

Hiking, biking, and other activities are plentiful, but this area is great for those that just want to leisurely drive to witness North Carolina’s fall foliage. There are many roads leading into and out of the forest. The main highways are I-74 to the east and U.S. Route 52 to the west. NC 27 runs through the forest east and west from Charlotte to Fayetteville.

Pro Tip: For the more adventurous leaf seekers, fly above the colorful canopies in a hot air balloon Asheville Balloon Company offers the fall viewing flights of a lifetime. Finally, for those who prefer to keep their feet on the ground, the Great Smoky Mountains Railroad in Bryson City, 10 miles south of Cherokee, offers a 4.5-hour Fall Foliage Train Ride. You can even order a box (car) lunch to enjoy on the train.

There are many incredible places to view foliage and experience the fall season in North Carolina. If you are a hiker, the possibilities are endless. See our picks for the most stunning hikes in North Carolina here.

Each and every September, Massachusetts proudly shows her colors. Burnt sienna, crimson red, and tawny yellow dance around swaths of evergreen, creating a palette that draws you in. The annual passing of summer and onset of autumn shine brightly in New England’s foliage.

Leaf peeping is not always about riding in your car. A drive can provide glorious views, but if you explore the region on foot, you will find yourself literally immersed in the colorful canopied wonderland.

The foliage season in Massachusetts begins in mid-to-late September and typically peaks around Columbus Day. The peak moves west to east across the state, as will our fall foliage road trip.

1. Lake Mahkeenac

Stockbridge

Stockbridge, home to the Norman Rockwell Museum, is a picturesque New England town and the ideal spot to start your fall foliage road trip. Located in the Berkshires, Stockbridge is dotted with family farms and tree-lined country roads. It is the perfect place to take a leisurely drive to nowhere and see where it takes you.

Travel down Route 183 and stop at the Stockbridge Bowl, also known as Lake Mahkeenac. The 372-acre lake provides a spectacular backdrop for photos of the forest’s autumn colors. When the morning sun hits the still lake and the vibrant hues of the trees are reflected in the water, you will be happy you set your alarm and grabbed a to-go cup of morning joe. Photographers come from near and far to capture Lake Mahkeenac’s peaceful beauty in autumn.

2. Bash Bish Falls

South Egremont

Head south about 10 miles to the highest single-drop waterfall in Massachusetts, Bash Bish Falls. The spectacular landmark hemmed in by rocks and framed by delicate, colorful maple trees is worth the hike.

There are two popular options to get to the falls. You can park in Bish Bash Falls State Park’s Upper Falls lot and climb down along the falls, but this can be a little slippery at times. Alternatively, you can park in the lower lot and hike up the Bash Bish Falls Trail, an easy 2.1-mile out-and-back hike.

3. Canyon Ranch Wellness Resort

Lenox

Heading north, Lenox is situated on Route 183. The famous Canyon Ranch Wellness Resort is a luxurious retreat waiting to help you relax and rejuvenate.

Canyon Ranch offers traditional spa services, including massages and skin care. They also offer wellness services like spiritual wellness and life management sessions. It is the perfect place to center your mind and body as you celebrate the changing seasons.

The resort’s grounds are meticulously maintained and beautiful in the fall.

4. Mount Greylock State Reservation

Lanesborough

If you are searching for a view, head to the Mount Greylock State Reservation, one of the best leaf-peeping spots in the state. At 3,491 feet, it’s the highest peak in Massachusetts and offers a truly spectacular panoramic view. Showcasing the annual riot of crimson, yellow, orange, and green better than almost any other spot, Mount Greylock is a stop that should not be missed.

If hiking to the top sounds intimidating, you can skip the exercise and drive up the auto road to the summit. Enjoy a meal at Bascom Lodge or pack a picnic lunch and a blanket. Then sit back and enjoy the incredible view.

If you feel like becoming one with the foliage, jump on the Appalachian Trail for a hike.

5. Mohawk Trail State Forest

Charlemont

The Mohawk Trail State Forest is composed of 6,000 acres of mountains, gorges, and woodlands with the Deerfield River running through it. The trail is an old Native American path connecting the Connecticut and Hudson River Valleys.

You can choose from several excellent trails to explore in the area. The Mahican-Mohawk Trail to Indian Trail Loop is a 4.7-mile moderately rated hike. The payoff is the stunning view from the top of Indian Trail.

6. Old Sturbridge Village

Sturbridge

The Old Sturbridge Village offers history in addition to beautiful fall foliage. Leaves rustle and crunch as you walk the old carriage paths. The costumed historians bring colonial times to life, enacting stories of early settlers and their lives in New England. Explore the village shops and homes while docents explain Early American crafts.

Finish your visit with a meal at the Publick House Historic Inn & Country Lodge. Think roasted native turkey, cornbread stuffing, and deep-dish apple pie — essentially, New England on a plate. The Publick House Historic Inn is a step back to 1771, with its 18th-century charm paired with modern-day touches. If you are looking for a fun place to stay the night, the inn offers four distinct options, including the main Publick House Historic Inn and the Country Lodge.

7. New England Botanic Garden At Tower Hill

Boylston

New England Botanic Garden at Tower Hill is one of the prettiest places in Massachusetts to enjoy fall foliage. With views of the Wachusett Reservoir and Wachusett Mountain, the garden is breathtaking, providing ample photo opportunities.

Quiet corners and strategically placed benches are the perfect places to enjoy some personal reflection.

8. Minute Man National Historical Park

Concord

Welcome to the birthplace of the American Revolution. Minute Man National Historical Park is a fun place to explore for people of all ages. Old carriage roads lined with hand-stacked stone walls meander around the park.

Sign up for one of several guided tours and watch the fight for American independence come to life. At Hartwell Tavern, a minute man will regale you with stories of the local militia and demonstrate how to fire a musket. You can also tour The Wayside, home to three famous authors: Louisa May Alcott, Nathaniel Hawthorne, and Harriet Lothrop.

Next, walk the Battle Road Trail, where the Battles of Lexington and Concord took place on April 19, 1775. The 9.1-mile trail will take you through fields and forests, bringing you back in time to the American Revolution. Since it is an out-and-back trail, you can easily make the hike shorter. The wide, shaded paths are breathtaking when covered in brightly colored fallen leaves.

9. Arnold Arboretum At Harvard University

Boston

Continuing eastward, Arnold Arboretum is a 281-acre preserve designed by famous landscape architect Frederick Law Olmsted. With more than 17,000 plants, the arboretum is an outdoor museum of sorts. The riot of color in autumn is unsurpassed, considering that each plant offers its own unique leaf show.

Bring your camera and your curiosity. You will see plants you have never seen before. The arboretum offers app-guided tours. The Explorers Garden Tour is a quarter-mile tour through the garden, highlighting specimen trees like the Chinese stewartia and the dove tree.

10. Boston Public Garden

Boston

No fall foliage road trip through Massachusetts would be complete without a stop at the Boston Public Garden. Lush green lawns, the lagoon with its swan boats, 80 species of plants, and winding walking paths — this is the place where Bostonians relax. Find a takeaway joint and grab a picnic lunch, lay out a blanket, and read a few chapters of a great book on a crisp autumn afternoon.

Stop by to see the Make Way for Ducklings tableau, sometimes seasonally dressed in Boston sports gear. Modeled on those from the beloved Robert McCloskey book, the ducklings are near and dear to every Bostonian’s heart.

Enjoy a leisurely 15-minute ride on the swan boats. They are part of Boston history and a memorable addition to any visit.

Pro Tips

Foliage season is high season for many Massachusetts resorts. If you are looking for a specific spot to stay overnight, reservations will most likely be required several months in advance. Pack layers of clothing, since the temperature can vary from warm to chilly.

Related Reading:

1. 11 Best Fall Foliage Getaways In New England
2. The Most Scenic New England Fall Foliage Road Trip
3. 15 Best Stops During A New Hampshire Fall Foliage Road Trip

Many visitors to Iceland limit themselves to Reykjavík and the “Golden Circle” of well-known tourist locations. However, by taking a road trip along the West Coast, you can enjoy these sights as well as some of the country’s lesser visited places. With this itinerary, you will take in dramatic changes in scenery, often experiencing coastlines, mountains, waterfalls, and lava fields all in one day.

Much of your drive will be along the Iceland Ring Road. Elsewhere the roads are mostly good, but you will encounter a few unpaved sections. All of the places in this itinerary can be reached with a normal rental car. It is only necessary to hire a 4-by-4 if you are planning to travel further inland or to drive on the less accessible F-roads. 

This trip can really only be done in the summer months (May to October), as it takes in the remote Westfjords region which can sometimes be inaccessible in the winter due to snowfall and road closures. Visiting in the summer gives the advantage of long hours of daylight, especially in the north. However, if you want a chance of seeing the northern lights, you will need to travel in September or October. 

You will need to pack clothing for a range of weather conditions. In the south, summer temperatures can vary from hot to cool, and you always need to be prepared for rain. Whereas in the north (almost, but not quite, in the Arctic Circle), a sunny day may be followed by one in which you are glad of a scarf and gloves. 

You will become immersed in Icelandic culture and customs as you visit the small towns and villages along the coast. There will be lots of opportunities for hiking and birdwatching.

1. Reykjavík

You are likely to start and finish your trip at Reykjavík, around 30 kilometers from Keflavík International Airport. Iceland’s capital city is small and walkable, and you can explore it comfortably in a couple of days. 

A good place to start is with a walk along Laugavegur, the main street which is lined with shops, restaurants, and bars. Features of this street include traditional Icelandic townhouses, street art, and games such as snakes and ladders painted onto the road. Elsewhere look out for Hallgrimskirkja, the distinctive church that dominates the city skyline, and the old harbor, with its restaurants and boat trips. 

You could spend your entire time in Reykjavík exploring the city’s many museums. In particular, I would recommend the Settlement Exhibition, located on Reykjavík’s oldest street, and the Maritime Museum, close to the old harbor. Finally, there is the scenic 3-mile Sculpture and Shore Walk, where you can stroll around the waterfront and enjoy the sea views and artwork. 

A good place for dinner is Kopar on the old harbor, which serves traditional Icelandic dishes. 

Pro Tip: A popular day trip from Reykjavík is the famous Blue Lagoon, 50 kilometers away. This is a geothermal spa where you can bathe and experience the healing power of silica mud. Note that tickets need to be booked well in advance. 

2. Snæfellsjökull National Park 

Snæfellsjökull National Park is at the western end of the Snæfellsnes Peninsula, north of Reykjavík. Its main feature is the dramatic glacier-topped volcano Snæfellsjökull. It was from here that Jules Verne’s intrepid explorers made their fictional journey to the center of the earth. 

The volcano is surrounded by a massive lava field, where you can enjoy the scenery, hiking, and birdwatching. Close to the national park, on the north of the peninsula, you could make brief stops at a series of small towns. These include Hellissandur (the “street art capital of Iceland”) and the pretty town of Stykkishólmur, where excellent fish and chips are available from a harbourside stand. 

Pro Tip: It is possible to visit the Snæfellsjökull glacier itself, although — unlike Jules Verne’s characters — you cannot go inside the volcano! However, getting to the top requires a 4-by-4 vehicle, so you may wish to book a guided tour. Save a lot of driving by taking the 2.5-hour ferry crossing from Stykkishólmur to Brjánslækur. The ferry runs twice a day, and you are advised to book in advance. 

3. Dynjandi 

As you carry on north, you will come to Dynjandi, a magnificent series of waterfalls. The main waterfall is 100 meters high, with six smaller falls beneath it. There is no need to walk very far, as you can enjoy the spectacle from the bottom, but an uphill path gives you a closer view. 

Dynjandi is a popular excursion for day-trippers and cruise ship passengers. However, it has a large car park and does not feel overcrowded. Note that you are unlikely to find anywhere to eat on the way and you should bring a picnic or arrange to eat in your hotel later. 

4. Ísafjörður 

Ísafjörður is a small town in the Westfjords region and has a spectacular setting at the head of a fjord surrounded by mountains. The town itself is small but interesting — look out for the colorful houses, harbor area, and the Westfjords Heritage Museum. There are hiking trails at the back of the town. 

Ísafjörður is an ideal base for exploring the Westfjords. If you spend 2-3 days here, you could drive up to the fishing village of Bolungarvík, the Ósvör Maritime Museum, and then carry on to the spectacular viewpoint at Bolafjall (the latter is not recommended if you suffer from vertigo). You could also take a boat trip to spot birds, whales, or just enjoy the scenery. 

Dining options in Ísafjörður are limited, although the hotels have restaurants. The fish buffet at Tjöruhúsið looks interesting, but it gets very busy. It might be worth a try if you can get a booking. 

Pro Tip: Boat trips available vary according to the day of the week and the weather conditions. I particularly recommend the half-day tour to the privately-owned island of Vigur. Here, you can learn about the harvesting of eiderdown and get up close to lots of birds, including a puffin colony. Just remember to wear warm clothes, even in summer!

5. Reykholt 

By European standards, Iceland doesn’t have a lot of historic sites, but Reykholt is considered one of the most important. This was the home of the 13th-century poet and politician Snorri Sturluson and the Cultural Centre includes an exhibition of Snorri’s life and times. A short trail around the village takes you past some archaeological remains in the churchyard and to Snorralaug, a 10th-century pool fed by a hot spring and perhaps one of the oldest man-made structures in Iceland. 

You could explore Reykholt itself in half a day. However, a longer stay would allow a diversion to the geothermal area at Deildartunguhver and the underground lava cave of Víðgelmir. The only place to eat in Reykholt is at the Fosshotel, but you will find one or two roadside restaurants on the way to Deildartunguhver. 

6. Þingvellir 

Þingvellir (also spelt Thingvellir) is one of Iceland’s main tourist attractions. This is where the Icelandic parliament — the oldest parliament in Europe — once met, from medieval times until the end of the 18th century. It was an open-air assembly, so there are no buildings to be seen, but a flagpole marks the spot where leaders addressed the crowds below. 

The Þingvellir National Park is remarkable for its natural environment as well as its historical significance. This is where the European and North American tectonic plates meet and a giant rift runs through the park. It is a landscape of rivers, lakes, and hills, with abundant plant and bird life. You could easily spend a whole day here, exploring the history, hiking the many miles of trails, and climbing up to the Öxarárfoss waterfall. 

The visitor center has a café and an excellent exhibition about the history and natural environment. The national park has several car parks. However, note that exploring the site will involve a certain amount of walking, some of it on slopes. 

Pro Tip: Þingvellir is on the “Golden Circle”, the road that connects some of the country’s most popular tourist sites. You might wish to make a diversion to visit Gullfoss, one of Iceland’s most beautiful waterfalls, and Geysir, the mighty spring that gave its name to all geysers worldwide. 

7. Hveragerði

Hveragerði is sometimes known as the “Hot Springs Town” because of all the geothermal energy in the area. There is a geothermal park in the center of town, where you can watch a geyser erupting, soak your feet in Icelandic mud, and even boil an egg in one of the hot pools. 

You could explore the town in half a day, but a longer stay will allow you to walk in the hills behind Hveragerði. A 3.5-kilometer walk (mostly uphill, and a bit rough underfoot) will take you past gently puffing springs and to a river where you can bathe in the hot water. 

If you stay overnight, a recommended place to eat is Ölverk, a friendly pizza restaurant that cooks its food using geothermal energy. 

Pro Tip: Hveragerði is just over 50 miles from Keflavík Airport, making it a convenient place to end your road trip if you do not wish to return to Reykjavík.

Maine is known for its scenic coastline, lighthouses, and the harvesting of lobster. What many people forget are the state’s inland forests and 542,629 acres of state and national parks. In fact, some of New England’s most vibrant fall foliage can be found in the mountains of Western Maine.

The parks and forests provide many fall foliage vistas. The best time to view is the third week of September through the first week of October.

This road trip itinerary takes you through many small towns and forests, and even to a lighthouse or two. So buckle up and get ready to explore Maine and see some of the most picturesque fall foliage you can imagine.

We will begin on Maine’s Coastal Highway. Did you know Maine has 3,478 miles of coastline? We will cover a mere portion of it. We will be traveling along Old Route 1 from Portland, Maine, to Bar Harbor and then head west.

1. Portland

We start our journey in Portland. There is much to see and do here. The city provides panoramic views of Casco Bay and its islands. You will find many small shops, galleries, and museums. It is a major foodie city; you will have your pick of over 600 restaurants. We enjoyed pizza at the Portland Pie Company.

Oh, and when in Portland, be sure to try some duck-fat fries. French fries cooked in duck fat.

Portland is home to several lighthouses. If you only have time to see one thing while in Portland, make it the Portland Head Light. Built when George Washington was president, the Head Light has guided ships safely into the harbor for centuries.

The Headlight is beautiful, and it is the most photographed lighthouse in America. When I visited, I was able to view it from both land and from a boat.

I recommend taking the Portland Fire Engine Tour while you are in Portland. You’ll be escorted around the city to see all the highlights on the back of an antique fire truck. Aside from a high step to get on the truck (they provide a little step stool), it is a comfortable ride during which you’ll get lots of information about the city.

You could also take a boat tour from the shore. I enjoyed this since it permitted us to see the city and both the Portland Head Light and the Ram Island Ledge Light from the water.

Plan to stay in Portland for a couple of hours, a night, or even several days. You will find plenty to occupy your time. If spending the night, I recommend the Chadwick Bed and Breakfast, or, if you prefer a hotel, stay at the Hilton Garden Inn right on the waterfront.

2. Freeport

When you leave Portland, head north on Old Route 1 for one of New England’s most scenic coastal drives. You will go through several small towns and places you could stop, visit, and take pictures of seaside mansions and the fall foliage on the coastline against the shimmering water.

Stop in Freeport for a quick visit to the L.L.Bean Factory and Store. You can’t miss the big boot out front. There are a variety of shopping outlets in Freeport should you decide to spend additional time.

3. Boothbay Harbor

Continue on Old Route 1 and stop in Boothbay Harbor for the rest of the day. Once a fishing village, Boothbay Harbor has evolved into a quaint summer boating resort. It is a bit quieter in the fall but still charming to visit. Aside from the fall foliage, there is a good chance you might see seals and whales right off the shore, among the small islands.

You can grab a late-season lobster roll at any of the little restaurants.

Spend the afternoon visiting the Coastal Maine Botanical Gardens. The gardens include impressive stonework, spectacular flowers, and majestic waterfalls on 250 acres.

Enjoy an evening meal on the water at the Boathouse Bistro and spend the night at the Spruce Point Inn.

4. Pemaquid Point

Follow Old Route 1 and then turn off on Rt. 130 to Pemaquid Point for a glimpse of the famous lighthouse built in 1827. If the lighthouse looks familiar, it could be because it is the one featured on the Maine U.S. quarter.

The lighthouse is still in operation. Visit the Fishermen’s Museum on the premise. Plan to spend one to two hours at this location. Then, it’s on to Camden, Maine, where we will spend the rest of the day.

5. Camden

In this quaint town, you can enjoy leaf peeping in Merryspring, a 66-acre nature center and park. Merryspring is mostly flat and has nearly 4 miles of trails from which you can enjoy its woods and meadows.

Or enjoy a fall sail on the Schooner Surprise. You get a whole different perspective when on the water looking back at the shore. There are also whale- and puffin-watching tours.

Another option is to visit Camden Hills State Park and get a little exercise hiking the nature trails threaded throughout the 5,000-acre refuge. Most of the trails are well-maintained. For the best view in the park, climb atop Mount Battie for a panoramic view of Penobscot Bay, Camden, and the surrounding islands. If the fog has lifted, you can even see Cadillac Mountain in Acadia National Park from this scenic vista. Be aware that this involves a more strenuous climb.

Enjoy a sandwich and a drink for dinner at Sea Dog Brewing Co. and spend the night at the Whitehall in Camden.

6. Acadia National Park

It is about a 2-hour drive to Acadia National Park, which lies 70 miles northeast of Camden. The 47,000-acre park on Mount Desert Island is a leaf peeper’s paradise. With 2 million-plus visitors per year, Acadia is one of the nation’s most visited national parks.

The Park Loop Road is 27 miles of scenic vistas along which you can view and photograph the vibrant foliage. Drive up the 3.5-mile narrow access road to Cadillac Mountain to experience the highest point on the East Coast.

For an extra treat, ride through Acadia in a carriage to view the fall foliage. If enjoying the park on foot, note that some of the areas along the coast are wet and rocky. Proper footwear and good balance are required.

After your day in Acadia, head back to the harbor area. Bar Harbor has all kinds of shops and restaurants. I highly recommend eating at the Bar Harbor Route 66 Restaurant. If you like lobster rolls, they have them along with a dozen other sandwiches. While the food is fantastic, visit for the memories of toys and things of the past. This place is filled with memorabilia.

Spend the night at the Balance Rock Inn in Bar Harbor.

7. Augusta

You will be crossing the state of Maine today via route Maine 3 West to Bethel. It is a three-and-a-half-hour drive, so we will drive about halfway and stop in the state capital, Augusta, for lunch and some sightseeing, and then off again.

Augusta has every chain restaurant you can imagine, but a local option is the Cushnoc Brewing Co. for a sandwich and drink.

The top attraction in Augusta is the Maine State Museum. Visit if you desire to spend a bit more time in the capital. Discover the best things about Maine in this four-floor museum full of world-class exhibits.

8. Bethel

From Augusta, you have about a two-hour drive to Bethel. You will begin on I-95 and then turn north on Maine 26. This is a very scenic drive, and you will enjoy Mother Nature’s foliage masterpiece as you drive. Be on the watch for moose in this area.

You will begin driving up into the White Mountains, and the view will continue to be spectacular with vibrant-colored leaves.

High in the hills, the mountain village of Bethel provides exceptional fall foliage views. In Bethel, the fall splendor is best enjoyed on foot. Walk along the Androscoggin River Recreation Trail or hit the water on the river trail and view the leaves by kayak.

There are multiple hiking trails in the surrounding areas of the Appalachian Trail, White Mountain National Forest, and Grafton Notch State Park. Spend a day — or multiple days — in the area. Trails around Bethel have varying levels of difficulty.

Our choice for spending the night — or several nights — in Bethel is The Bethel Inn Resort. There is a dining room onsite and a variety of other dining choices within walking distance.

We hope you enjoy this most scenic Maine fall foliage road trip. Maine has spectacular scenery year round, but in autumn, when the leaves are changing, the view is extraordinary. For more specific route details, visit our Most Scenic Maine Fall Foliage Road Trip Google map.

Related Reading:

1. The Most Scenic New England Fall Foliage Road Trip
2. 11 Best Fall Foliage Getaways In New England
3. 5 Beautiful Stops On The Perfect Coastal Maine Road Trip

No matter what your interest is, Alabama has a trail for that. I’m not talking about hiking, biking, or walking trails. I’m talking about road trips that wind their way across the state and highlight the state’s diversity and history. There is a trail for every interest. Are you into art? There is a trail for that. Antiques? There is a trail for that.

The Alabama Department of Tourism has established 19 different trails that take visitors to incredible history, natural wonders, dining, and more. Let me introduce you to the fabulous trails of exploration in Alabama.

Nature Trails 

We’ll begin with a collection of stops that highlight Alabama’s incredible beauty and wildlife.

1. A Circle Of Colors Trail

The Circle of Colors Trail is a winding circuitous route that takes you across the northern half of the state from Oak Mountain State Park in Birmingham to the Bankhead National Forest, Huntsville, and points in between to experience glorious fall colors in the Southern Appalachians. The website also features an interactive map that shows you when the colors will peak in all 67 counties.

2. Alabama Birding Trail 

Even if you aren’t a diehard birder, you will love visiting one of the 280 stops along the Alabama Birding Trail that takes you to some breathtaking landscapes and of course, opportunities to spot over 430 species of birds — bald eagles, osprey, a variety of tanagers, well, you get the idea. 

Flower Trails

Alabama is dotted with gorgeous botanical gardens that brighten every season with brilliantly colored and fragrant blooms. And there is a trail for that.

3. Alabama Garden Trail

The Alabama Garden Trail takes you to six spectacular gardens from Bellingrath Gardens in Mobile where over 300 species of azaleas light up the 35-acre estate and rows of live oak bring a Southern charm to the grounds to the Huntsville Botanical Garden in the north where limestone columns from the old historic courthouse act as the focal point for the expansive grounds.

The trail also makes stops at the Birmingham, Mobile, and Dothan Botanical Gardens as well as Aldridge Gardens in Hoover near Birmingham.

Art And Antique Trails 

Whether you are looking to purchase antiques, collectibles, or an inspiring work of art, travel the backroads of Alabama on these aptly named trails.

4. Alabama Mural Trail

Towns and cities big and small across Alabama have embraced mural art to grace the sides of buildings and bring a sense of community to the town.

The Alabama Mural Trail leads you to a diverse set of detailed mural art that brings to life moving moments in the town’s history like a depiction of the Freedom Rider’s bus from the height of the Civil Rights Movement in Anniston, historical figures like the almost photo-like mural of the Temptations lead singer Eddie Kendricks who was born in Union Springs, or the dazzling nightlife of Mobile brought to life in the Bar Light mural along the city’s Dauphin Street.

5. Alabama Antique Trail

The pickin’ is ripe along the Alabama Antique Trail where you can pick up deals on an eclectic array of antiques and collectibles. You just never know what you will find — glassware, pottery, historical documents and maps, early American furniture, mid-century classic toys, the list is endless.

Stop highlights include visits to the Antique Mall of Memories in Alexander City, rummaging through the aisles in the historic 1935 Bank of Dadeville at Old Bank Antiques, and Winter Valley Antiques in Cullman that spans two buildings, one of which was once a chicken coop.

History Trails 

My absolute favorite road trip takes me down one of Alabama’s many history trails. The trail leads you to spectacular ornate antebellum homes, sites from the Civil Rights Movement, Native American historical sites, and more, all with helpful and knowledgeable guides.

6. April Walking Tours

Many of the towns across the state hold annual historic walking tours annually in April where you will visit historic antebellum mansions such as the Oakleigh and Conde-Charlotte mansions in Mobile, centuries-old cemeteries including the Florence City Cemetery that was established in 1819, and to sites of the Civil Rights Movement such as the Rosa Parks bus stop and the Dexter Avenue King Memorial Baptist Church in Montgomery.

7. Civil War Trail 

The Alabama Civil War Trail not only includes battlefields but also many other historic locations that bring the story of those tumultuous years to life.

Stops along the route include visits to the Alabama State Capitol in Montgomery where Jeff Davis was sworn in as the president of the Confederacy, the Winter Building (also in Montgomery) where the order to fire on Fort Sumter in South Carolina was sent by telegraph thus beginning the war, and Tannehill Ironworks Historical State Park in McCalla where the enormous stone furnace that once made munitions for the Confederacy has been completely rebuilt.

And of course, there are the battlefields, including the one at Historic Blakeley State Park in Spanish Fort where the last major battle of the war was fought.

8. Native American Trail 

The history of Native Americans in Alabama is bittersweet. The Native American Trail allows us to explore their bittersweet history in the state from its earliest residents 10,000 years ago at Russell Cave National Monument in Bridgeport and Mound Island in Mobile to the tragedies that led to the Creek Indian War at Fort Mims in Stockton and the eventual start of the Trail of Tears with the Battle of Horseshoe Bend.

9. Covered Bridge Trail 

Along the dusty backroads of Alabama you will be treated to a rare sight. The state once had many covered bridges that took horses and pedestrians across narrow gorges. Today, the number has dwindled, but these bridges are still exciting pieces of history to view.

Some have been moved to historic locations like the oldest bridge, the 1850 Coldwater Creek Covered Bridge in Calhoun County, while others remain in place where they have stood the test of time including the longest remaining in the state, the 324-foot Swann Bridge over the Black Warrior River in Blount County.

The Covered Bridge Trail takes you to these and several more bridges in the northern half of the state. Be sure to make plans to attend the annual Covered Bridge Festival in October where the three bridges of Blount County are celebrated – Swann, Easely, and Old Horton – with a good old-fashioned fall festival featuring plenty of music, arts and crafts, and food.

10. U.S. Civil Rights Trail

The U.S. Civil Rights Trail spans the country but is primarily centered in the Southeast where marchers and activists challenged segregation and social injustice in the 50s and 60s, often facing violence and death in the process, as they tried to make the country live up to its promises.

11. Alabama Civil Rights Museum Trail

The Alabama Civil Rights Trail is part of the larger, nationwide trail, leading you to a collection of historic sites from that time period including the infamous Edmund Pettus Bridge in Selma, the Dexter Avenue King Memorial Baptist Church from where Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. led the historic Montgomery Bus Boycott, and the incredibly moving National Memorial for Peace and Justice that honors the over 4,000 blacks who were murdered across the South by white terrorists. The memorial features giant steel columns hanging from the ceiling with the names of victims listed by county.

Sports Trails

There is more to sports in Alabama than football. These sport trails show you what I mean.

12. Alabama’s Hunting And Fishing Trail For People With Disabilities 

The state has made it possible for people with physical disabilities to hunt and fish by joining together state and private landowners to establish this string of outdoor locations called the Alabama Hunting and Fishing Trail, where they can enjoy their favorite sports just like everyone else.

Each location has special ramps and access points, and when it comes to hunting, days are restricted to only allow those with disabilities to participate. Hunting and fishing licenses are required. Visit the Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources for details.

13. Robert Trent Jones Golf Trail     

Alabama has become a world-class golfing destination thanks to the Robert Trent Jones Golf Trail.

The trail features 26 courses and 468 incredible holes across the state with each course designed by the famous course architect Robert Trent Jones Sr. to fit that particular region’s stunning landscape.

Dining Trails

14. Food And Wine Trail

From exquisite fine dining to the heartwarming comfort of good Southern home cooking,

Alabama has it all, and the Food and Wine Trail is the perfect start to your culinary journey across the state.

For barbecue, try the rich and tangy offerings at Big D’s Butts ‘n Stuff in Monroeville or Archibald’s in Northport. For something a little more refined, there is the casual but classic dining experience of Classic on Noble in Anniston.

If you have a hankering for something sweet, the trail leads you to the fabulous Stacey’s Old Tyme Soda Fountain in Foley where you can belly up to a real old-fashioned soda fountain complete with malts, ice cream sodas, and the classic New York Egg Cream (no, it doesn’t have eggs — but trust me, they are the best).

If sandstone slot canyons, rosy-hued sand dunes, soaring rock hoodoos, and quaint main streets sound like the makings of a perfect road trip, then Utah’s southern stretch of U.S. Highway 89 is the route for you.

Although the nearby Interstate 15 offers a somewhat parallel and arguably faster north-south route to travel through Utah, I would argue that the 200-mile stretch of Highway 89 through the southern half of the state is worth the extra time for its scenic payoff.

Not only does the highway pass by two of Utah’s spectacular national parks, Zion and Bryce Canyon, but it also serves as a conduit to the sprawling Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument, the gorgeous Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park, and a string of historic little towns.

On my recent road trip from northern Arizona, I followed Highway 89 north from the southwestern-Utah town of Kanab to Mount Pleasant in the center of the state before heading east. All along the way, I marveled at the treasures of the route that is sometimes referred to as the National Park Highway. 

When To Visit Southern Utah

The best seasons to drive Utah’s Highway 89 are spring and fall, when average high temperatures are in the 60–80-degree Fahrenheit range. Summers tend to be hot, with average highs in July and August in the 80s and 90s. Winters are cool, with average highs in the 30- to 50-degree range.

To do the route justice, it’s best to spend at least 5 days to 7 days. After driving up and down Utah’s Highway 89 numerous times, I have a few favorite spots. Here are 8 of them, from south to north.

1. Kanab

With red sandstone cliffs surrounding it and numerous historic rock buildings lining its streets, the little town of Kanab is worth a stop all on its own. Factor in the many natural wonders that surround the community, and you have a worthy spot for a multi-day stay.

Kanab is known as a great base for exploring everything from the slot canyon of Buckskin Gulch to Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument’s Toadstool rock formations to three iconic national parks: Zion and Bryce Canyon to the north and Arizona’s North Rim of the Grand Canyon to the south.

Even though Kanab has a population of less than 5,000 people, it offers the services of a larger town, with many restaurant and hotel choices. For dining, I loved Sego Restaurant for its unique take on regional favorites like elote fritters and duck lo mein, as well as Peekaboo Canyon Wood Fired Kitchen for its great vegetarian pizza and salad choices. For hotels, check out the cool Flagstone Boutique Inn & Suites or the Canyons Lodge Hotel.

I recommend staying 2–3 nights in Kanab if you want to explore nearby spots like Buckskin Gulch and Grand Staircase.

2. Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park

Even for aficionados of sand dunes, Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park is a jaw-dropping experience. In this state park located just off Highway 89, about a half-hour northwest of Kanab, visitors will find shifting red-hued sand dunes straddled by Navajo sandstone cliffs.

There are few established trails, but much of the parkland is open for exploration, and the rolling waves of sand attract walkers, hikers, and ATV-ers.

Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park is perfect for a day trip from Kanab, or as a 2–3 hour stop on a road trip along Highway 89.

Pro Tip: Campsites are available at Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park year around.

3. Zion National Park

Two of Utah’s Mighty 5 national parks — Zion and Bryce Canyon — lie just 15 to 20 minutes off Highway 89, making both convenient stops on a southern Utah road trip.

Zion, the park that’s home to world-famous trails Angels Landing and The Narrows, is about 30 miles northwest of Kanab, and its eastern entrance is about 15 miles west of Highway 89 on State Highway 9.

The town of Springdale on the park’s southern border is the main gateway community and perhaps the most convenient place to find dining and lodging. For upscale pub fare, head to the Zion Canyon Brew Pub for gourmet burgers, sandwiches, steaks, and local beers. Or for gourmet coffees, paninis, salads, and soups, check out Café Soleil.

You could easily spend a week or more exploring Zion’s spectacular scenery, but a 2–3 night stay would allow you to explore Springdale, ride the park’s shuttle to several of the main attractions, and take in one or two of the hikes.

Pro Tip: In an effort to reduce crowding on the popular Angels Landing trail, Zion began requiring a permit in 2022. More information is available on the national park website.

4. Bryce Canyon National Park

Bryce Canyon National Park, famous for its large concentration of the soaring rock spires known as hoodoos, is about 75 miles northeast of Kanab, and about 15 miles southeast of Highway 89 via Highway 12 and Highway 63.

Like Zion, Bryce Canyon is a bucket list–worthy national park, and it should definitely be on a southern Utah road trip. I loved Bryce for its easy vehicular access to viewpoints that offer sweeping views of the hoodoo-filled canyons.

The park’s website recommends checking out Bryce Amphitheater, home to the greatest concentration of hoodoos found anywhere on Earth. Viewpoints along the first 3 miles of the main road provide access to views overlooking the area. Then, if you have time, continue on to the Southern Scenic Drive, which offers nine scenic overlooks that display the lesser-seen beauty of Bryce Canyon. Bryce Canyon also offers numerous hiking opportunities, from easy to strenuous, that will get you into the midst of the hoodoos.

Plan to stay for one or two nights to take in the main sights and try several of the hikes. Scenic and convenient lodging is available at the historic Lodge at Bryce Canyon.

5. Panguitch

A taste of the Old West, stellar fishing, and proximity to three of Utah’s Mighty 5 national parks (Zion, Bryce Canyon, and Capitol Reef) come together in the picturesque little town of Panguitch.

Much of the town’s main drag, which coincides with Highway 89, is on the National Register of Historic Places, and informative signs offer fascinating tidbits about the history. For authentic dining, check out the Cowboy’s Smokehouse, where the menu includes regional fare like the mesquite BBQ ribs, a green chili pork burrito, and country-fried steak.

The town’s name means “big fish,” and Panguitch is within a half-hour of four well-known fisheries: Paragonah Reservoir, Panguitch Lake, Panguitch Creek, and Asay Creek.

A stop of 3–4 hours would allow you to have lunch, explore the antique shops, and visit one of the area lakes.

6. Circleville

For fans of the classic 1969 western film Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid, Circleville is a sentimental stop. Just south of town, road trippers will come upon the childhood home of Butch Cassidy, also known as Robert Leroy Parker.

In contrast to the outlaw lifestyle of Cassidy’s later life, the little homestead is a peaceful spot consisting of a small log cabin, a stand of leafy trees, and a few interpretive signs and picnic tables.

Cassidy (played by actor Paul Newman in the movie) lived at the site with his family from about 1880 to 1884, from the age of 14 to 18. Information uncovered about Cassidy indicates that he was “a fun big brother, loved dancing and racing horses, liked to read, was a hard worker, and was kind to animals,” according to a sign at the site.

Plan to spend an hour or so reading the signs and checking out the Cassidy homestead. The town of Circleville features a small selection of cafés and service stations for a lunch stop and a gasoline fill-up.

7. Big Rock Candy Mountain Bike Loop

For a place to stretch your legs and take in the rugged scenery of Marysvale Canyon and the peak known as Big Rock Candy Mountain, the Big Rock Candy Mountain Bike Loop Trailhead in Sevier is a convenient stop along Highway 89.

The Big Rock Candy Mountain Bike Loop trailhead is located along the highway and just north of the Big Rock Canyon Mountain Resort, which sits at the base of the caramel-colored mountain that got its name from a popular song of the 1920s.

The Big Rock Candy Mountain Bike Loop is a paved trail that is a part of the historic Old Spanish National Historic Trail. It offers views of colorful rock formations and the pretty Sevier River.

The trail is smooth and is rated as easy. If you decide to take a walk or bike ride on the trail, plan to stop for an hour or two. The trailhead has ample parking and restrooms.

8. Spring City

Pure charm is in store in the little town of Spring City, a community billed as one of few sites in the U.S. where the entire town is on the U.S. National Register of Historic Places.

Settled by mostly English and Danish pioneers, Spring City features a main street (Highway 89) that is lined with historic rock buildings, including the Old City Hall building, which was constructed of local limestone in the Greek Revival style, complete with a bell tower. The building now serves as the home of the Daughters of the Utah Pioneers Museum.

Across the street from the museum is a row of historic buildings that house shops, galleries, and restaurants. Be sure to stop by Das Café, a signature eatery in Spring City that features fare that Visit Utah describes as “American-German-Mormon fusion.” You’ll find menu items such as bratwurst and kraut burgers alongside omelets and Belgian waffles. I especially enjoyed Das Café’s shady patio, which is decorated with colorful murals.

A stop of 2–3 hours would allow you to have lunch, visit the museum, and explore the vintage buildings along the streets of Spring City.

Missouri is a fascinating state. It’s filled with history, nature, and incredible sights, and then there’s the food and wine that’s uniquely Missouri. That’s why I joined three friends on a road trip across the state. The trip was mostly comped, but all opinions are my own.

1. St. Louis

Our first stop was Grant’s Farm. It’s on land originally part of the family plantation of Ulysses S. Grant’s wife, Julia Dent. Today, it’s owned and operated by the Busch family. We boarded a train that took us through the multitude of wildlife and domestic animals living on the farm. We passed a small log cabin. Our driver told us Grant had built it himself and that he and Julia lived there a short time.

There’s so much there, including the Clydesdale Horses in their lavish barn, the Busch family’s home, a carousel, dining, and free beer samples.

We went across the road to White Haven, once Julia Dent’s home and where the Grants lived for 4 years. It’s now Ulysses S. Grant National Historic Site. The museum is a self-guided tour, but Ranger Rob gave us a guided tour back to the home and then turned us loose to explore the home and outbuildings.

Next stop was a trip to the St. Louis Zoo, home to over 14,000 animals. The zoo is huge, and I didn’t have time to see it all, but what I saw was wonderful. The habitats are spacious, and the animals look well cared for. It’s one of the few free zoos in the country and is the most-visited attraction in the region.

The Missouri History Museum is just a few blocks from the zoo and covers not only St. Louis’s story but all of Missouri with an emphasis on the music, one of my favorite topics.

Two other spots where we found music history were the Scott Joplin Museum and the National Blues Museum. Our guide took us through the home where Scott Joplin boarded and wrote many of his ragtime hits. She even “played” one of his rags on the player piano.

The National Blues Museum tells the story of the famous Blues musicians and how the Blues influenced other genres like rock and roll and bands like the Beatles.

The Griot Museum of Black History told us more about musicians like Jazz great, Miles Davis. It also covered Black history from the days of the Middle Passage to more modern greats like Josephine Baker and Dr. Martin Luther King.

No visit to St. Louis is complete without a trip to Gateway Arch, America’s tallest monument. I walked the 93 steps needed to reach the top. What a view! On one side I saw Illinois on the banks of the Missouri River and on the other side I had a perfect view of the Old Courthouse with its statue of Dred and Harriet Scott.

Downstairs there is the Museum of Westward Expansion telling the story of President Jefferson’s belief in “manifest destiny.” Lewis and Clark are featured and so much more.

My favorite dining spot in St. Louis is Blueberry Hill. It’s across the street from the Chuck Berry statue. The burgers are tasty, and the memorabilia is better than in some museums. They’ve been in business for 50 years and hosted Chuck Berry, the first musician to play in their 340-capacity Duck Room. He played 209 consecutive monthly concerts there.

Pro Tip: Westin Hotel is near downtown and comfortable. It’s across from the Baseball Stadium.

2. Hannibal

Just outside Hannibal, we stopped to see the Historic Village of Ilasco, what remains of a cement company ghost town from the early 1900s. The concrete jail built in 1909, church, and monument with flags of the ethnic groups that comprised the town, are worth a photo stop.

Hannibal’s all about Mark Twain. The museum and his boyhood home are a complex that tells his story. After we toured his home, we stepped into town as it looked when Sam Clemens was a boy with Becky Thatcher Museum, Huckleberry Finn House, Grant’s Drug Store, Twain’s father’s Justice of the Peace Office, and more.

Mark Twain’s steamboat captain career is where he got his pen name. Take a trip on the Mark Twain Riverboat. We took the 1-hour sightseeing cruise, but there’s a dinner cruise option.

Another place you’ll meet Mark Twain almost face-to-face is at the Mark Twain Cave. Young Sam Clemens played in the cave, and he mentioned it in The Adventures of Tom Sawyer and other books. You can take an hour-long guided cave tour and see his signature on the rock wall. It has been there since he was a boy but was only discovered in 2019. The walk is easy, and the cave is well lit.

Jesse James also left his signature on the wall of the cave when he used it as a hideout after a botched robbery. It’s dated September 22, 1879. His hideout is marked, but you can’t descend to the place where his signature is due to danger.

Another must-see at the cave is “The Life and Times of Mark Twain.” Twain impersonator Jim Waddell does a one-man presentation with stories taken directly from Twain’s own writings.

The Haunted Hannibal Ghost Tour is a fun and historically accurate tour through Hannibal.

Hannibal History Museum is at the start of the ghost tour. My favorite there are the Tom Sawyer dioramas.

Daniel Quarles, the real-life model for Jim in Twain’s Adventures of Huckleberry Finn, has a small but detailed Jim’s Journey that tells the African American story in Missouri.

Molly Brown is remembered for having survived the sinking Titanic. Her story was told in the movie and play, The Unsinkable Molly Brown. She was active as a fighter for social causes like women’s rights. Her home tells the story of the real woman.

Mark Twain Dinette is a lunch choice where you enjoy some of Twain’s favorites. For more upscale dining, LaBinnah Bistro is unrivaled. The ambience is French, and the food is European mixed with Middle Eastern with a bit of Missouri barbecue tossed in.

Pro Tip: Holiday Inn Express & Suites is a good option for lodging here.

3. St. Joseph

Patee House Museum tells the history of Missouri from the 1860s to the 1880s. There’s the Pony Express Headquarters’ original office and a recreation of St. Joe as it was in the late 1800s. One room has accurate portraits of the people who figured in Missouri history.

The house where Bob Ford murdered Jesse James on April 3, 1882, is part of the Patee House.

Our docent led us through the Pony Express Museum. It tells of the riders and their lives. One exhibit shows Johnny Fry, the first Pony Express rider, preparing to leave St. Joe. Spectators cheered him on. I entered a recreated rest stop cabin where the young riders might stay overnight or change horses and pumped water from a well.

Robidoux Row Museum showcases recreated 1840s temporary lodging for new residents of St. Joseph, who had bought lots from Joseph Robidoux, the city’s founder, and westward-bound pioneers.

Walter Cronkite was a St. Joe resident. He is honored with a free memorial at Missouri Western State University in Spratt Hall. The memorial covers his whole career, including videos of many historic broadcasts, including the President Kennedy assassination and the Watergate broadcast.

We visited the St. Joseph Museum Complex containing Glore Psychiatric Museum, Native American and History Galleries, Black Archives, and the Doll Museum.

If you’re a fan of horror movies, you’ll be right at home at the Glore Psychiatric Museum. I had to keep reminding myself this was not a Stephen King movie set. This was the way mentally ill patients were treated until recent years. When they wanted to render a patient unconscious, they tied them to a chair and hit them in the head with a mallet. Lobotomies progressed from entering through the scalp to entering through the patient’s eye and scraping out brain matter. It was a fascinating museum but may cause nightmares later.

The James Farm, where Jesse James was born, is about an hour out of St. Joe. You are not allowed inside the house but can view the home through the screen doors. The museum where you enter has a documentary video about Jesse and his family.

Pro Tips: Restaurants And Lodging

For restaurants in the area, try J. C. Wyatt House, with décor that rivals its fantastic food; Fredrick Inn, once a historic inn; RC’s Lunch Car, where everything is made from scratch; or Boudreaux, a touch of New Orleans.

Stoney Creek Lodge is just off the interstate and offers an excellent complimentary breakfast. They have all the usual amenities plus an outdoor pool, an indoor pool, a spa tub, and Bearly Bar for late-night refreshment. I loved the rustic décor.

4. Sedalia

We headed to Sedalia, where one of our group lives. We drove through the historic district and saw Scott Joplin’s mural. The Historic Hotel Bothwell rated a drive-by. Built in 1927, its famous guests included Harry S. Truman, Bette Davis, Clint Eastwood, and Eric Fleming when the TV series Rawhide was filmed in Sedalia.

The next stop was Katy Depot Museum, built in 1896. It’s Sedalia’s official welcome center. They filled the old depot museum with history about Sedalia’s famous residents, including Scott Joplin, who was born and wrote his early songs there. I loved the railroad sculpture and the old caboose out back.

5. Jefferson City

We had some time to visit Jefferson City, home to the Missouri State Fair. We visited The Missouri State Penitentiary. Even though we did the daylight tour rather than the paranormal, it was the spookiest place I have ever seen. It opened in 1836 and was the oldest continually operating prison west of the Mississippi until it was decommissioned in 2004. Time magazine called it “The bloodiest 47 acres in America.” Some of its most famous prisoners were Sonny Liston (who went straight after release), Pretty Boy Floyd, and James Earl Ray, who committed more gruesome murders after.

Pro Tip: After seeing the prison, Prison Brews is the perfect dining choice. It’s a brewpub with lots of choices. The pizza is fantastic.

Missouri should rate high on every bucket list.

Gualala is a Pomo name meaning “where the waters flow down.” Pronounced “wa-LA-la,” it’s a scenic 115 miles from the center of San Francisco perfect for a budget-friendly road trip.

The name is descriptive of this small northern California coastal town. Conifer forests grow down the slopes of the coastals to the Pacific’s edge. The Gualala River empties the watershed from countless creeks and streams into the Pacific. The coastline is wild and rugged, with few beaches. Magnificent cliffs and blufftop trails are standard.

Gualala is at the southern end of the Mendocino Coast on the county line of Sonoma County. The rugged and wild coastline is known for its towering bluffs, coastal trails, and driftwood beaches. The small town is an artist and nature lover’s nirvana and the ideal location to unplug and unwind with waves, wilderness, and wine.

Some Of The Best Things To Do In Gualala

1. Art In The Redwoods

Gualala Arts Center and Theater has been the heart of Gualala’s art community since 1961. The center hosts classical and popular music performances, theater, art exhibits, classes, workshops, lectures, and more. Youth programs are offered as well, and some classes are drop-in. Stop in for a music or painting workshop.

The arts center is a gorgeous 15,000-square-foot building designed by Paul Styskal. It was dedicated in 1998. Three gardens embrace the building — Mendocino Stone Zone, Frog Song, and Gualala Arts’ Global Harmony Sculpture Garden. Each garden displays art among redwoods, conifers, woodland trees, and native flowering shrubs.

Go to the Events Page for a schedule of festivals, exhibits, performances, and classes. You may also purchase tickets online.

Pro Tip: Many art lovers plan a trip to Gualala for Art In The Redwoods, a 4-day celebration of local art, music, food, and wine.

2. Honor The Elders

Gualala Point Regional Park has some of Gualala’s most breathtaking vistas of where the Gualala River enters the Pacific Ocean. The park has a variety of landscapes, including beaches, coastal bluffs, an estuary, redwoods, a forest, and a river.

One of the park’s manmade features is Serge Posts (pronunced sayr-gay). The ceremonial posts were carved by artisans from the Sakha Republic of northeastern Russia. The artists came to the park in 2014 to carve the Serge and honor their heritage in the region. Russian fur traders were among the first non-native settlers in the Gualala area.

While at the park, enjoy beach combing, driftwood sculptures, cycling, birding, wildlife viewing, hiking, tent camping, and fishing. There are numerous picnic spots, including one with a fabulous vista and a wind barrier at the visitor center.

3. Visit Some Small Trees

Salt Point State Park’s Pygmy Forest is home to miniature versions of pine, cypress, and redwood trees. These are the same type of trees that flourish in forests in the region, just smaller. The stunted growth is a result of acidic soils devoid of nutrients. In addition, hard-pan soil is not far below the surface, which prevents drainage and root growth necessary to prosper.

The 3.8-mile Pygmy Forest Trail is a loop, averaging 2 hours to complete. It’s rated easy, with a gradual elevation gain of 793 feet. In addition to the pygmy trees, you will pass through eucalyptus, madrone, Douglas fir, and tan oaks. The prairie section of the trail is stunning during a spring wildflower bloom.

4. Gallery Crawl

Cypress Village is a lovely little shopping mall at the corner of South Highway 1 and Ocean Drive. Businesses are interconnected by balconies and stairs, looking more like an upscale townhouse complex than a mall; it’s perfect for an art afternoon. Galleries featuring local artists mingle with a book store, clothing shops, home décor, kitchen shop, offices, and eateries.

Climb the Widow’s Walk for a magnificent coastal view. The Widow’s Walk has a clock tower on top.

Pro Tip: After visiting galleries in Cypress Village, cross Highway 1 and walk north. Stop in at the galleries you pass or have a coffee break in a local café.

5. Wave At Whales

Whale Watch Point on the Bluff Top Coastal Access Trail is an excellent place to watch for migrating whales from November through March.

Bluff Top is 3 miles one way. The trail begins in Gualala Regional Park and concludes at Walk On Beach Trail. You’ll also view stunning off-shore rock formations, beaches, and coves. Plenty of wildlife can be encountered on land, sea, and air.

Whales can be easily spotted from shore. Keep an eye out for their misty spouts. I think the best viewing times from shore are at high tides in the late afternoon.

Pro Tip: Don’t forget binoculars!

6. Camp With BIG Trees

Gualala River Redwood Park’s slogan is: “There is no better place to disconnect. Connect with the redwoods, explore, breathe, run, enjoy, and disconnect from the urban life.”

This campground in the redwoods is made for a city getaway. Whether tent or RV, spaces are available on the river or in the forest. Hiking, cycling, swimming, picnicking, fishing, kayaking, and stargazing are popular activities at this privately-owned outdoor resort. Pets are welcome but must be on a leash at all times.

Pro Tip: You can see photos of each campsite on the park’s website. Make your choice and book online before you arrive.

7. Build A Driftwood Masterpiece

Sculptures, shelters, and some undefinable structures populate most beaches along the Mendocino-Sonoma Coast. That’s because it has some of the best driftwood beaches in the state.

Building your masterpiece solo or with a group is fun and good exercise. So first, gather driftwood from the beach. Then, let your imagination and inner-engineer/artist loose. There is no right or wrong way to go about it; just have fun. Finally, take photos of your genius work; it will most likely be gone with the next incoming tide.

In Gualala, a good driftwood beach is at Guala Point Beach at Gualala Regional Point Park. There is an accessible path to the beach. All-terrain wheelchairs are available from park staff on a first come, first served basis.

Pro Tip: You can gather and build with all the driftwood you can find that is not in use. However, you can’t take it with you or burn it.

8. Bring A Cooler And Fill The Larder

Stock up at Surf Market on California Highway 1 in Gualala. You can get a complete taste of Mendocino and Sonoma County at Surf. Family-owned since 1956, the shelves are stocked with local wine, beer, veggies, fruit, cheese, seafood, and meat.

If you’re coming from San Francisco, plan to do some serious shopping at Surf. Bring a cooler for perishables and make space in the trunk for lots of wine. The deli can fill the picnic basket with sandwiches, prepared dishes, baked goods, and don’t pass up the fudge — yummm!

Pro Tip: The Gualala Farmers Market is Saturday mornings at the Gualala Community Center, on Center Street. It’s not only an exceptional place for locally-produced goods; it’s a friendly way to meet locals.

9. Sip The Sun Down

This one is simple and can be done anywhere you can see the sun dropping into the Pacific. First, open the bottle of wine you purchased at Surf Market. Then, pour the wine. Next, sip the wine as you watch the sunset. Finally, applaud when the last spec of that golden ball has disappeared below the horizon.

Pro Tip: Winter months have the most gold and red sunsets on the Mendocino Coast.

Sleep

I suggest a vacation rental if you plan to spend a night or two in Gualala. Rentals are available, from small cabins in the forest to oceanfront Architectural Digest-worthy dwellings. Sea Ranch just south of Gualala is a popular rental location. There is a golf course on the development property.

Camping is one of the best options in the numerous state and private parks. Check with Glamping Hub and Hipcamp for some unique camping and glamping spots.

Getting There

The drive to Gualala is part of the experience as you head north on California Highway 1 at Bodega Bay. From there, the next 47 miles are the stuff sports car commercials are made of. Twisting and climbing along the very edge of the Pacific’s wild north coast, you’ll want to stop at every turnout to savor the vista.

Pro Tip: After the hectic drive getting out of San Francisco, I suggest stopping in Bodega Bay for a break or perhaps lunch. One of the last small fishing villages on the West Coast, Bodega Bay will be an easy-going spot for a road-trip break and a taste of the hook-to-mouth seafood served in restaurants.

Why Gualala?

Gualala runs on “Mendo Time.” It’s relaxed and never in a hurry. Locals are warm, creative, and love to share their little slice of paradise. Gualala is a bit remote, keeping the tourist buses at bay. Instead, you’ll find pristine old-growth forests, clean and fresh air, trails where you’re unlikely to encounter others, and plenty of room for your driftwood sculpture on the beach.

Explore the best ideas for a Mendocino getaway, including:

• 9 Ocean View Picnic Spots On California’s Mendocino Coast
• 8 Perfect Stops In Mendocino County’s Beautiful Wine Region
• 7 Extraordinary Camping Spots On California’s Mendocino Coast

Fifteen years ago, my husband, Dave, and I were living in Estes Park, Colorado, a picturesque mountain town just minutes away from the entrance to Rocky Mountain National Park. Despite all its beauty and access to the outdoors, living full-time in a tiny tourist town deep in the mountains has its drawbacks.

There was little work in Estes Park, so we were faced with lengthy commutes down the mountain. After our long days, we were too tired to enjoy our mountain community and we began to yearn for a fresh start.

With no kids, no pets, and a decent balance in our savings account, we decided to put the majority of our worldly possessions in storage, pack our trusted Toyota Echo with camping gear and what we hoped were all necessary essentials, and hit the road for a 6-month-long adventure with the goal of discovering our next hometown before the money ran out.

For 6 glorious months we explored back roads, got to know the locals, hiked miles of trails, tasted local cuisines, then got sick of our tent, and occasionally each other, began to miss cooking in our own kitchen, and slowly watched the money run out. At the end of the journey, we happily resettled in Missoula, Montana, the winner of our next hometown contest.

Despite all the challenges and even after all of these years, we often find ourselves reminiscing about our great adventure. As we approach the age of retirement, our fond recollections of the trip have begun to intertwine with dreams of doing it all over again and making it even better knowing now what we didn’t know then.

1. Budget For A Change Of Plans

Planning is a fun part of any trip and helps build the excitement. But when you’re making plans several months in advance, many of those plans are bound to change and cause unexpected expenses. I don’t fault us for doing things like putting a deposit down on campsites that we knew would be full when we got there.

What I wasn’t prepared for was the unexpected cold front arriving in Grand Canyon National Park the same time we did. Despite several miserable nights in the campground and waking up to frozen faces and frozen water bottles, we hesitated to abandon our tent and pay for a hotel room. On the fourth day we finally broke down, but I would have felt better about the situation if we had some money set aside for these types of changes to our plan.

2. Mother Nature Has Her Own Itinerary

When our plans did change, it was often due to the weather. We were all settled into camp in Shenandoah National Park. Most of that day was spent doing laundry, so we were ready to relax the rest of the evening and watch the sunset over the Blue Ridge Mountains while planning our hike for the next day. Out of nowhere, the most violent storm that I have ever experienced hit. 

We took a minute to consider our options and soon realized our tent was no place to wait it out. We had just enough time to throw our clean laundry in the car and race down the mountain to the nearest town, all the while crossing our fingers that lightning wouldn’t strike the car. We returned the next morning to find our tent flooded and our provisions soaked. Hiking plans had to be put on hold as we spent the day in a hotel room while our tent dried in the sun.

3. Having Alone Time Is Not A Sign That Our Marriage Is Falling Apart

One of the best parts of this trip was sharing it with Dave, but that didn’t mean that we had to spend every minute together. Between our tiny car and our tiny tent, we were at each other’s side constantly. No matter who you’re traveling with and how well you get along, that lack of alone time is bound to cause some friction. It’s natural that we wanted to experience everything together, but I think we also had the concern that spending time apart was a sign we were getting sick of each other.

I learned that it’s OK to set aside time to each do your own thing whether it be finding a quiet spot to read or touring a museum that doesn’t interest your traveling companion. As they say, absence makes the heart grow fonder.

4. Rest Days Are Essential

I’m the type of person that likes to fill each day with activities when on vacation. That’s fine for a shorter trip, but I began to realize this vacation was different. My body and mind grew tired from being constantly on the go. As the trip went on, we became proactive in scheduling days when we just sat beside the tent and read or watched movies all day in the comfort of a hotel room.

Looking back, I don’t feel like we missed anything or the trip didn’t live up to our expectations due to those rest days. They simply gave us time to regroup mentally and physically so we were able to jump back on the road with gusto.

5. The Importance Of Focusing On Self-care

Along the lines of setting aside rest days, we also needed to make an effort to take better care of ourselves. Many days were spent sitting in a car for hours and many nights were spent in a dusty tent. Neither one of us have ever been very good at cooking in camp, so we ate out a great deal, which meant heavy meals and often unfamiliar and unhealthy foods.

I would start to feel tired, like I was coming down with something. We should have been proactive in taking better care of ourselves. Set aside time for a walk. Drink plenty of water. Of course, it’s fun to try the local cuisine, but balance out the meals of fried catfish and bison chili with the occasional salad or a visit to the local farmer’s market for fresh fruits and vegetables.

6. No One Cared How We Looked

Before leaving on our trip, I read a book written by a woman who had traveled for a year with her husband in a motorhome, and she had mentioned they brought a few outfits that needed dry cleaning. I thought that was a little extreme, but then I brought a few “nicer” outfits just in case we ever wanted to have a night on the town.

Those clothes inevitably never left the suitcase. We rarely went anywhere that I felt required us to dress up and even if we did, so what if we went to a nice restaurant in jeans and T-shirts? No one cared. Pack enough clothes so you only have to do laundry once a week and make sure those clothes are comfortable and can be thrown in the wash with no fuss.

7. I’ll Want A Record Of Our Journey

In the beginning when everything was new, Dave and I both kept journals and faithfully recorded the happenings of the day. Then slowly we stopped setting aside time and would go for weeks without opening the journals. Then we stopped altogether. I regret that. Of course, we have our shared memories and photographs, but nothing that documented how we were feeling each day, the challenges we encountered, and the adventures we had.

Even if you’re not disciplined enough to do it every day, set aside time once a week to write in a journal, type up a log on your laptop, or even record a message on your phone. It will give you a treasured record of your journey that you can look back on for years to come.

8. Always Ask A Local

We spent months planning this trip looking at websites, ordering travel guides, and amassing glossy brochures. We assumed we knew everything we could about what to see and do at each of our destinations. We soon learned there is no substitute for the inside knowledge of a local resident.

The focus of our stop in Watkins Glen, New York, was to explore the incredible Watkins Glen State Park and its numerous cascading waterfalls. While we were in town talking to the bartender at Rooster Fish Brewing, we learned that the surrounding Finger Lakes Region is also famous for their wineries. We quickly added another day to our itinerary and spent it wine tasting. Take the time to politely chat up locals. You’ll find they’re excited to share the treasures of their hometown with respectful tourists.

9. Great Rewards Came From Going Outside Our Comfort Zones

We remember many of the mundane details of our trip, but the times we look back on with the greatest affection were when we put ourselves in an unfamiliar situation or faced a fear. We forgot all about our seasickness caused by huge ocean swells as humpback whales swam under our boat while on a cruise with Monterey Bay Whale Watch. We savored the most delicious food of our trip in Quebec City despite having to order from menus in our broken French. Zion National Park would not have been as memorable if we hadn’t overcome our fear of heights to hike the cliff-hugging Observation Point Trail.

Looking back, there are definitely things I would change if we were to take another trip, but I don’t regret a single moment.

Electric vehicle (EV) road trips are growing in popularity for several reasons. First, with gas prices at an all-time high, EVs are cheaper to run than gas- or diesel-powered vehicles. In addition, EVs have fewer moving parts than other vehicles, so the maintenance costs are lower. Add to that the fact that with no fossil fuel emissions, EVs have a lower environmental impact.

While you’ll find many advantages to using an electric car around town, die-hard road trippers may be hesitant to make the switch. For those making their first electric car road trip, range anxiety, the driver’s fear that they don’t have enough power in their battery to make it to their next destination, is real. In addition, they’re concerned about getting stranded and needing a tow.

However, many are considering purchasing an EV because the infrastructure for EV owners is improving. One example is Michigan: In 2022, the state is introducing 30 electric vehicle charging stations in state parks. You’ll find various tools and tips EV experts share to make planning these trips simple and enjoyable. Before venturing on your first electric car road trip adventure, here are seven things to know.

1. Download These Helpful Apps Before Your Trip

Before your trip, take the time to download some of these helpful EV apps. They will assist in finding charging stations and hotels while helping you plan your route to reduce range anxiety.

PlugShare offers over 400,000 charging stations in their database around the world. You can use their trip planner to assist in planning the best route for your trip. The filter feature is helpful as you can filter by the fast charger or vehicle type.

ChargePoint, one of North America’s largest EV charging networks, helps you find charging stations and allows you to pay for them with your smartphone. In addition, the app offers pictures and reviews of various charging stations so that you know what to expect before you go.

EVHotels is an app that combines where to stay with where to charge. It features hotels with charging stations on-site or within walking distance of the hotel. In addition, the app helps you discover hotels with charging stations close by and allows you to customize how far you are willing to walk to a charger. The app has over 25,000 EV hotels and more than 100,000 roadside charging stations.

You already use Google Maps to find restaurants and hotels while on road trips, and the app can also assist with finding EV chargers.

Even if you aren’t a Tesla owner, you’ll still find various Tesla-specific apps helpful in planning your road trip. In addition, Tesla has opened their charging stations to non-Tesla EV owners, so be sure to check out their app too. Finally, you’ll also find the Tesla Road Trip Planner a helpful addition to your EV apps.

2. Plan Your Route

If you’re going on a first-time road trip, get your map and determine a conservative distance you can go on a single charge. EV batteries vary in the distance a typical charge lasts. A variety of factors will also impact the distance. Plan your route around chargers. In rural areas, you’re likely to find fewer Superchargers available.

To make the most of your time, plan your day around your meals, combining your food stops with charging station stops and bathroom breaks. It will take longer to fuel an electric vehicle than it does one that uses gasoline or diesel. One example is Hy-Vee grocery stores, where many have charging stations and dining areas to make one efficient stop. You can use your mealtime to fuel up while you eat.

In 2022, Michigan is introducing 30 electric vehicle charging stations in Michigan state parks. You can reach your destination at Holland State Park and spend the day playing while your vehicle is charging. Then, you’ll have a fully charged car for your return home. Planning your road trip route around high-efficiency charging stations is the way to avoid range anxiety and save time.

3. Know The Factors Impacting Mileage

Various weather conditions impact your battery efficiency. For example, cold temperatures affect the range, as you are more likely to use features such as the heating system and seat warmers. Using the car’s air conditioning in warm weather will also reduce mileage.

Wind resistance is another factor impacting mileage, like gasoline or diesel-powered vehicles. For example, if you use a roof rack or a bicycle mount, the additional drag will reduce the miles you will get from a charge. Rain also reduces efficiency.

Packing light is essential for increasing mileage. As with any vehicle, reducing weight increases efficiency, which is true of EVs. However, an additional hundred-pound load will decrease efficiency by 1-2 percent. So only take what you absolutely need.

For example, Tesla’s computer screen shows where superchargers are. While it’s counterintuitive, if weather conditions — wind, high heat or extreme cold, or rain decrease your range, slow down to make it to your next charge. The faster you drive, the more energy your EV will consume.

4. Different Charging Levels Charge At Different Speeds

Not all chargers are created equal. With three charging levels, each with a different speed, it’s most efficient to charge with the fastest charger.

Level 1 chargers are the slowest, but the advantage is they use a standard electrical outlet. Unfortunately, while these outlets are the easiest to find, they are also the slowest, taking between 8 to 12 hours to charge. To use this, you’ll need a Level 1 EVSE cable standard. This cable type has a standard three-prong household plug on one end and a J1722 connector to plug into the vehicle.

A Level 2 charger is usually only available at public charging stations. It will take between 1 and 11 hours to charge your vehicle at these types of chargers.

Level 3 is the fastest charger using a 480-volt AC or DC plug. Chargers at these stations take between 20 minutes and one hour, depending on the rate. You will need a CHAdeMO or Command Charging System (CCS) connector.

5. Get Smart On Port-Charger Compatibility

Every EV manufactured in North America has the same plug you can use in Level 1 and Level 2 chargers. To use the DC charging stations, vehicles manufactured by Mitsubishi and Nissan use the CHAdeMO connector, while most other EVs like Tesla use the CCS connector.

Not all EV chargers are created equal on the fastest, Level 3 chargers. Also, the connector that fits your car may not match the charging station where you’re trying to charge. The good news is there are adaptors available. Be sure to take an adaptor with you, so you aren’t planning to use a charging station where the plugs aren’t compatible.

6. Keep Your Battery’s Charge Between 20 Percent And 80 Percent

A good rule of thumb for day-to-day driving is to keep your battery’s charge between 20 percent and 80 percent, prolonging the battery life. Depleting it too far is hard on the life of the battery. After reaching an 80 percent charge, the charging slows down so as not to damage your battery by overheating. You’ll want to monitor this during your road trip.

7. Look For Overnight Accommodations With Chargers

According to Michelle Marine, a frequent EV road tripper who blogs at Simplify Live Love, “Since you are already stopped for the night, the goal would be to charge every single night so that you start the day with as much charge as possible.”

Most hotels have something, even if it is just an exterior outlet to charge overnight. The slow charge likely won’t matter as you are parked for several hours overnight anyway. Call the hotel before arriving to confirm that they have a charging station. If not, ask if they have a standard outdoor plug that you could use.

Chargers and adapters vary in speed. For example, if you can only find 110 outlets, you’ll have a charging rate of only about 5 miles per hour — very slow. While a 220 outlet is faster, it only charges about 10 miles per hour. A destination or Supercharger, a Tesla-branded charger, requires an adapter but charges to a full range of 250+ miles in under an hour.

Pro Tip: Primarily for hotels, always carry a long extension cord if you need to use a standard outdoor plug. You may need a longer cable to help you reach the electrical outlet from a parking space.

If you want to check out an EV by renting before you purchase or want to save during your next road trip, check out this article on renting a Tesla.

Electric bikes are also popular for shorter road trips. Take a look at these articles on electric bikes.

• 9 Things To Know Before Buying An E-Bike
• 10 Things To Know Before Renting An Electric Bike
• The Best Affordable Electric Bikes Of 2022

If you look for it on a map, it doesn’t exist. The federal government removed Route 66 from the US Highway System in 1985.

America first really learned of Route 66 from John Steinbeck in 1939. He called it “The Mother Road” in The Grapes of Wrath because he said it called out to farmers and migrants desperate for a new life during the Dust Bowl.

Route 66 took on a new life after WWII when Americans had cars and some money and time to travel. This road symbolized the growth and changing of America for more than 50 years. My wife, Pam, and I wanted to ride this road and see these changes first-hand — the history, the attractions, the nostalgia, and the oddities.

So, a few years ago, she rode her Harley, and I rode mine, nearly 2,500 miles from Navy Pier in Chicago to Santa Monica Pier in California. It’s the ride we still talk about. It’s the trip we’re still asked about. 

Learn from my mistake: You can’t do this trip justice without doing some homework. Read about the road and the stops and pick the ones you want to make your trip special to you. There are plenty of traditional stops, like the Gateway Arch in St. Louis or the original McDonalds in Downey, California. But I look for the “different.” That said, let’s ride my top stops on Route 66 from Illinois to the West. 

1. Pontiac Murals

Pontiac, Illinois

Plenty of pride about the history of Route 66 is easy to see on the sides of buildings all over downtown Pontiac — about 60 miles southwest of Joliet. Some of this artwork is truly spectacular and worth the walk around or drive around.

Pro Tip: The Route 66 Association Hall of Fame and Museum is the best starting point for maps of the murals. You can find the Hall at 110 W Howard St, Pontiac, IL 61764.

2. Cars (The Movie)

Along The Route

You’ll see plenty of places along Route 66 that were a big part of the Disney movie Cars. Cars On The Route is at 119 North Main Street, Galena, Kansas 66739. It is an old Kan-O-Tex gas station and parked out front is the International Harvester tow truck that was the inspiration for the Cars character Tow Mater.

I loved the gorgeous art deco gas station at 101 E. 12th Street Shamrock, Texas. It’s at the intersection of US 83 and Route 66. 

Pro Tip: Park across the street in Shamrock for the best pictures of the gas station. It’s big! And in Kansas, get up close for your pictures with Mater. It’s fun.

3. Oklahoma City National Memorial

Oklahoma City

Many stops on Route 66 are special. This one was memorable and moving for me. I was in TV News when I watched the scenes from the Murrah Federal Building that morning in 1995.

At the center of this gorgeous memorial is a reflecting pool. The time 9:01 is carved into the gate on one end. It represents the innocence before the explosion. The gate with 9:03 carved in it symbolizes the start of the healing. The rectangular pool between them represents the moment of the explosion.

Walking along that pool, I looked back and clearly saw the images of destruction and death. And closing my eyes, I saw the images of heroism and survival. To my right was a field of empty chairs. Nine rows of chairs signifying the floor where each of the victims died. And there are 19 smaller chairs — for the children who died.

On the remaining wall of the building, there’s a plaque of the names of the 600 survivors from that day. The Oklahoma City National Memorial is incredibly moving. Of all the memorable stops on our trip, this one is on my list of top spots because of the impact it had on me. I encourage you to make the time to stop…and really stop to remember.

Pro Tip: Get there before 9 a.m. and allow travel time for rush hour traffic. I hope standing at that spot at 9:01 is as moving for you as it was for me. 

4. Oklahoma Route 66 Museum

Clinton, Oklahoma

Several states have Route 66 museums and each one details the road’s local impact. The one that struck me most just happens to be the biggest and has changing exhibits that highlight the highway. Keep in mind that by this point in your tour of Route 66, you’ll have some perspective of the history and appreciation for its importance.

Pro Tip: Right across the road from the museum is the Trade Winds Inn. Clinton is about halfway between Memphis and Las Vegas. Elvis and his entourage stayed there four times. He always had Room 215. The Inn maintains Room 215 as it was, and you can see it. Thankyathankyaverymuch.

5. Sandhills Curiosity Shop 

Erick, Oklahoma

This place just cracked me up. Road signs, vintage guitars, antique furniture, junk, memorabilia, and stuff that I struggle to classify are stacked high in this store where nothing is for sale. It’s more of a quirky museum that claims to be the “Redneck Capital of the World.” Give it an hour and let me know how you describe it.

Pro Tip: Harley Russell runs the place and entertains with his offbeat humor and live music, which might not be suitable for younger ears.

6. Cadillac Ranch

Amarillo, Texas

This is an art exhibit where you’re encouraged to add your own graffiti! West of Amarillo, grab a can of spray paint and add your flair to one of 10 Caddies buried nose-first in a field. An eccentric millionaire paid artists to create it in the mid-’70s. So it’s part art project, part avant-garde sculpture garden, 100 percent odd, 110 percent memorable. You’re on I-40 at this point in the journey, so look for Exit 60 and take it to 13651 I-40 Frontage Rd, Amarillo, TX 79124.

Pro Tip: I suggest going at dawn or dusk. The sky at those hours creates some great backdrops for the pics, the cars, and, of course, you! You need to take your own can of spray paint and a flashlight. There are no lights, and you’ll walk a flat dirt road about 50 yards to get to the partially buried cars. Parking is along the I-40 Frontage Road.

7. Route 66 Mid Point Cafe

Adrian, Texas

This cafe is right where you’d expect it to be — the halfway point of the route. Even if you don’t have a sweet tooth, trust me, stop at the self-proclaimed “Home of Ugly Pies.” To be honest, I don’t remember how they looked, but the piece(s) I had tasted great!

Pro Tips: There’s a good photo-op at the halfway point sign across the street from the café. And again: TRY. THE. PIE.

8. Wigwam Motel

Holbrook, Arizona 

This was the Airbnb of its day! Route 66 gave birth to “motor hotels” and those became “motels.” They were built near the road as opposed to the pricey, traditional hotels that were in downtown areas. These wigwams have bathrooms, showers, heat, AC, and cable. You’ll have to live without Wi-Fi for a night. Rates are under $100, but book in advance.

Pro Tip: Don’t miss a great photo-op with some of the classic cars parked outside the rooms like they were a few decades ago.

9. Standin’ On A Corner

Winslow, Arizona

Sounds like a song, right? The classic song from the Eagles’ hit “Take It Easy” is another photo-op just waiting for you. The mural on the building at the corner of Kinsley and E 2^nd Street in Winslow is of a store-front window reflecting “a girl, my Lord, in a flatbed Ford slowin’ down to take a look at me.”

Pro Tip: Because of the layout and size, this is not an easy spot for selfies. Try it the old-fashioned way. Get someone to snap the shot for you. Street parking is easy and close.

I’d love to show you the great old neon signs and vintage motels in Tucumcari, New Mexico. Or share my pics from historic buildings and retro signs in Santa Rosa, New Mexico, or the old gas stations — some remodeled, some sadly withering with time. I love this road for its history, its little piece of Americana, and what it says about our century and how we grew as America and Americans. 

My best advice is to do that homework. There are loads of books and apps to help you. Be sure to put the top down, and remember that it’s not about the destination, whether it’s Chicago or L.A. It’s about the journey. Let that sink in. 

Take a breath. Or two. Put the smartphone in the center console, and focus on the road. Now you’re ready to start writing your own stories of Route 66. See you on the road.

Destination Santa Monica? Check out How To Spend A Day In Santa Monica and Rediscovering California: How One Writer’s Learning To Love Where She Lives Again.

Interstates are convenient and fast, but did you know U.S. highways often offer the same convenience and speed but with an opportunity to slow down? A perfect example is U.S. Route 36 through Kansas, which is a fantastic alternative to Interstate 70.

There are fewer than 10 stoplights on U.S. Route 36 (commonly referred to as Highway 36) through Kansas, making it a speedy option for travel across the wide state. The small towns that you travel through will greet you with a smile and an opportunity to experience things that you will not find anywhere else. 

Here are some of the best reasons you should take Highway 36 instead of I-70 through Kansas, heading east to west.

Note: I toured this route as a guest of the US 36 Highway Association in April 2022. All opinions are my own.

1. The Seneca Hand Dug Well

Seneca, Kansas

With more than 130,000 bricks, 100 cords of stone, 570 barrels of cement, and 20,000 feet of lumber, this masterpiece is just over an hour into Kansas heading west on Highway 36.

The second-largest hand-dug well in the state of Kansas, the Seneca Hand Dug Well, is 34 feet wide and 65 feet deep. In 2006, it was added to the National Register of Historic Places. The well stopped being used in 1937, and since then, two new wells have been dug, along with a million-gallon reservoir near Seneca.

There is free parking close to the site, making it accessible for everyone to see this masterpiece up close. Tours are available by appointment, by calling (785) 336-2294. Pack a picnic lunch and enjoy the view of the well from one of the picnic tables nearby. 

2. The Pony Express Route

Marysville, Kansas

In the 1860s, mail carriers hopped on horses to deliver mail using a relay-style system. This service was called the Pony Express. From April 1860 to October 1861, this short-lived mail service had a route in Kansas. When you travel Highway 36 in eastern Kansas, you will travel the exact route that the horse riders took.

Visit the Pony Express Museum & Barn in Marysville. You will see saddles, wagons, and all sorts of tools that were used during the era of the Pony Express Route. There is a small fee to visit, and the main level of the museum is wheelchair accessible.

3. High Banks Hall Of Fame And National Midget Auto Racing Museum

Belleville, Kansas

Belleville, Kansas, is home to one of the most unique museums that I have visited. The High Banks Hall of Fame & National Midget Auto Racing Museum will inspire you to attend an auto race. If you are not a car enthusiast, still give this museum a chance. You will be excited by something or someone when you visit this museum in Belleville. 

Showcased at this museum are NASCAR’s first official trophy and 1949 midget cars, which are small racecars with a massive power-to-weight ratio. You can also see spring cars, micro midget cars, Indy cars, modifieds, and more.

Donations are accepted, and you can plan to spend a minimum of 1 hour gazing at these beautiful cars. 

Pro Tip: After your visit to this fun car museum, drive to the Belleville High Banks Speedway Fairgrounds to see where these cars have raced.

4. Dine At Sweden Creme

Mankato, Kansas

Sweden Creme sits right on Highway 36 in Mankato, Kansas. The restaurant is known for its burgers and ice cream. 

The day I visited, the restaurant was packed with people enjoying Sweden Creme’s famous burgers. I ordered a burger, and I can attest that it was one of the best burgers I have indulged in while in Kansas. My ice cream dessert arrived, and it was just as good as the burger — over the top. 

Rumor has it that people will travel hours to enjoy a meal at Sweden Creme. After dining here, I understand why people will make the trek. If a fat, juicy burger calls your name, start mapping your route to Mankato, Kansas. 

5. Geographic Center Of The United States

Lebanon, Kansas

The geographic center of the United States sits near Lebanon, Kansas. You will drive on a few miles of gravel to get to this site. Sign the guest register and visit the roadside chapel. I have always enjoyed visiting this site early in the day. When you turn to face east, away from the geographic center, the view down the gravel road that you traveled is a memorable one. There is ample parking, and there is no fee to visit.

You may recall seeing this site in a Super Bowl commercial that Bruce Springsteen starred in.

6. Home On The Range Cabin

Athol, Kansas

You will see signage along Route 36 for the famous Home on the Range Cabin, officially named the Higley Cabin. Dr. Brewster M. Higley penned the song Home on the Range. Soon after his election, President Franklin D. Roosevelt declared Home on the Range his favorite song, which brought national attention to the tune. In 1947, Home of the Range became the official song of the state of Kansas.

As you stroll the grounds near the Home on the Range Cabin, there’s a spirit that you will feel. I felt as though I had been lured into a different place in time. It was calming, and yet exciting. There is no fee to visit the site, and there is plenty of parking.

Springtime brings an annual town celebration to raise funds to keep the grounds clean and welcoming to all visitors. Around town, there are sports tournaments, panels with athletes, and more.

7. Destination Kitchen

Norton, Kansas

Destination Kitchen is a must see when you are in Norton, Kansas. This charming shop will win you over as soon as you set foot in the door. 

Destination Kitchen carries bakeware, cookware, tableware, and anything and everything you need to make your kitchen a success. Their baked goods are fantastic to grab in the morning. They also serve lunch Monday through Saturday. For a quick sit-down lunch, grab an individual brick-oven pizza with a plate from their fresh salad bar. You can plan on spending 2 full hours in this fun shop.

8. Landmark Inn

Oberlin, Kansas

One stop with three different experiences await you at the Landmark Inn. The Landmark Inn in Oberlin, Kansas, offers a mercantile, bed and breakfast, and a restaurant on site. Reserve your night’s stay at this classic 1886 Bank of Oberlin building.

The Landmark Inn has been noted as one of Kansas’s most romantic places to stay. With several rooms to choose from, your stay will most likely be one of the most memorable in your lifetime. 

Before you check out of your room, swing through the mercantile. You will find scarves, jewelry, and boutique items. 

I am a bread pudding connoisseur, and the Landmark Inn’s restaurant had some of the best bread pudding that I have ever had. The menu in the restaurant frequently changes, which gives you a reason to visit time and time again.

9. Decatur County’s Last Indian Raid Museum

Oberlin, Kansas

A museum that you do not want to miss while traveling Route 36 is Decatur County’s Last Indian Raid Museum. 

With more than 15 well-kept buildings, 13 of which are original buildings from 1885 to 1952, this museum is one of the most organized museums I have visited. The museum covers a Native American raid from 1887, along with other battles and skirmishes in town. Visitors will learn about “Wild Bill” Hickok, buffalo hunters, and the life of the homesteaders in the 1800s. 

The museum is wheelchair accessible, with guided and self-guided tours available. If you have any questions while visiting, the helpful staff will be happy to assist you. A small fee is collected at the door.

10. St. Francis Motorcycle Museum

St. Francis, Kansas

The St. Francis Motorcycle Museum in St. Francis, Kansas, is home to nearly 150 vintage motorcycles from more than 40 manufacturers. The motorcycles are spread out on 10,000 square feet in the museum. You can be up close with all of them. I am not a motorcyclist, but I find myself stopping at this museum when I’m in the western part of Kansas.

They are open daily from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m., except Easter, Thanksgiving, and Christmas. Donations are accepted at the door, with a suggested $7 entry fee. The volunteers will greet you with a smile and are happy to answer any questions you might have.

Highway 36 Has It All

This is a glimpse of what you can experience while traveling this alternate route through Kansas. Depending on your time schedule and budget, you can spend as little or as much time as you want at each location. Each of the above stops offers hours of enjoyment.

You will also find several parks that feature hiking, camping, fishing, and wildlife viewing while traveling this route. Several of these parks offer lodging, and many of the towns along Highway 36 also offer lodging that is unique to the area. If you know that you will be in an area for an extended period of time, book your lodging ahead of time. 

Travel at a pace that you enjoy and savor every moment of your road trip. After all, when was the last time that you traveled hundreds of miles on a U.S. highway that didn’t have dozens of stoplights along the route?

Yummy travel snacks are a must for road trips. They help keep the hangries at bay, making road trip travel adventures more enjoyable. We, as road trippers, don’t often stop for a nutritious lunch when we have a destination goal, which makes it even more important to travel with nutritious snacks.

Years ago, road trips meant we would pack chips, soda, Twinkies, Oreo cookies, Twizzlers, and other sweet and salty vacation treats. That won’t cut it if we want to stay healthy while on the road. The goal is to swap out our unhealthy snacks for more nutritious options that still taste great, keep us satiated, and don’t add to our waistline.

I spoke with Rose Pacific, a registered dietitian nutritionist (RDN), about what makes a great road trip snack. As an expert in nutrition, Pacific recommends filling your snack bag and cooler with lots of healthy options to keep you satisfied along your road trip route.

She suggests “including some nutrient-dense snacks in your travel kitchen; they will help ensure that you have the energy to enjoy your destination when you arrive. Look for items that have protein, fat, and/or fiber to help keep you full on the drive.” Make packing your road trip kitchen a group effort. Set parameters around what foods are acceptable, and let all travelers choose some of their favorite healthy snacks.

1. Sweet Tooth Satisfaction

Buy Now

If you have a sweet tooth, you can feed the sugar beast without packing a large bag of cookies. Foods with natural sugars like fresh or dried fruit and dark chocolate are healthier alternatives.

According to Pacific, “The natural sugars in fruit don’t elicit the same blood glucose response as foods with added sugars (like cookies) because fruit contains fiber to help regulate those glucose levels.”

Choosing snacks with natural sugars will minimize the sugar rush and crash that happens when you eat snacks with a high sugar content. This includes sugary beverages as well as snacks.

2. Protein-Rich Snacks

Buy Now

Protein helps keep you full and satiated. Snack on high-protein options like hard-boiled eggs, string cheese, jerky, and protein bars. Watch the sugar content in protein bars — some are little more than candy bars in disguise.

Energy balls are a tasty way to get protein-rich snack options into your cooler. They are simple to make and easy to store. Pacific’s favorite No Bake Energy Ball recipe is a perfect road trip snack. These are also great to keep in your freezer for when you need a healthy treat. Frozen energy balls will help keep your cooler chilled, and they will be cold and delicious as they thaw for snacking.

No Bake Energy Balls

Combine:

• 1 cup old fashioned oats
• 2/3 cup shredded coconut
• 1/2 cup peanut butter
• 1/2 cup ground flax seed
• 1/2 cup chocolate chips
• 3 tablespoons honey

Mix all ingredients together. Cover and cool for 30-60 minutes in the refrigerator. Roll into 1-inch balls. Enjoy!

Editor’s Note: Short on time? We like Siren Snacks energy balls (they’re caffeinated!) and simple-ingredient protein bites.

3. Fresh Fruit

Buy Now

Fresh fruit is a no-brainer when packing for a road trip. Select fruits that travel well and don’t need to be kept cold, like apples and pears. Pacific recommends any fruit that is “single-serve size like strawberries, grapes, and clementines.” It is difficult to overeat on fruit, helping you stay on track with your healthy road trip snacking.

Since we are aiming to eat 5 to 10 servings of fresh fruits and veggies every day, adding a few to your road trip snack pack will help achieve this lofty goal.

4. Chips

Buy Now

Sometimes nothing can take the place of a chip — you have to have it. However, the satisfying crunch of salty chips can lead to mindless eating — it’s easy to finish the bag without even noticing. Swap out the high-fat chips for baked tortilla chips and add a dip of guacamole or salsa to spice it up.

You may need to enjoy these crunchy and somewhat messy snacks at a rest area, but that will also give you time to stretch your legs. A happy and healthy bonus of eating at a rest area is that when it is time to get back in your vehicle, it’s time to stop eating.

5. Individual Snack Packs

Buy Now

If you have to have cheddar Goldfish — after all, they are a road trip snack tradition — purchase the snack pack size. The individual serving size will give you a taste of these delicious little cheddar treats. The single-serving size will help keep your total Goldfish consumption in check.

Snack pack sizing is a wonderful portion control aid. However, eating too much-processed food is not the healthiest snack. Keep processed snacks as a special treat along your adventure.

6. Trail Mix

Buy Now

Purchasing trail mix is a good option, but making your own is even better. The purchased varieties can be on the stale side, and many are heavy with unwanted fat and carbohydrates.

When you make your own trail mix, you can select healthy ingredients you love, package them in snack-size servings, and keep an eye on the fat and sugar.

Pacific notes, “It’s fun to make a personal trail mix. Simply choose items you love and mix them in an air-tight container. Below is a list of some of my favorite trail mix add-ins.”

• Nuts – peanuts, cashews, almonds, walnuts, brazil nuts, pecans, pistachios 
• Seeds – pumpkin, sunflower
• Dried fruit – raisins, cranberries, cherries, pineapple, mango, apricot, banana chips
• Sweets – chocolate chips, peanut butter chips, white chocolate 
• Savory – cereal, popcorn, crackers

Editor’s Note: Not going to make trail mix before your next road trip? We recommend Made in Nature’s Climate Pledge Friendly and berry-forward Fruit Fusion because it breaks the stale trail-mix mold!

8. Popcorn For The Win

Buy Now

Bring on the crunchy, salty popcorn. When you absolutely need to satisfy that crunchy and salty craving, reach for some popcorn.

“Popcorn satisfies the ‘need’ to snack without adding many calories and has an added bonus of having some fiber.” Pacific does warn, “Be careful of added flavors and sugars, they can thwart your good intentions with sneaky sabotaging empty calories.”

Opt for single-serving packages of your favorite popcorn. They are a great snack size and you can avoid having a large, tempting, half-eaten bag lying around.

9. Water Is King

Buy Now

Staying hydrated is important. Sometimes it seems easier to not drink water when you are on a road trip. Too much water equals more frequent stops along the route. But stopping every 2 hours for a break is good for the driver, they can get in a little eye and road focus rest. This gives you the opportunity to use a bathroom; therefore, you have no excuse to not drink plenty of water. Bring along an insulated water bottle to keep your water cool and refreshing.

Store a gallon jug of water in your cooler for quick water bottle refills. Adding ice to the jug will keep the water cold and help keep the cooler items chilled down.

“Dehydration will lead to headache, fatigue, dizziness, irritability, and constipation,” warns Pacific. “It will turn your fun vacation into a not very enjoyable trip.”

Healthy Snacks For Road Trip Success

Great road trip snacks will keep you going, keep you satisfied, and keep you happy. Eating healthy while you are on the road will help you feel better and you will enjoy your getaway knowing you are not overindulging.

By simply swapping out a few high-fat and high-sugar snacks for healthier snack options, you can keep your road tripping experience more about the adventure and less about Oreo cookies.

While you are planning your next road trip, visit our collection of fun and fascinating road trips. Whether you are motoring up the East Coast, West Coast, or anywhere in between, we have highlights to visit along your journey. Don’t forget your fur baby travel companion — visit our traveling with you pet tips and tricks to keep your pet healthy while you traverse the country.

Pro Tip: Choose a cooler that is the perfect size for the snack options you pack. A full cooler will help keep the internal temperature down and your snacks will hold the chill longer. Pack other, non-refrigerated snacks in a firm container so they don’t get crushed when you are rummaging through the road trip detritus that always seems to end up strewn everywhere.

Related Reading:

• 27 Tips For Planning The Perfect Road Trip
• 9 Essential Tips For Surviving A Road Trip With Your Spouse
• 13 Tips For Staying Healthy While Traveling

Home to the world-famous Grand Canyon, one of the best-known natural wonders of the world, Arizona showcases some of the most dramatic scenery in the country. The much-photographed Monument Valley, volcanic fields, and gorgeous rock formations highlight different stages of Earth’s geology.

In stark contrast with the barren rocks, the Sonoran Desert, home of the giant saguaro, tells a different story — a story of survival in a waterless area, defying visions of the desert as a dry and sand-filled land.

In the center of the state is a transition zone, with deciduous and pine forests and more lakes and reservoirs than you would expect.

Scenic drives offer the opportunity to experience some of Arizona’s varied topography and dramatic landscapes. You can find these drives in every corner of the state, and they feature everything from lava flows and cactus gardens to canyon rims, mesa tops, and pine forests. The following are only a few of the drives you can take to experience the gorgeous landscape of Arizona.

1. Grand Canyon South Rim Scenic Drive

Showcasing the world-famous Grand Canyon, the 57-mile South Rim Drive starts in Cameron, just off Interstate 89 North, and runs through Grand Canyon National Park. Running along the Little Colorado River Gorge, the road offers opportunities to stop at two overlooks.

Inside the national park, Desert View is your first stop, where you can walk up to the Lookout Tower, enjoying the Native American art on its walls and gorgeous views of the canyon, including the Colorado River at the bottom. Next, you’ll have the opportunity to stop at all the viewpoints, or park at the Main Visitor Center and explore the rim on the trails. Then keep driving to Grand Canyon Village, the park’s headquarters. Here, you’ll find all the park’s amenities, including dining and lodging choices.

The drive is open year-round, though it gets extremely busy in the summer, especially on weekends. The best times to visit are the shoulder seasons. Winter gets cold, but it offers an opportunity to visit without the crowds.

Note: Because it is located in the Navajo Nation, the road from Cameron to Desert View is currently closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic. You can still drive it in the opposite direction, from Grand Canyon Village to Desert View. Watch the advisories to see when the rest of the stretch will open.

2. Sedona To Oak Creek Canyon Scenic Drive

This 27-mile scenic road connects the ponderosa-pine-filled high country of Arizona in Flagstaff with the red rock country of Sedona, following the narrow and spectacular Oak Creek Canyon.

The scenic road, Interstate 89A, starts 2 miles south of Flagstaff at Exit 337 off of Interstate 17 South and heads through a ponderosa pine forest. Make sure you stop at Oak Creek Vista Point for gorgeous views of Oak Creek Canyon. From here, the road follows steep switchbacks down to the canyon floor and continues along the creek. Here, you’ll find two campgrounds and day-use areas with picnic tables, if you wish to stop.

Halfway through the canyon, you’ll reach Slide Rock State Park, one of the most popular swimming areas in the state, where the creek rushing through the slippery rocks creates a natural waterslide.

The scenic drive ends in Sedona, known as one of the most beautiful small towns in the United States, filled with art boutiques and surrounded by gorgeous red rock formations.

This scenic road gets very busy during the summer months, especially on weekends. Campgrounds in Oak Creek Canyon are first come, first served, so if you’d like to camp, make sure you get there early. If you’re trying to get to Slide Rock, avoid weekends and go early.

3. Apache Trail Scenic Drive

A National Scenic Byway, the Apache Trail crosses the rugged northern part of the Superstition Mountains just northeast of Phoenix, offering access to three reservoirs and gorgeous desert scenery.

Named for the Apache people who once used this trail, the road winds through canyons and mountain ridges, offering plenty of pull-outs where you can enjoy the surroundings. It starts at the Goldfield Ghost Town, goes to Lost Dutchman State Park, and then heads north and passes Needle Vista, with gorgeous views of the Superstition Wilderness.

You’ll drive through hills filled with giant saguaros, with several scenic stops where you have the opportunity to enjoy the gorgeous scenery or take a hike through the cactus-filled desert. Eventually, the road descends to Canyon Lake, with opportunities to stop and enjoy the narrow reservoir surrounded by towering rocks. 

Past it, you’ll reach Tortilla Flat, the only “community” there (with a population of six people), home to a cafe and gift shop. Tortilla Flat is the end of the road at this time. A few miles past it, the road is closed due to extensive road damage caused by the Woodbury Fire in 2019. However, even just to Tortilla Flat, the road is still one of the most scenic ones in the state.

4. Kayenta To Monument Valley Scenic Drive

The best-known and most-photographed scenic road in the Southwest, featured in movies like Forrest Gump, this stretch of road through the Navajo Nation is a visual experience you’ll never forget. The rough, barren land, with its sparse vegetation, showcases some of the best geological features of our planet. The sandstone in all shades of rust, orange, purple, and red, eroded into surreal forms, is striking.

The 22-mile stretch of U.S. 163 runs from Kayenta to the Monument Valley turnoff, passes into Utah for a few miles, and then returns to Monument Valley in Arizona.

Along the way, you’ll drive through mesas and ridges, cross the deep Laguna Creek, and drive by Comb Ridge. One of the most striking features of this landscape is the sharp peak of Agathlan, a large volcanic rock formation visible for miles.

But nothing compares to the first view of the vast Monument Valley, filled with rock formations of all shapes and sizes rising 400 to 1,000 feet from the flat surface.

Note: Since this road is fully on the Navajo Nation’s territory,  please check the Monument Valley home page for updates.

5. Sky Island Scenic Byway

This 25-mile paved National Forest Scenic Byway, one of Arizona’s most beautiful drives, ascends the 9,157-foot Mount Lemmon in the rugged Santa Catalina Mountains north of Tucson. The road travels from the saguaro-filled Sonoran Desert to the fir-filled summit, offering scenic views with plenty of camping and picnicking opportunities.

One of Arizona’s “sky islands,” the mountains tower above the surrounding environment, offering a refuge from the desert heat. Temperatures drop as much as 25 degrees from the bottom of the mountain to the end of the road.

You’ll find plenty of scenic overlooks; Windy Point is considered one of the best. Higher up, you’ll enter the pine forest, a much cooler zone where you’ll find plenty of hiking trails, picnic areas, and campgrounds. The road ends at Summerhaven, but just 2 miles before reaching the rustic village, you can turn toward the ski area, where you can take a trail to the summit of Mount Lemmon.

The road is open year-round, though the highest areas might be closed during the winter. It’s popular during the summer, when you should avoid visiting on weekends, if possible.

6. Willcox To Chiricahua Scenic Drive

This 42-mile road takes you along the southern edge of the Dos Cabezas Mountains before climbing up Bonita Canyon to the scenic Massai Point at the Chiricahua National Monument. The scenic byway, following Arizona Highways 186 and 181, passes through the shrub- and cacti-filled landscape of the Upper Sonoran Desert to fir and pine forests at the highest elevations.

But you’ll find the best scenery in the unique and remote Chiricahua Mountains, filled with towering rock formations. Massai Point, the end of the road, is the climax of this drive, home to the area aptly nicknamed the “Wonderland of Rocks.”

The road is open year-round, though it’s best experienced during the shoulder seasons, since summers tend to get hot, and during the winter, parts of the road may be closed due to snow.

Services are available in Wilcox, but none farther on. You’ll find campgrounds in Coronado National Forest and at the Chiricahua National Monument.

7. Fredonia-Vermillion Cliffs Scenic Road

The Fredonia-Vermillion Cliffs Scenic Road takes you on U.S. 89A from Fredonia to the junction with U.S. 89 south of Page. As you drive along the desolate road crossing the Kaibab Plateau, you are surrounded by gorgeous colored sandstone cliffs until you reach the Kaibab National Forest, filled with spruce, aspen, ponderosa pine, and juniper. 

Past the forested area, you’ll travel along the foot of the Vermillion Cliffs rising from the Paria Plateau, my favorite stretch of this road. Though mostly devoid of vegetation, the cliffs offer the most picturesque backdrop for the road; their shapes and changing colors of all shades of red offer a feast for the eyes. 

Then you reach the Navajo Bridge, spanning across the gorgeous Marble Canyon and the Colorado River below. This is one of our favorite places to stop along this route, to enjoy the surrounding landscape, and, when open, step inside the interpretive center and bookstore run by the Navajo Nation. 

Past the Navajo Bridge, the route turns south along the foot of the Echo Cliffs and ends at the junction with U.S. 89 at Bitter Springs.

The western states are filled with gorgeous scenery and there are many popular national and state parks to camp, hike, or take scenic drives. I decided to follow US Highway 89 north after I visited the Grand Canyon. I hopped on at Flagstaff and rode 400 miles to northern Utah. It’s a great road trip with many places to stop for days at a time. Luckily, I passed through this area a month before the Tunnel fire started, raging between Flagstaff and Page, Arizona, briefly closing US 89. I’m glad I got to drive through before the fire temporarily closed the road. 

This part of the country is best to visit in the spring and fall. Summers are hot and flash floods come with the monsoon season. This is a desert climate with high elevations so come prepared with water, a hat, and sunscreen — even in colder months. There can be quite a bit of snow in these higher elevations as you move north into Utah. Expect crowds at the popular stops. Everyone wants to experience the beauty of this area.

1. Flagstaff And Tuba City 

Flagstaff sits at the crossroads of I-40 and I-17. You can drive west to Las Vegas and Los Angeles and south to Phoenix and Sedona. It’s a college town (Northern Arizona University) and a hikers’ paradise. You can hike to see petroglyphs in the Picture Canyon Natural and Cultural Preserve. There are three trails you can hike to see the petroglyphs, each under 3 miles and relatively flat. Other trailheads are easily accessible from US 89 or you can visit a Pueblo archeology site, have fun at Peaks View County Park, or try the Cinder Hills off-road vehicle trails and camping area. 

Numerous peaks surround the area as you head north with more places to stop and hike. 

As you leave Flagstaff you will see the far edges of the Grand Canyon in the distance to the left and the Navajo Nation to the right. Turn off towards Tuba City and visit the Navajo Moenave Dinosaur Tracks area. Navajo people offer guided tours to see the fossilized tracks and sell jewelry. 

Pro Tip: There is no admission or required tour fee, but this is reservation land so please respect the tribe members.

2. Horseshoe Bend And Lake Powell

Plan to spend some time in Page, Arizona, as there is a great deal to see and do. It’s hard to say which is the main attraction — Lake Powell, Horseshoe Bend, or Antelope Canyon. You also can take in Lee’s Ferry and the Glen Canyon Dam. 

The ride into Page is quite scenic. You can see the backside of the Grand Canyon, twist and turn on some S-curves coming through Antelope Pass, and see Horseshoe Bend from an elevated vantage point as you head down into Page. 

Horseshoe Bend is an iconic rock formation that forces the Colorado River to bend like a horseshoe around it. It’s an amazing geological formation stemming from millions of years of erosion. You can park for $10 and walk 0.7 miles to the rim of the canyon edge. There are no rangers or park personnel for safety, so watch your step. Though crowded, the scenery is worth the effort. 

If you want some boating or lake fun, head to Lake Powell and try to find the water. Sadly, this once enormous lake has shrunk as water levels decline, much like Lake Mead in Nevada. Rent a boat but be prepared for crowds in the summer. Also, be prepared for the water reflection and summer heat. It can be deceiving at 4,700 feet. Have potable water, sunscreen, and shade. 

If you want to have a great adventure, book a tour at Antelope Canyon. You can’t get into the slot canyons without a guide, but the wavy and smooth surface of these orange, red, and cream-colored canyons is not to be missed. You can also see canyons by floating down the Colorado River. Come ashore before Horseshoe Bend and see the Ancient Anasazi Petroglyphs. Lee’s Ferry homestead site is the stopping point for floats and has its own campground and beautiful views of the river and mesas. You can also drive to see Lee’s Ferry. 

The Glen Canyon National Recreation Area maintains a dam across the Colorado River. You’ll have great views as you drive over the river. The old 1929 steel Navajo Bridge remains and is a pedestrian bridge, offering more spectacular views for free. 

Pro Tip: Page may give you sensory overload. The area is filled with scenic overlooks. Pick and choose a few spots and slow down to take them in. Otherwise, the area becomes a blur.

3. Small Towns Of Utah: Kanab, Mt. Carmel Junction, And Orderville

A few miles north of Page you enter Utah. The drive provides more amazing sights of mesas and rock formations. There are numerous trailheads just off the highway including the southern edge of the Escalante National Monument area for back-country hiking. Head for the valley town of Kanab founded by Mormons during the 1860s. The downtown is charming and filled with eateries and shops along with historical buildings and turn-of-the-century homes. It has an amazing restaurant scene for such a small place. Try New American cuisine restaurants offering wood-fired food and high-end dining options, as well as more casual and rowdy places like Houston’s Trail’s End offering cowboy ambiance or the Iron Horse for western themes. There’s even the Havana Cabana Cuban restaurant. 

A few miles farther north is the little town of Mt. Carmel Junction where you can turn west on Utah Highway 9 and head to Zion National Park through a breathtaking scenic route complete with a tunnel through the mountain. There are several trailheads in this area. The east fork of the Virgin River runs through the area at the junction, so watch the weather and flash flood warnings. A few more miles north is Orderville which boasts a number of inns as well as the East Zion Resort — complete with a hillside yurt where your stay comes with amazing views. 

Pro Tip: Check out the numerous rock shops along the way for some unique finds. Joe’s Rock Shop in Orderville is an amazing roadside stand with thousands of raw minerals and gemstone rocks to purchase.

4. Bryce Canyon National Park And Utah Scenic Highway 12

Thirty miles north is the turn-off to Bryce Canyon National Park on Utah 12. You can stop in Hatch to the south or Panguitch to the north for hotels and food or turn onto Utah 12 and stop at one of the motel/gas station/restaurant places that are just up the road. Beyond that, you’ll have to travel 17 miles to the park entrance before finding more options.

On the drive to Bryce Park, you’ll pass through a natural rock tunnel arch into the Dixie National Forest and Red Canyon. Stop in at the visitor center to get trail maps. There are some asphalt paths/bike trails that are accessible. As you get closer to Bryce, you’ll see plenty of outdoor adventure companies offering tours, off-road ATV and bike options, and Ruby’s Rodeo arena ($15 per person, all summer) run by Ruby’s Inn — the historic hotel complex that sits outside the national park entrance. Catch a shuttle bus here in the summer to get into the park. They make stops along the rim. Like many other national parks, this is the best way to get in and out of the park during peak summer months when the crowds swell. 

Bryce Canyon is not to be missed. It’s known for its rock formations called hoodoos. There are trails into the canyon that are strenuous or you can opt for the 18-mile scenic drive to the top of the canyon rim (9,100-foot elevation). It’s a beautiful drive with plenty of turn-off parking along the way to get the perfect pictures.

Hatch and Panguitch are nice respites from the masses of visitors. You’ll find some local saloons, burger joints, like Hank’s Hitching Post in Panguitch, and assorted hole-in-the-wall diners. 

Pro Tip: The season begins in April. Before that, government campgrounds and some hotels and restaurants are closed. Because of the soft soil and snow, don’t expect to boondock if you’re camping. Some commercial RV parks are open.

5. Butch Cassidy Childhood Home 

The final stop on US 89 is Circleville, about 30 miles north of Panguitch. This is a kitschy, western-themed town honoring a well-known historic resident. You can stop in and visit the boyhood home of Butch Cassidy just outside of town. It’s a small farm property with a log cabin and wooden barn preserved with some antique furnishings and farm implements. There is no charge and the setting in the valley is quite lovely. 

The final leg of the journey takes you on a gorgeous winding tour between mountain peaks. You can stop at the Piute State Park on the Piute Reservoir. Scenic US 89 ends in Sevier, Utah, where I-70 takes over going east and west. 

US 89 is the only way to get to Bryce Canyon from the south and is a welcome change of pace from the usual Interstate travel. It’s well worth the effort. Enjoy the scenery if nothing else!

Related Reading:

• 7 Can’t-Miss Experiences At Bryce Canyon National Park
• The Best Stops On Beautiful Highway 12, Utah’s Scenic Byway
• 5 Fantastic Stops On An RV Trip Through The Southwest

A road trip from Eureka Springs, Arkansas, to Pawhuska, Oklahoma, is fun. This route is definitely worth exploring, from historical sites and charming small towns to restaurants that are sure to please any palate. We took this road trip last fall, and it was an excellent experience. 

In this article, we’ll share some of the most beautiful and interesting stops along the way. So if you’re planning a road trip in this area, be sure to add these spots to your itinerary!

Various towns and businesses hosted our visits. All opinions are my own.

1. Eureka Springs, Arkansas

Eureka Springs is a quaint town in Arkansas known for its Victorian architecture and natural springs. The city is home to several unique attractions, including the Eureka Springs & North Arkansas Railway and the Turpentine Creek Wildlife Refuge. In addition, the town offers a variety of shopping and dining options, as well as various outdoor activities.

The area is also home to some of the state’s best hiking and biking trails. If you’re looking for a place to relax and enjoy the outdoors, Eureka Springs is the perfect destination. 

The Victorian architecture of Eureka Springs is like something out of a fairytale. It is home to numerous historic buildings, including the 1886 Crescent Hotel & Spa, where we stayed when we visited Eureka Springs.

The Crescent is thought to be haunted. It has been featured on numerous shows such as Ghost Hunters and Ghost Adventures. While we were there, we enjoyed a haunted tour through the hotel and basement. That was quite the experience, especially since we were there the week of Halloween. It was informative and educational, so I recommend you indulge in a ghost tour to learn more about the hotel’s history. 

The town became famous because of its springs. The natural springs are said to have healing properties. Although they are cold springs, they are thought to be therapeutic, and the water is heated for use in the spas located throughout the town. We enjoyed spa services at the New Moon Spa in the Crescent Hotel.

My suggestion is to start your visit with a ride on the tram or the historic trolley for a tour of the area. You will get the lay of the land and an idea of places you want to visit while you are in town.

Take a walk around the historic downtown district and visit the quaint shops, springs, art galleries, and eateries. Be sure to visit the Nut House and the soap shops.

Visit the Christ of the Ozarks statue and learn about its history if time permits. It is worth the short drive and provides a beautiful view of the city. The Great Passion Play is offered nearby from spring through fall.

Visit one of the most photographed buildings in America, the Thorncrown Chapel. It is a sight to behold.

Take a scenic hour-long drive through the Ozark Mountains on Route 62 as you leave Eureka Springs. The road is full of curves, but the scenery is beautiful, so go slow and enjoy the view as you travel to Bentonville, Arkansas.

2. Bentonville, Arkansas

Bentonville was a wonderful surprise on our road trip. I wanted to see the Walmart Museum and had no idea what a fascinating and vibrant town it would be in. Bentonville is delightful with something for just about everyone. It is larger than I imagined but has that small-town charm that makes you feel comfortable and safe.

The city has a rich history, and there are plenty of opportunities to learn about the past at the Bentonville Museum of Native American History and the Bentonville Confederate Cemetery. 

Check out the city’s thriving art scene. No visit to Bentonville would be complete without stopping at the world-famous Crystal Bridges Museum of American Art. I could have spent an entire day here.

Bentonville is a perfect destination with many outdoor activities available. It’s home to some beautiful parks and trails if you love the outdoors. Mountain biking is huge in the area, and Bentonville was designated as the Mountain Biking Capital of the World. There is even art along the bicycling trails.

Plan an hour or so to visit the Walmart Museum. It is fascinating to learn about the life of Sam Walton and the history of Walmart, the largest retailer in the world. The museum is free. 

Bentonville boasts a vibrant food scene, with several excellent restaurants and cafés. Be sure to make reservations at The Preacher’s Son restaurant housed in a restored church.

The city also has a lively nightlife, with plenty of bars and clubs to keep visitors entertained. If you have dinner at The Preacher’s Son, you can visit the Undercroft Bar in the basement to enjoy some nightlife activities. 

I recommend staying a few days in Bentonville. When we visited, we stayed at the Four Points by Sheraton. It was a lovely hotel with substantial open areas, outdoor fire pits, and it was quiet and spotless. 

Bentonville has something to offer everyone, whether you’re looking for culture, cuisine, or simply a stunning natural setting.

From Bentonville, we headed west on Route 72 to Gravette, Arkansas, into Oklahoma, and then Route 82 to Vinita. It is about an hour and a half drive.

3. Vinita, Oklahoma

The second oldest city in Oklahoma, Vinita, is known as “America’s Crossroads” due to US highways 60, 66, and 69 crisscrossing the town. Because of the Route 66 connection, there are a lot of interesting sites in town.

We stopped in Vinita for gas during our trip and didn’t have time to explore much. But it is on our list to return. The things I want to see on the next visit include Clanton’s Cafe (the longest continually family-owned restaurant along the whole of Route 66) and the McDonald’s bridge-restaurant, which at one time was the largest in the world.

From Vinita, take Route 66 to Route 60 for the hour drive to Bartlesville.

4. Bartlesville, Oklahoma

Bartlesville, Oklahoma, is a charming Midwest town with unique things to offer visitors. It is home to several historic sites and museums.

Beautifully designed “Buffalo Art” is all over town. Over 30 painted buffalo are on display. It is like a scavenger hunt to find all of the painted buffalo.

Bartlesville is home to the Price Tower, a Frank Lloyd Wright-designed skyscraper, now a museum and hotel. When we visited, we toured the building, and it was certainly unique. Made of copper and concrete, the inside rooms were shaped like triangles, or at an odd angle with lots of glass. At the time of its completion, the Price Tower was the tallest building in Bartlesville.

An excellent place for outdoor activities, Bartlesville has several parks and hiking trails located throughout the city. 

The highlight of our time in Bartlesville was visiting the Woolaroc Museum & Wildlife Preserve. It is home to bison, elk, deer, and other animals. As we drove through the preserve to the museum, a bison came strolling down the road to meet us.

Once inside the museum, we were amazed at how huge it was and its contents. It houses an extensive and outstanding western art collection. The paintings were colorful and stunning. We enjoyed exploring Frank Phillips’ private collections, including a race-winning monoplane and the most extensive collection of Colt rifles in the world. It was just an incredible place, and I’m sure I missed some things.

The drive from Bartlesville to Pawhuska on Route 60 is a short half-hour drive.

5. Pawhuska, Oklahoma

Another small Oklahoma town, Pawhuska, is the home of the Tallgrass Prairie Preserve, which is the largest protected area of tallgrass prairie in the world. The preserve is a great place to see native grasses and wildlife, and it’s also a perfect spot for hiking, picnicking, bicycling, and bird watching.

Pawhuska is also home to the Osage Nation Museum, which tells the story of the Osage people and their culture. The museum features exhibits of traditional Osage life, art, and history, and it’s a great place to learn about the Native American experience.

Finally, Pawhuska is home to the famous Pioneer Woman Mercantile, the reason I wanted to visit Pawhuska. I followed Ree Drummond several years back when she purchased the Osage Mercantile Company building and was creating the Merc. It was an old building and needed a lot of work, and I was so impressed by her vision; I just wanted to see the finished product. The Merc is now a restaurant, bakery, and store. We enjoyed a delicious lunch at the Mercantile, visited the bakery upstairs for some delectable desserts, and did some shopping for unique souvenirs in the Pioneer Woman store.

Because of her success and visitors coming to town, other businesses have opened, expanded, or increased visibility. The Ben Johnson Cowboy Museum was a fun place to visit in Pawhuska. You can try your hand at roping a steer or riding a bison on their animated animals. It was an entertaining history of the town and its people. 

We visited some of the quaint shops along the main street and decided this was a town we wanted to return to.

Pro Tip: For some added adventure, drive 18 miles out of town to the Pioneer Woman’s Lodge on the Ranch. She does the filming of her Food Network show there, and it includes a test kitchen, prop room, office, prep space, and four bedrooms. Twelve of those 18 miles are on a dirt road!

If you’re looking for a fantastic road trip to take, consider starting in Eureka Springs and making your way to Pawhuska, Oklahoma. You won’t be disappointed with the charming shops, delicious food, and beautiful scenery along the way, and you may even stumble upon a few hidden gems that we haven’t mentioned here. So what are you waiting for? Pack up the car and hit the open road from Eureka Springs, Arkansas, to Pawhuska, Oklahoma!

When an Iowa conference aligned with my niece’s Louisiana graduation, I drove the Great River Road. I had 4.5 days to go from the Jolly Green Giant in Blue Earth, Minnesota, to the End of the Road in Venice, Lousiana. The result? The road trip of a lifetime. 

Early May was a perfect time to drive the Great River Road. I’d like to explore the route again during the fall when the fall colors are rampant.

1. Saying Hel-Oh-Ho-Ho To Minnesota’s Jolly Green Giant

The Jolly Green Giant’s feet. He stands 55.5 feet tall atop an 8-foot high pedestal, perfect for selfies. He wears a 4-foot wide smile and size 78 shoes.

The Green Giant company began in the Minnesota River Valley, and the local radio station owner, Paul Hedberg, believed the giant should stand next to Interstate 90. Instead, he stands in Green Giant Statue Park. 

Pro Tip: Tour the adjacent Green Giant Museum, then look for the giant’s sidekick Sprout throughout Blue Earth. 

2. Mourning The Day The Music Died In Clear Lake, Iowa

After a concert on February 2, 1959, at the Surf Ballroom in Clear Lake, Iowa, Buddy Holly, Ritchie Valens, and J.P. “The Big Bopper” Richardson joined pilot Roger Peterson in a small plane. The plane crashed only 6 miles from the Mason City airport. All onboard died.

Each year, the Surf Ballroom holds a memorial Winter Dance Party weekend. But the Surf is worth visiting at any time. Take a pilgrimage to the Buddy Holly Memorial Site. Look for Holly’s glasses perched on poles. A cluster of memorials is inside on private land. Please be respectful.

3. Experiencing Frank Lloyd Wright’s Legacy In Mason City

J.E.E. Markley chose Frank Lloyd Wright to design a bank and hotel in Mason City because Wright had designed his daughters’ school. The bank and hotel are now the Historic Park Inn Hotel, where you should stay. Wright’s acolytes continued designing homes in the Rock Crest-Rock Glen area.

Pro Tip: Sign up for a docent-led architectural tour at Wright on the Park. Hometown expert Sara Broers explains more about Mason City and Clear Lake. 

4. Swinging In The Rain In Columbus Junction

Light rain was falling when I visited the beautiful Lovers Leap Bridge in Columbus Junction. The 262-foot bridge spans Lovers Leap Ravine 100 feet below. 

5. Taming Snake Alley in Burlington

In one block, Snake Alley has five half-curves and two quarter-curves on a 21 percent grade. It’s open to one-way auto traffic between March and November. Large vehicles should not attempt the drive. Pedestrians and cyclists are welcome all year.

Pro Tip: To shake, rattle, and roll, drive the Cobblestone Alley a quarter-block from Snake Alley. Stay at the Snake Alley Inn and eat at the Good Restaurant. 

6. Imagining Mark Twain in Hannibal, Missouri

Hannibal is stuffed with Mark Twain-themed attractions. If you have little time, as I did, visit the Hannibal History Museum, the Mark Twain Boyhood Home and Museum, and Jim’s Journey: The Huck Finn Freedom Center. Soak in the views from the Mark Twain Memorial Lighthouse and at Riverview Park. The 465-acre park features trails and an excellent overlook. Grab a picnic lunch from Mississippi Marketplace first.

Pro Tip: Check Hannibal’s public parking guide and check our Hannibal overview.

7. Exploring Ste. Geneviéve National Historical Park

At least 16 years before the Declaration of Independence, habitants settled in Ste. Geneviéve, named for Paris’s patron saint. They built their homes in French colonial styles, and many of the original homes remain.

The park only has two buildings at this time, but other organizations also preserve buildings. Some citizens still live in colonial-era homes, so the community has not become a sanitized museum. 

Pro Tip: Save money with the Historic Tour Passport. Wine, dine, and stay at the nearby Chaumette Vineyards & Winery. Ste. Geneviéve is one of our 14 Midwest towns for history lovers. 

8. Meeting Popeye in Chester, Illinois

Leaving St. Geneviéve, I crossed the river via the French Connection ferry to Modoc, Illinois, and picnicked at Fort Kaskaskia State Historic Site, one of our Southern Illinois places to savor French history.

The Popeye cartoon strip creator E.C. Segar grew up in Chester. Start Chester’s Popeye & Friends Character Trail with Popeye at the Chester Welcome Center. You’ll find Olive Oyl, Wimpy, Bluto, and the rest in the city. Chester annually unveils a new character during September’s Popeye Picnic. 

9. Walking On Freedom’s Southern Point In Cairo

The confluence of the Mississippi and Ohio Rivers at Fort Defiance State Park made Cairo (pronounced CARE-oh) a strategic point. The Corps of Discovery camped there for 6 days. During the Civil War, the Union built Fort Defiance at Cairo Point.

Pro Tip: The two rivers’ currents remain distinct for a mile past their joining. Climb the overlook tower for better views. The bridge on the park’s north crosses into Kentucky. The bridge on the west enters Missouri.

10. Moving And Shaking In New Madrid, Missouri

From December 1811 to March 1812, three earthquakes rocked New Madrid, pronounced MAD-rid. People felt the quakes in Quebec. Locally, the Mississippi River ran uphill for a time. A room in the New Madrid Historical Museum explains the quakes. Exhibits also discuss the Civil War Battle of Island No. 10. I bought a souvenir shot glass proclaiming, “It’s Our Fault!”

Pro Tip: Stroll the Mississippi River Walk and Observation Deck nearby for a panoramic view of the river’s New Madrid Bend. Visit the Up in Smoke food truck for delicious brisket.

11. Walking 10 Feet Off Of Beale In Memphis, Tennessee

When I stopped at the visitors center in Memphis’s Tom Lee Park, the sun’s rays were kissing the river. Instead of heading to my hotel, I explored the park’s trails for 2 glorious hours.

Pro Tip: Look for the Tom Lee Memorial, a sculpture that shows Lee pulling one of 32 people from the river. 

The next morning, I went to my dream destination, Memphis Music on Beale Street. Every format and every genre of music is for sale. Even the creaking wooden floors play music. Strange Cargo is down the street, stuffed with kitschy souvenirs. Also check out Blues City General Store.

All too soon, the road called me away. But first, I had to enjoy a malt at A. Schwab’s soda fountain.

Pro Tip: Stay at the Art Deco-style Residence Inn Memphis Downtown. For more, read our Memphis weekend guide.

12. Grooving on the Blues Highway in Mississippi

Mississippi Blues Trail markers dot Highway 61, the Blues Highway. Enjoy an overview of blues culture at the Gateway to the Blues Museum and Visitors Center in Tunica. The free visitors center is in the front with a paid museum behind. 

Legend says bluesman Robert Johnson sold his soul to the devil at a crossroads in return for guitar skill. A large guitar sign marks the crossroads at Highways 61 and 49 in Clarksdale. After you visit the marker, eat at Abe’s B-B-Q across the street. 

Some say the notorious crossroads was at Dockery Farms. The Dockerys’ plantation near Cleveland sold lumber, cotton, and other crops, but its lasting impact came from the blues musicians who lived there. Their fame and influence spread, and Dockery gained the title (PDF) “Birthplace of the Blues.”

13. Calling Baton Rouge

Louisiana has two capitol buildings. The original capitol looks like a fairy-tale Gothic castle. The current one is the nation’s tallest. Then-Governor Huey Long wanted to show that Louisiana was on the rise. The easy mile walk between them follows the Mississippi River. 

The old capitol is now a political history museum and Long is one of its stars. At the time of his assassination, Long threatened President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s control of the Democratic Party. However, the castle’s stained glass and Gothic details outshine the politicians. 

In 1935, Long was supervising the Legislature’s special session when Dr. Carl Weiss shot him in a corridor. Long’s bodyguards killed Weiss, but Long died two days later. Over 200,000 mourners attended Long’s funeral, and his body rests beneath his statute. The capitol displays assassination-related items in the corridor.

A pencil embedded in the Senate chamber’s ceiling is a remnant of a 1970 bombing. 

Before you go, ride to the building’s observation deck for fantastic views.

Pro Tip: Eat a crawfish po’boy with boudin balls at Poor Boy Lloyd’s. Stay at the Hilton Baton Rouge Capitol Center and ask for a room facing the river. For more on Baton Rouge, read our weekend guide.

14. Coming To The End Of The Road

South of New Orleans, Highway 23’s 1.5-hour route looks like a lacy frog leg with a three-toed foot. The frog’s ankle is the End of the Road. Don’t expect to see expansive water views. The levees and the vegetation hide it. To see water, stop at Fort Jackson south of Buras. The Confederacy built it to protect New Orleans. 

However, if you have time to fish, Plaquemines (pronounced PLAK-er-minz) Parish bills itself as the Catching Capital.

The highway ends at an inlet in Venice. To reach the End of the Road, turn right onto Jump Basin Road to Tide Water Road. Continue on Tide Water until the road runs out. A sign marks Louisiana’s Southernmost Point. What a journey!

Pro Tip: On your return, remain on Jump Basin until it becomes Levee Road. Eat mini crawfish pies and an oyster platter at the Black Velvet Oyster Bar & Grill in Buras. Stay at one of our five unique New Orleans hotels.

The southern route across Texas is U.S. 90. It takes you from San Antonio in the east to Van Horn in the west. Over the course of 400 miles, the terrain changes, the weather changes, and it is a great way to experience “old Texas” before Interstate 10 became the preferred travel route.

Traversing U.S. 90 is a great driving trip with plenty to see and do along the way. The best times to go are spring and fall. Winter will be cold and possibly snowy in the higher elevations of the west. Summer is very hot in the lower elevations — but in the mid-80s in the western towns with cool nights. 

There are plenty of unique stops on this route, from “God’s Country” in the east to high-elevation railroad towns in the west. Welcome to southern Texas!

1. The Gateway Town: Hondo

“This is God’s Country” is the Hondo town slogan, made famous by a billboard that asked people to slow “the hell” down as they entered the town. The slogan has stuck and gives a flavor to this historic town 40 miles west of San Antonio. 

Hondo was made famous in part by the Louis L’Amour novel of the same name and the film adaptation starring John Wayne. The railroad came through in 1881 and continues to dominate the landscape of this town. There is a Medina County Museum in the old railroad depot, and the main street through town has been preserved, showing the 1901 Hondo National Bank building. 

Tripadvisor gives a thumbs up to Heavy’s Barbecue, which offers traditional Texas fare in a rustic setting. 

Pro Tip: It’s two hours from Hondo to the next major stop. Watch your fuel tank and your water. You’re heading into the desert. 

2. Amistad National Recreation Area

Desert and an increasing elevation accompany your arrival into Del Rio. Most people who live here are linked to Border Patrol, Laughlin Air Force Base, or the border crossing to Ciudad Acuña in Mexico. Many retirees fill out the population. 

The real jewel of the area is the Amistad National Recreation Area, 8 miles west of the city. Amistad, a word meaning “friendship” in Spanish, is a reservoir formed by a dam on the Rio Grande as it curves between the United States and Mexico. Boating, some hiking, swimming, and fishing are enjoyed here.

The campgrounds are no frills and do not take reservations but are worth the effort to camp there. The reservoir water is incredibly beautiful, and the white limestone rocks are a stark contrast, adding to the geographical brilliance. You can watch military jets fly low and land at the Air Force base, right from U.S. 90. There are plenty of Mex and Tex local restaurants on both sides of the border, as well as most chain eateries. 

There are paved roads in the campgrounds and day-use area, but otherwise, this is not a wheelchair-accessible location.

Pro Tip: Take the Texas 79 loop around the city for nice views of the desert and Mexican mountains, and to avoid the endless stop-and-go traffic in town. 

3. Seminole Canyon State Park 

This small state park is 30 minutes from Del Rio. Seminole Canyon is mainly a walking and biking park, with 10 miles of trails. The canyon is small but includes two sections of petroglyphs made by people 7,000 years ago. One panel is accessible only by a park ranger walking tour, which has moderate stairs down into the canyon (and back up) as well as a moderate hike to the site. The other petroglyph site is only accessible by private tour boat and includes walking to the site after landing on the shore. 

Pro Tips: As you head west, you’ll cross the historic Pecos River. There is a visitor parking area and pullouts near the bridge. Also note that to get to the railroad towns, you will ascend to over 4,500 feet to the high plain. Expect headwinds going west, which may require extra fuel.

4. Marathon

Marathon, the first of the railroad towns on this list, is 2 hours west of Seminole Canyon park and is a hidden gem of a place.

Marathon considers itself to be the start of the western frontier. The historic, adobe Gage Hotel is the primary attraction in this tiny town and includes a gourmet restaurant in the hotel and the Brick Vault Brewery and Barbecue across the street. The Brick is very casual and has good food and craft brews. 

The Gage also maintains a 27-acre garden in town that is open and free to the public every day. It has an off-leash dog area and a putting green, which was a totally random find. 

For me, however, the main attraction is Marathon’s starry skies. The Marathon Motel & RV Park and Marathon Sky Park are under a Class 1 dark sky, which is the darkest classification on the Boris Light Pollution Scale. Countless stars and fascinating space phenomena are visible. The parks have an observatory and astronomers who help visitors see the various constellations. On the cold night I was there, 20 of us peered through telescopic binoculars, oohing and ahhing at the planets and stars. It was a lot of fun for free. 

The daytime views in Marathon are stunning, as well, and the trains, including Amtrak, come through frequently.

5. Alpine

Alpine is the next railroad town and is 30 minutes away. It is the largest of the railroad towns and sits at 4,500 feet. This town has plenty of services, hotels, and most importantly, gas. There is a museum in town, some historic buildings, and local eateries. I passed through, as Marfa was my main destination. 

Pro Tip: There are two very convenient picnic stops between the three cities. They are easy on/off stops with covered picnic areas. Any rest stop in Texas allows for a free overnight stay, as long as you do not stay longer than 24 hours. 

6. Marfa

The next railroad town, Marfa, is a quirky place and is worth the time to explore. It’s pretty much at the end of the road going west — go south to get to Big Bend national and state parks, or go north to Van Horn and El Paso. 

As an end-of-the-line town, Marfa has taken on a mystique. It has a lot of art galleries, artists in residence, and a great deal of art for sale in shops. Many artists are celebrated, and you’ll find some outdoor sculptures, as well. 

Ballroom Marfa is a major art gallery and performative art center in town. You’ll also find the sprawling complex of the famous artist Donald Judd. He has a studio, home, and gallery downtown, set in repurposed historic buildings and new galleries.

There is a lovely courthouse square flanked by historic buildings, including the national historic landmark The Paisano Hotel. The 1956 Western Giant was filmed nearby, and the cast, including James Dean and Elizabeth Taylor, stayed at The Paisano. 

There are a dozen cool cafes and restaurants along with food trucks for dining. One of the places I tried to visit is Food Shark, a food truck. Sadly, a handwritten note was taped to a folding chair at the entrance of the property that read, “Closed until not.” That sums up the nature of Marfa. It’s a fun town to wander around and enjoy the ambiance. You’ll even find the local public radio station housed in a new building that looks like a repurposed 1930s gas station. It fits right into the local culture. 

Pro Tip: Cafes and small restaurants may only be open on the weekends during the colder seasons. 

Besides art, Marfa is known for the sporadic and unexplained lights in its night sky, the Marfa Lights. There’s a viewing pavilion and rest stop built for you to catch a glimpse (if you’re lucky). Head east of town about five miles on U.S. 90, and you’ll find plenty of people each night sitting or standing in the dark, gazing at the horizon. The area is a decommissioned World War II airbase that allows great sightlines for viewing these seemingly unexplainable lights. 

I enjoyed my stay in town at the cheekily named Marfa Yacht Club. You can rent one of their classic Airstream trailers for your visit or bring your own, as I did! It sits in the midst of the valley with great views of the mountains. 

It’s windy and dusty on the high plain. It can be hot in the summer, and winter nights get below freezing. But the Guadalupe Mountains to the north and the Texas Chinati Mountains far to the south create a beautiful landscape vista in Marathon, Alpine, and Marfa.

Bonus: Valentine

Venture north of Marfa to the town of Valentine to see the unique outdoor sculpture, the Prada Marfa Boutique. There is nothing else open in this town, but this attraction draws a crowd. The Prada “store” was commissioned by Ballroom Marfa in 2005 and is a replica of an actual Prada store, right down to its authentic merchandise. This eclectic piece was a busy stop on the side of the road the weekday morning I visited.

End Of The Road

U.S. 90 ends 30 minutes up the road in Van Horn, where you can catch I-10 to go to El Paso or San Antonio.

This road trip is rich in history, from prehistoric times to ranchers and railroads. Sadly, there is little attention given to Native American history in the area. Historical markers note battles with Mexico and the advent of “settlers.” The local museums celebrate the taming of the land and the advent of railroads, along with noting the colorful tales of bank robbers and Wild West outlaws. The scenery is worth the trip, though, as are visits to the towns and natural settings that are authentic and quirky. 

Related Reading:

• 7 Unique And Incredible Experiences In San Antonio
• How To Spend An Amazing Day In Marfa, Texas
• 7 Quirky Places To Stay In Texas

For decades, the English county of Cornwall has called my name. Recently, my husband and I took a week-long West Country road trip from Bath to Cornwall. I can honestly say it was everything I’d always imagined it to be and more. Below is what we saw, did, and learned.

We spent 2 nights in Bristol and 5 in Newquay in Cornwall, using them as bases for day trips. But this might not suit everyone’s agenda. So, instead of recommending specific accommodations, I will offer options on locations.

1. Bath

From Heathrow in London, drive approximately 100 miles west to Bath. With its stunning Georgian architecture, fascinating history, and a heavy dose of charm, you could easily spend an entire day exploring the city.

Begin with a free walking tour of the main sites with the Mayor of Bath’s Corps of Honorary Guides. All guides are volunteers and, unlike most free tours, don’t accept tips. Tours move at a brisk pace over smooth, but partially hilly, terrain, and take approximately 2 hours.

Must-see sights include:

• The Ancient Roman Baths: Allow at least an hour to get the most out of your visit.
• Bath Abbey: Featuring a stunning 19th-century Victorian Gothic interior beneath a soaring vaulted stone ceiling.
• The Royal Crescent: A magnificent semicircle of honey-colored stone Georgian townhouses set back from an expanse of green space.
• Pulteney Bridge: The iconic 1774, Italian-inspired structure is lined on both sides with shops, offering delightful views of the Avon River.

There is much more to see, so you can spend the night and continue your explorations the following morning, or make the 13-mile drive to Bristol.

2. Bristol

Located downriver from Bath, walkable Bristol has a seafaring history with a port and the first ocean liner, Brunel’s SS Great Britain to prove it. But the ship and its two associated museums are just the beginning of what you’ll discover in this dynamic city. Consider allowing 2 days to do Bristol justice. 

Take a gentle uphill stroll to and across Clifton Suspension Bridge. The bridge, which opened to traffic in 1864, was an engineering marvel for its time. Be sure to drop in at the visitor center, where fascinating displays and artifacts explain the history, construction, and maintenance of the bridge.

While in the area, take in the Clifton Observatory and Caves located above the Avon Gorge. There you can gaze at spectacular panoramic views of the Clifton Suspension Bridge and the surrounding area through the camera obscura. Then make your way down a long, narrow, uneven stone staircase to an underground passage leading to the Giant’s Cave for breath-taking views along the Avon Gorge and the bridge.

Discover Bristol’s story through unique exhibits at M Shed. Look for works by controversial street artist and world-famous painter, Banksy. If you haven’t yet encountered his clever anti-establishment creations around Bristol, you’re in for a treat.

Bristol is alive with a variety of eateries and watering holes. For a quick breakfast or lunch, try one of Spicer and Cole’s four locations. The salads are especially scrumptious. The Orchard Inn is a historical corner pub serving an extensive range of West Country ciders and real ales. The atmosphere is upbeat and the people are friendly.

Pro Tip: The Visit Bristol website contains useful information on accessible attractions.

3. Weston-Super-Mare

Heading west toward Exmoor, stop for an hour and take a walk or a swim at the charming coastal town of Weston-Super-Mare. The pristine sandy beach stretches 25 luxurious miles, and the over 150-year-old pier is ideal for walking.

4. Exmoor

From Weston-Super-Mare, head for Wheddon Cross in the center of Exmoor National Park. This 50-mile drive will take you to the ideal base from which to explore Exmoor. Walk, hike, and/or bike the circular and linear trails and discover the moors at your own pace. Exmoor is an International Dark Sky Reserve, so you can take in the beauty from above as well as from your surroundings.

Then continue on for 80 miles to Tintagel Castle and the charming village of the same name in Cornwall. You’ll enjoy the views of the moorland rolling by. But Exmoor can easily keep you occupied for 2 or 3 days if you have the time.

Pro Tip: Roads in this area are narrow and can be challenging.

5. Tintagel Castle

If you take the road through the center of Exmoor National Park, you will be traversing from Somerset into Devon. From there, it’s a short distance to Tintagel Castle on Cornwall’s North Coast.

Cross the bridge to the island where Richard, Earl of Cornwall built his castle. Legend has it that he was inspired by the story of King Arthur. Although only ruins remain of this once grand medieval structure and surrounding village, outdoor displays paint a lively picture of days gone by.

Pro Tip: Tintagel Castle is wheelchair accessible and dog friendly.

6. The Eden Project

Drive 30 miles south to the town of St. Austell and the nearby Eden Project. This innovative, creative, multi-domed work of genius was once the bottom of a dried-up derelict clay mine. Today, the transformation into a brilliant real-life presentation of our natural world is stunning.

The walk from the parking lot is long, but the path, like the entire complex, is wheelchair accessible. Wear comfortable shoes. You’ll be spending a good deal of time on the move.

You can easily lose yourself for half a day or longer at Eden Project. The main attractions are the two massive covered biomes. Take your time exploring the world’s largest indoor rainforest. As you move through representations from different global regions, you’ll notice changes in temperature, sound, and smell.

The Mediterranean Biome envelops you in a pleasant cocoon of fragrant blooms, lemon, and earthy herbals. The transplanted ancient olive trees stand as a testament to our planet’s generosity, resiliency, and need for nurturing.

Meticulously manicured outdoor areas welcome visitors to play, eat, and relax. The food from the onsite cafés is both tasty and surprisingly reasonable in price.

7. St. Ives

From St. Austell, drive about 40 miles west to the popular family vacation town of St. Ives, located on Cornwall’s North Coast. Visitors flock to this picturesque fishing harbor and seaside town to partake of its sandy beaches and other attractions.

Park at the top of the town. The streets are narrow and challenging to drive. St. Ives is cobbled, hilly, and stair-studded, making walking down to the harbor difficult for anyone with a mobility challenge.

Once at harbor level, it’s more open and easy to walk around. Treat yourself to a Cornish pasty, a half-moon-shaped pastry traditionally filled with beef and potatoes. Modern versions can contain everything from curried chicken to assorted vegetables.

If you need an art fix to go along with your beachcombing, both the Barbara Hepworth Museum, featuring many of the artist’s sculptures, and a branch of the Tate Gallery are worth a look. Unless you’re staying in the area, a half-day to a day in St. Ives will do nicely.

Pro Tip: Free parking is almost non-existent — especially in popular towns — and rates vary widely. Be sure to have plenty of coins, as machines seldom give change and most don’t accept credit cards.

8. Penzance

8 miles south of St. Ives lies Penzance, the capital city of Cornwall. Explore the city’s rich history, beaches, and cliffs.

You’ll want to take a look at Jubilee Pool, one of a handful of 1930s art deco lidos in England. Triangular in shape, the pool juts out into the bay, affording swimmers the best of both water worlds.

The must-see St. Michael’s Mount and castle sits serenely on its own island. Timing your visit is critical because the causeway leading to the island is completely underwater at high tide.

Pro Tip: There is so much to see and do in Penzance, spending at least one night will give you more time to explore.

And so ends the journey from Bath to Penzance. Or does it?

9. Land’s End

If you’re willing to drive an extra 10 miles west of Penzance, you can brag back home that you stood at the westernmost tip of England. If you want to turn your Land’s End selfie into an overnight stay, set your suitcase down at the Land’s End Hotel. If not, be aware that parking is unusually expensive. You can sneak your car around the back of the hotel for a couple of minutes and take your photos.

Pro Tip: England’s West Country is a popular family holiday destination. Spring and early summer, as well as early fall, are the best seasons for this road trip. Crowds are thinner, and prices are a bit less than they are in mid-summer. Winter is the least crowded and most economical, but some attractions and accommodations may be closed.

One of the world’s most iconic drives, the Great Ocean Road (or GOR) coils the Australian coastline west of Melbourne. Serpentine loops and perilous drops make for a roller-coaster drive. With single lanes in each direction, signs warn: “Drive On The Left In Australia.”

Instead of renting a car, why not take public transport? That’s what I did.

This was my first time on the famous road by bus. When I mentioned my plan, my friends said, “What an adventure.” And it was. 

Instead of gripping the steering wheel, I’m immersed in nature. Coach windows are above roadside foliage. I can’t see the edge of the road, only perilous drops and waves crashing beneath. Below, I chronicle my trip — hopefully, you can learn from it on yours.

First Leg: Geelong 

My V/Line train departs Melbourne’s Southern Cross Station at 9:10 a.m. and reaches Geelong at 10:12 a.m.

The Great Ocean Road bus meets the train. The official start of the Great Ocean Road is Torquay, Australia’s surfing capital, home to the National Surfing Museum and birthplace of iconic surf brands Rip Curl and Quicksilver. 

The Great Ocean Road continues on and shadows the Surf Coast. My coach window screens a panorama of beach views — people surfing, fishing, swimming, mere dots on nature’s canvas. 

Pro Tips

V/Line tickets are available online or at Southern Cross Station. Grab a copy of the Apollo Bay Melbourne timetable — you’ll need it! After Apollo Bay, the halfway point, services dwindle to three times a week. My timetable was well thumbed. 

Start your journey in Geelong. See my article Geelong, Gateway to Australia’s Great Ocean Road.   

Stay At BIG4 Holiday Parks 

Choices. Travel the 41 miles to Lorne and return to Melbourne the same day; or on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays, buses travel the full 150 miles of the Great Ocean Road to Warrnambool. A day full of views sounds tempting. But with over 30 coastal stops along the GOR, I recommend overnight stays at BIG4 Holiday Parks. Some I’ve been invited to visit.  

Conceived in 1979, BIG4 parks aren’t mere places to stay but ways to experience “true blue” Aussie holidays: closeness to nature, excellent facilities, and communal spaces where guests mingle. 

They’re perfect for international visitors, who can encounter Australian friendliness rather than the remoteness of holiday lets or hotel rooms. BIG4s are Australia-wide, with plenty along the Great Ocean Road. They offer cabins and glamping alongside more traditional camping or motorhome sites. 

My bus pulls into Aireys Inlet by lunchtime, and I walk across the road to BIG4 Aireys Inlet where I stay in a one-bedroom cabin with a separate bedroom, ensuite bathroom, cooking facilities, lounge, and outside deck. 

Walking the park’s circuit, I see new glamping safari tents with split system heating and air conditioning, four-poster queen beds, clawfoot baths, and private balconies. 

I chat to people about their rigs, where they’re from, and holiday plans. That’s standard practice in a BIG4, to walk and talk the circuit. 

Behold Beach Beauty At Aireys Inlet 

Melissa McDonald, the park manager, tells me about nearby activities. Eagles Nest Gallery, where local’s artwork echoes the area’s stunning colors and scenery, is across the road.  

In search of these scenes, I walk a dirt track to Sandy Gully Beach, so picturesque I feel I’ve entered one of the paintings. 

Walking the cliff-top path in the opposite direction, Split Point Lighthouse looms. The operational lighthouse offers self-paced tours. It has stairs, but landings to rest and 360-degree views — and memories if you saw the children’s TV series Round the Twist.

Pro Tip: Lighthouse Tea Rooms serve memorable Devonshire teas. 

Tastes And Tipples 

BIG4 Aireys Inlet is opposite Great Ocean Road Gin Tasting Room, and I’m not driving!

Owner Ann Houlihan has created a coastal gin to reflect the sense of place, using foraged botanicals such as coast daisy, saltbush, hop wattle, and eucalypt. Tastings come in crystal glasses on a silver tray, with yellow grapefruit peel for zing and mint for freshness. My favorite is raspberry gin liqueur. Local raspberries soaked in gin. Life doesn’t get much sweeter. 

Meals focus on Southeast Asian shared plates. Sitting in a gin garden on a summer evening with a G&T infused with yuzu, eating spicy food, feels like being in Asia.

Nearby Aireys Pub, a historic 1904 hotel, once risked being bulldozed by developers. Local mates bought it, and, as they say, “When the big wigs waltzed in and told us what beers we ‘had to have in our pub,’ we did what all good Australian pubs should do. We told them to bugger off.”

They started brewing their own, and Salt Brewing Co. was born. Try Ink, a beer brewed with coffee beans; or Salt Lager, named for their love of surfing. 

Next morning, Melissa mentions her husband is one of the brewers. This small, tight-knit community loves their rugged patch of coast and represents it in their art, food, and drink.

If you want to add a stop, Lorne, the next main town, will wow you with its historic hotels, boutique gift stores, cellars, eateries, and galleries.

Wye River Deep Relaxation

Why Wye River?  

Wye River is an hour by bus from Aireys Inlet and is on the other side of Lorne. I come here whenever I can. The drive here is a spectacular section with high cliff tops, tight corners, isolated beaches, and glorious views.

Don’t blink. You’ll miss your stop. Only 63 people live in Wye River. 

My bus pulls up at the beach opposite Wye General Store and Cafe and the Wye River Beach Hotel. 

BIG4 Wye River is a few steps away. The narrow entrance broadens to a hidden valley with the Wye River flowing through it. Caravanners and campers have idyllic sites on the banks. A charming riverside walk of ducks and dappled sunlight leads to the ocean. The 25-acre park is walled on one side by the Otway Ranges. Ask at the office about places to spot koalas. 

I sleep surrounded by the cacophony of bush sounds. My deluxe cabin has a master bedroom and stunning decor. The shower tiles are flecked with gold. The balcony overlooks a field where children jump on a giant inflatable pillow. Their parents demonstrate somersaults — an amusing sight. 

Like a limpet in a coastal wonderland, I watch the world float past. The procession of workers who maintain this park in pristine condition; retired couples walking hand-in-hand and active families freed from screens.

Mostly, I do the triangle — the cafe for fabulous meals and arguably the best coffee on the Great Ocean Road, the beach where a 20-minute ramble leads to tidal rock pools, and Wye River Pub for sunset drinks and gasp-worthy views over the surf break.

Wye River is a place with not much to do, but everything you do here is superlative. A place for heightened observation and deep relaxation.

Sadly, I’m only at Wye River for one night and await my bus the next day. But how many commuters get to stand on a beach to wait for their ride? They should be so lucky. 

Visit The Shipwreck Coast And 12 Apostles 

The Great Ocean Road now twines through the Otways. Gigantic tree ferns and ancient trees line the route. 

Glimpses of blue reappear as the coach reaches the Shipwreck Coast. Blasting winds and powerful waves have caused 700 historic shipwrecks, but also chiseled the limestone formations that make the Great Ocean Road world famous. 

V/Line factors in a 30-minute stop at the 12 Apostles, magnificent limestone monoliths standing upright in the Southern Ocean. And 15 minutes at Loch Ard Gorge, the site of one of Australia’s worst maritime disasters. Fifteen minutes is all it took for the Loch Ard to sink in 1878, killing all but two of the 54 people on board 

See the cliff that seaman Tom Pearce climbed after dragging himself and the only other survivor, Eva Carmichael, from the sea. As both were teenagers, the heroic story was a news sensation. Thousands of romantics sent letters and telegrams calling for the pair to marry. It was the puritan Victorian era. They had spent the night alone on a beach together, and Eva was in her nightdress! 

But in a Titanic-like twist, they came from different social classes (Eva’s father was a doctor). Their love was not to be. Perhaps this is why Loch Ard Gorge has become popular for wedding proposals. 

Discover Port Campbell, A Safe Haven 

I’d booked a motel in Port Campbell but wish I’d stayed closer to town. 

I thought Sow and Piglets, a micro-brewery/hostel, close to the bus stop would be too noisy.  Now able to visit, I find a great vibe. There are impressive apartments away from the dormitories. Nearby Port Campbell Hotel has a charming, old-fashioned dining room and inexpensive rooms. Next time!

Port Campbell’s beach is the town’s heart. It has the bluest of waters sheltered by limestone cliffs and Norfolk pines. Fiery sunsets guaranteed. This is the safest place to swim along this dangerous stretch of coast. A safe haven on the edge of nature’s wild lashings. 

Stroll to Port Campbell Jetty and watch waves crash against limestone cliffs. The Discovery Walk crosses a suspension bridge, climbs 191 stairs, and follows a 2.5-mile path with fabulous views to Sentinel Rock and the 12 Apostles. 

Port Campbell has an abundance of restaurants for a population of 500. Some overlook the beach. My favorite, Forage on the Foreshore, uses ingredients the owners either forage or grow.

Staying in Port Campbell for two nights to fit in with the bus timetable, I experience how friendly and obliging the locals are. One man is waiting for his daughter’s school bus when he sees me rolling my suitcase down the street. He jumps in his car to drive me to my motel. 

The town makes sure tourists are covered for meals. At 12 Rocks Beach Bar, I ask the waiter if they are open tomorrow. “We’re closed, but the pub’s open,” he says. “They closed for us tonight. Tomorrow we return the favor. “

Warrnambool, Whales, And Oddball

My fifth day away, and my bus connects with a V/Line train to Melbourne. But Warrnambool is blessed with beaches and charming architecture, so I opt for another night away.

Centrally located Figtree Holiday Park is a 20-minute walk from the station or $10 by taxi. Accommodations include tent sites with ensuites, family suites, and studios with spa baths. Owners Scott and Donna previously ran an upmarket bed and breakfast in the Yarra Valley, and it shows. 

My deluxe cabin reflects Donna’s flair for interiors. She’s picked out the same grays, olive greens, and frothy whites of the ocean painting on my wall in the throw rugs, cushions, and even the pot plants. Deluxe touches included a coffee machine, upmarket toiletries, and an outdoor ice bucket for drinks on the porch. The park has tennis courts and a massive, heated indoor swimming pool.  

In place of rules plastered everywhere comes a simple message.“You are on holiday. So enjoy yourself and time spent with loved ones.”

From Figtree, I can walk to Fletcher Jones Market, Warrnambool Art Gallery, the beach, restaurants, and Flagstaff Hill Maritime Museum and Village.

Having previously visited Warrnambool’s Geothermal Hot Pools, I know the city. But decide on a 3-hour Warrnambool Wanderer Tour with long-time local Fiona Van Kempen to find out more.

Sharing her local knowledge and binoculars, Fiona takes me to Logans Beach Whale Nursery, with its viewing platform for the Southern Right whales. Another highlight is Pavilion Cafe, where early morning patrons can watch racehorses exercise in the sea. 

Middle Island is closed to public access. With binoculars, it’s exciting to spot the resident white Maremma sheepdog guarding the penguin colony against foxes. The basis of the movie Oddball. 

Fiona drops me off at the train service. I’ve been gone 5 days, but the train whisks me back to Melbourne in 3.5 hours.  

Extra: Great Ocean Walks 

The Surf Coast Walk from Torquay to Aireys Inlet and the Great Ocean Walk from Apollo Bay to the Twelve Apostles offer incredible views. Overnight campsites or more luxurious options. Public transport is useful for drop-offs so you can walk segments. Visitor centers at Port Campbell and Apollo Bay offer advice, and Parks Victoria has created helpful strip maps.

Related Reading:

• Great Barrier Reef Road Trip: Bundaberg To Daintree
• The 10 Most Unusual Places You Can Stay The Night In Australia
• 9 Essential Tips For Surviving A Road Trip With Your Spouse

There is nothing much better than a road trip, preferably in a new country waiting to be explored slowly and bit by bit. There are certain countries that lend themselves to road trips more than others, and the UK is one of them. The rolling English countryside is full of picturesque villages, the rugged Scottish wilderness is dotted with lochs and castles, and the ancient coastline offers everything from steep white chalk cliffs to white beaches and rugged coves. All these hidden gems tend to be difficult to discover by train or on tours but are waiting for those willing to drive and take some interesting turns off the main roads.

The UK has long been my home, on and off with overseas interludes, due to an English husband. I might not have explored every corner, but I certainly keep a list of the places I haven’t visited yet. What I have done is spent hours in cars on various vacations or long weekends, turning randomly left or right, finding interesting stopping points, and enjoying the varied nature of this island nation.

Here are some of my favorite drives.

1. The Cotswolds, Bath To Cheltenham

I used to live in Bath, where this journey starts, as well as in Cheltenham, where it ends – both with the Cotswolds on my doorstep. The Cotswolds does not do ugly or even average. Every village is prettier than the next, strung together by beautiful countryside, scenic views, great pubs, history, and little cottages that you just want to pick up and put in your backyard. So for this drive, I can only suggest a few favorite places to stop off along the way, and the best advice I can offer is to take as much time as you can possibly spare. On paper, this is a very short round trip, easily done in a day or two, but to really enjoy it, search out the tiny hotels in the tiny villages and take it slowly.

Start the trip in Bath, which will set the mood, then head north to one of England’s most picturesque villages: Castle Combe. Then continue to Tetbury, Cirencester, Bibury, Burton-on-the-Water, Burford, Stow-on-the-Wold, Chipping Campden, Broadway, and then end up in Cheltenham, where you’ll come back to reality. From Cheltenham, it is a quick drive to Bath to return your car.

Each of the mentioned towns and villages is charming, and all have gorgeous cottages, pretty greens and gardens, and little antique shops. And of course, there is always a tiny pub and hotel near a gurgling stream. You could easily spend the night at each stop.

Pro Tip: This is a perfect drive for springtime when the hills burst into flower. All I can say is, again, take your time and stop off at every village you see; you won’t regret the extra time spent there. 

2. The Great West Way, London To Bristol

The Great West Way is such a historic route that I wrote an entire story on it not long ago. One of the great historic roads connecting the main hubs of London and Bristol, the drive will take you through the counties of Berkshire, stopping off at Windsor Castle. Consider popping north to Oxfordshire to take in Oxford with its dreaming spires, then drive south into Wiltshire past Newbury to Salisbury. This is a definitive stop and possible base for a couple of nights while you take in the ancient wonders of Stonehenge and Avebury. Move onto Marlborough and Devizes, catch a few chalk horses along the way, then head through Chippenham to Bath. From Bath, if you so wish and have the time, you could head straight into the above-mentioned Cotswolds road trip. If not, move onward to Bristol, from where you could take the train back to London if you are strapped for time. Or you can move southward to the next great road trip, the Atlantic Highway.

Pro Tip: Like with all road trips, the more time you have, the better, but 3 or 4 days will cover this stretch of England quite sufficiently. 

3. Atlantic Highway, Bristol To Land’s End

This is one for the summer. Since summer usually means crowds of people and traffic jams, try to get there in early September. The weather is still gorgeous, but the kids are back in school, making for a less crowded visit. The official Atlantic Highway starts just 38 miles south of Bristol in the town of Eastover, but for a much easier and more scenic start, head to the west coast from Bristol and work your way south from there, hugging the rugged coastline as you go. You will come past the wooden lighthouse at Burnham-on-Sea, Dunster Castle, Clovelly Village, the lovely Bude with its seawater pool, the mythical Tintagel Castle, and all the way to Newquay, famous for its surfing beaches. Further on, you’ll find the arty St. Ives, and all the way at the end of Cornwall is the westernmost point of England, Land’s End.

Instead of heading the same way back, turn east, hugging the southern coastal roads, taking in Penzance, St. Michel’s Mount, Falmouth, St. Austell, Looe, and then across the River Tamar to my old university city of Plymouth. Head north through the wild Dartmoor National Park to the city of Exeter. Another 77 miles will take you back to Bristol for a completed round trip to remember.  

Pro Tip: This is quite a long drive, with many beaches, coves, villages, and towns to discover along the way. Take your time, preferably make it into a summer vacation with breaks along the beaches over 2 weeks, and stop off in hot spots such as Barnstable, Newquay, or St. Ives in the north, and Penzance and Falmouth in the south, which are all good bases for individual day trips in the surrounding area.

4. Newcastle To Northumberland (And Back)

One of my favorite road trips was during the pandemic-related travel ban in the UK, when instead of going abroad, I headed to England’s northernmost county: Northumberland. Starting in the fabulous city of Newcastle upon Tyne with its great architecture, many bridges, and superb Baltic Center for Contemporary Art, the road leads north to the seemingly endless Northumberland coast with its many castles. The best stops are Warkworth, with its castle and quaint village setting, pretty little Alnmouth, and the larger town of Alnwick, home to what can only be described as England’s best second-hand bookshop, Barter Books, which is set in an old railway station. The castle in Alnwick was used in many of the Harry Potter films. On to Craster, famous for its kippers, and Dunstanburgh Castle. Then head north to Bamburgh and its award-winning beach, huge sand dunes, and even bigger castle. A little further north lies the tidal pilgrimage island Lindisfarne, or Holy Island.

Once there, the journey heads south again, cross country via Otterburn (yes, it has a castle) to Hadrian’s Wall and, then east again back to Newcastle.

Pro Tip: All in all, this is perfectly doable in one long weekend, depending on how many castles you want to have a closer look at and how many walks you want to take along the numerous beaches and along the ancient Roman wall. Personally, I spent a week there and could easily have spent longer.

5. North Coast 500, Scotland

While you are up in the north, you might well add another week and cross the border to Scotland for the epic North Coast 500 drive. Some 157 miles north of the capital Edinburgh lies Inverness, the start and end point of one of the most epic road trips in the UK, if not the world. Including the northernmost tip of the UK on a coastal roundtrip, this drive should take you around 7 days. You’ll be able to visit castles, cross remote fjords, and search for the Loch Ness monster. Along the way, stay in some truly memorable accommodations such as the Torridon, a superbly luxurious castle hotel, or the quaint Lighthouse. This 500 miles roundtrip shows you the best of Scotland’s amazing, rugged countryside and wild coast. It will also take you up to the northernmost point of Great Britain, John O’Groats, a point that is often connected with Land’s End (see the Atlantic Highway Road Trip) in Cornwall for another epic road trip traversing the entire length of Great Britain.

Pro Tip: This trip, strange as it might sound, is perfect for winter when the snow enhances the countryside but rarely gets too bad for driving. You should also allow time to add a few island trips to your itinerary. Most notably, there are the Hebrides off the west coast of Scotland, and the Orkneys which you can get to by ferry from John O’Groats.

Final Tip

Driving in the UK is on the left-hand side and will take a little bit of getting used to if you haven’t done this before. I suggest you rent a car a day or two before setting off on the actual trip and just practice a little to get the feel for sitting on the “wrong” side of the car, turning off, going around roundabouts the right way, and gaining some general confidence.

Cross the Golden Gate Bridge and head north. You’re in Mendocino County, America’s Greenest Wine Region, 90 minutes later.

A tour of Mendocino County’s green and organic wineries and vineyards is an unplug, unwind trip. The laid-back region operates on Mendo Time — a slower pace. Its natural beauty is world-renowned. Climates range from Mediterranean coasts to hot interior valleys. Towns are small, people are welcoming, businesses are locally owned. There are more pickups than Porsches. Jeans, fleece, and flannel never go out of style.

Green Everywhere You Go

Thirteen AVAs (American Viticultural Areas) have been recognized within Mendocino County. Occupying valleys, hillsides, and ridges, some are sheltered by redwoods; others overlook the Pacific. Over 4,000 vineyard acres are CCOF (California Certified Organic Farmers). Mendocino County is the world leader in organically grown grapes.

The county is home to Frey, the first U.S. organic and biodynamic vineyards and winery; Bonterra, one of the largest U.S. organic wine producers; and Parducci, the first US Carbon Neutral Winery. The list of organic vineyards and wineries, large and small, is long and well-established in Mendocino County.

Road Trip Through The Vineyards

Follow my curated road trip through Mendocino wine country and stop at some of America’s greenest wineries and vineyards. The tour is a loop that begins on Hwy 101, just north of Hopland. From there, we’ll head north to Redwood Valley and cross the Coastal Mountains through conifer forests to the Mendocino Coast to explore one of California’s most scenic coastlines. From there, we’ll turn back east through a redwood forest that opens into Anderson Valley, where organic is the only acceptable way to grow. The tour ends at HWY 101 near your start.

1. Hopland

One mile north of Hopland, within sight of Hwy 101, pass through stone and iron gates to Jeriko Estates. You’ll easily imagine yourself in Italy. Jeriko’s first Mediterranean-style estate-house was built in 1898 by a San Francisco judge. Surrounding the estate are gardens landscaped to emphasize vineyards and mountain vistas.

Today the estate house is bounded by 200 acres of biodynamically farmed vineyards and woodlands. Jeriko Estate is certified biodynamic by Demeter and is CCOF Certified Organic.

A survey of the vineyards includes pinot noir, chardonnay, and Sangiovese. The show-stopping wine bar and tasting room hours differ seasonally. Check the website for current times. In addition, Jeriko participates in regional wine and food events and hosts its own food and wine lovers’ happenings.

2. Ukiah – South

Six miles north of Jeriko Estate, turn west into strawberry fields. Shortly, you’re surrounded by vineyards and the Nelson Family Ranch.

The Nelsons have owned and worked the land for over 60 years. Today organic and Fish Friendly Farming practices are used for sustainable vineyards, Bartlett pears, olives, and live Christmas tree farming.

Nelson Family Vineyards grow and produce cabernet sauvignon, chardonnay, orange muscat, pinot grigio, pinot noir, riesling, viognier, and zinfandel.

Taste Nelson Family wines daily from 10 till 5. Call ahead to set up a tour of the winery and vineyards.

3. Ukiah – North

Located north of Ukiah, Parducci is part of Mendocino Wine Company, the producer of Parducci and six other distinctive, sustainable brands. The tasting room offers outdoor seating among olive trees. If you prefer, fireside seating is available indoors. Stop by or make a reservation. Tasting hours are Tuesday to Saturday from 10 to 5.

4. Redwood Valley

“Our first grapes were organic by neglect,” confesses Katrina Frey (pronounced fry), Executive Director of Frey Winery. Twenty-two miles north of Nelson in Redwood Valley, Frey is a family-owned and operated farm, vineyard, and winery.

Three generations of the Frey family are stewards of the land, using biodynamic principles that foster ecological self-sufficiency. The vegetable, fruit, and bee gardens play a part in each glass. They raise cows, goats, sheep, and chickens that contribute to every drop. The farm isn’t divided into separate systems. Still, it is a continuous circle of all plant and animal life in balance and respect with soil, water, and air.

Frey Vineyards Winery produces Merlot, pinot noir, sangiovese, pinot grigio, petite syrah, cabernet sauvignon, white zinfandel, charbono, syrah, and zinfandel. All Frey wines are CCOF certified organic, Demeter certified biodynamic, vegan, and gluten-free. Check the website for seasonal hours of operation and special events. 

5. Mendocino Coast

Spend a day or two on the coast before continuing on with your tour. A bit remote and a whole lot beautiful, the Mendocino Coast is where folks come to unplug, unwind, and immerse in nature. You’ll find plenty of opportunities to savor Mendocino County’s organic wines, fruit, veg, and meat. Hook-to-mouth seafood is served everywhere and sold in Noyo Harbor markets and restaurants.

Play On The Coast

Nature walks and hikes are one of the best ways to unplug and unwind. Tracks and trails on the Mendocino Coast will take you to the shore where you’ll find windswept cliffs, caves, and secret beaches. Walk through a fern canyon and forest bathe among the redwoods. Walk along Big River or 10-Mile River. Now protected and restored, both rivers were once mighty logging highways.

Mendocino Coast Lodging And Wine

The Brewery Gulch Inn is an excellent choice for wine lovers. The multi-award-winning establishment offers local wine tasting each evening for guests. In addition, you can purchase your favorite to sip at sunset. The inn serves breakfast and a light dinner made from ingredients sourced in the county. In addition, BGI has arranged special tastings and discounts for guests at Anderson Valley wineries.

Are you a camper? Camping on the Mendocino Coast comes in all shapes and sizes. You can camp on the beach or in a redwood forest. If you aren’t into tents, some campgrounds have cabins. There’s even a glamping spot with forest and ocean views.

Mendocino Coast Food And Wine

Little River Inn has indoor and outdoor dining. The wine list will introduce you to local wine, beer, and hard cider. The menu is a cornucopia of local fish, meat, and produce.

Noyo River Grill in Noyo Harbor has a deck overlooking the river and the Pacific. They serve local wine and beer you can pair with fresh seafood. Don’t miss the housemade fettucini; it is heavenly.

Harvest Market (Fort Bragg and Mendocino) is the best place to stock up on local wine, beer, and picnic supplies. They offer a wide selection of food and adult beverages in a locally owned market.

6. Philo – North

Head South on CA HWY 1 until you join HWY 128. North of Philo, 59 acres of Anderson Valley is home to Handley Cellars vineyards, winery, and tasting room. A restored ranch house, barn, and water tower from the old Holmes Ranch are a historical backdrop to the vineyards.

Producing 12,000 cases per year, Handley was bonded in 1982. They grow pinot noir, chardonnay, and gewürztraminer in one of California’s chilliest grape-growing regions.

CCOF certified in 2005, Handley works daily to minimize its environmental impact. Providing a safe and healthy workplace for employees and the community is a top priority. The winery and tasting room harvest 75 percent of their electricity from solar.

Vine-covered courtyard and sculpture gardens are offered for a picnic or glass of wine. A complimentary EV charging station is available. The art-filled tasting room is open daily from 10 till 5. Winery tours can be arranged in advance of your visit.

7. Philo – South

At Domaine Anderson, organic and biodynamic chardonnay and pinot noir grapes are complemented by vegetable and bee gardens. Fifty acres are family-owned and managed.

All grapes are picked and sorted by hand in small lots. Fermenting and aging take place in the winery at the vineyards.

The winery and tasting room are beautifully designed to fit the landscape. Many reclaimed materials have created a casual elegance and comfort so true to easy-going Anderson Valley.

Relax and picnic in the sun or under the shady pergola. The tasting room is open Thursday to Monday from 11 till 5. 

8. Philo Ridge

Philo Ridge Vineyards are located off the grid. Over 5 miles up a dirt road, Philo Ridge is powered 100 percent by wind and solar. But don’t worry, the tasting room is in Boonville on the main street.

Bonded in 2001, Philo’s first vintage was 2004. All Philo Ridge wines are 100 percent vegan. They produce 2,500 cases per year. The vineyards include cabernet sauvignon, merlot, pinot noir, and pinot gris. The Boonville tasting room is open from Thursday to Monday, 11 to 5. 

More On Mendocino Wine: What Is Organic Wine?

Organic foods (including wine and wine grapes) are produced using standards set by the USDA National Organic Program. No harmful or toxic pesticides, sewage sludge, petroleum-based synthetic fertilizers, genetically modified organisms (GMOs), bioengineering, or ionizing radiation are used on these products at any time.

What Is Biodynamic Wine?

Biodynamic agriculture is a holistic, ecological, and ethical approach to farming, gardening, food, and nutrition. Biodynamic farming creates a balanced and diversified farm ecosystem with three sustainability approaches: environmental, social, and economic. Demeter Association is a leader in biodynamic agriculture education and certification. Its mission is “to enable people to farm successfully, in accordance with Biodynamic practices and principles.”

More On Your Mendocino Coast Vacation: When You Go

A vehicle and GPS are best for this tour. The closest international airports are San Francisco (SFO), Oakland (OAK), and Sacramento (SMF). Consider the Santa Rosa regional, Charles M. Shultz, Sonoma County Airport (STS). It’s closer to Mendocino County. It is small and easy to maneuver but has connections to many major cities on several major airlines.

Pro Tip: Dress in layers when you make the Mendocino County wine country tour. It can be 90+ inland in summer and in the 60s on the coast.

Visiting all the green vineyards and wineries in Mendocino County is a delightful but lengthy quest. A long weekend of exploring will get you started. Some green wineries and vineyards are remote and require 4-wheel drive and an appointment, but many are just off a main road. The places I’m suggesting are easy to find and can be accessed by the average passenger vehicle.

Explore Mendocino County, America’s Greenest Wine Region. Folks here are welcoming and glad to share their story and their wine. Learn more at Visit Mendocino County.

Since retiring several years ago, my wife and I have taken a number of road trips. All have been successful, mostly. We have had fun and, along the way, have learned some valuable lessons to minimize the stresses of driving in a confined space for hours at a time. They may not work for everyone, but they have worked for us and have contributed to our continued happy marriage or, put another way, have helped us avoid unnecessary relationship challenges! Admittedly, we have learned some of these lessons the hard way. 

1. Agree On A Destination 

And agree on a route, more or less. The purpose of our road trips is to get somewhere. That is the “sine qua non” of our car travels. Now others might have more wanderlust and be more agreeable to “free-form” their trip. And that is fine. But there may come a time when the road diverges and one might want to go one way and another a second. That is potential for disharmony.

2. Obtain Lodging Reservations Ahead Of Time

Start each day in time to make check in, usually 3 to 4 p.m. Too much time on the road in a single day is mentally taxing and physically painful for us. Reservations and limited travel time is our plan now, every time, since a near disaster when we drove from Aspen to San Francisco, nonstop. Leaving around 8 a.m. and we had planned to get a hotel room somewhere in Utah or Nevada for a one-night stay. That didn’t happen because we could not agree on a place to stop. So we drove.

Despite rainy weather in early May we continued to drive, still not agreeing on a hotel. Just east of Austin, Nevada, on Highway 50 (once named by Life Magazine “The Loneliest Road in America”) rain turned to snow, and driving our non-winterized sedan became challenging. No one else was on the road. We were lonely, to say the least! Luckily we crested the summit and snow soon became rain and we continued without incident. It could have been otherwise. But we still couldn’t agree on a hotel. Our bad. So we continued to drive through the rest of Nevada, past Reno, over the Sierras, and eventually arriving in San Francisco at 3 a.m, a full 19 hours after we started. Exhausted and bleary eyed but a bit wiser.

Pre-booked lodging reservations are now mandatory for us. There was a time in our lives when that might have been unnecessary. Not now. Not in retirement!

3. Share Responsibilities 

Driving can be tedious and tiring. So there is no need to add further potential aggravation. My wife doesn’t like to drive, so I do most of it. Okay, all of it. But she navigates and gets entertainment on the radio. We take turns picking restaurants along the way. Lodging, as noted, is pre-determined jointly. This division of labor works well for us. Share responsibilities evenly, however, defined, to avoid strife.

4. Adopt The Motto Of The U.S. Coast Guard

“Semper Paratus,” or “Always Prepared,” is an excellent motto for road trippers, too. No one wants or needs the stress of an emergency on the road. Not even spouses! It’s one thing to have trouble at home but another when it happens in an unfamiliar location. So to minimize the possibilities make sure you are always prepared: Ensure your car is appropriately serviced; pack a small reserve of food and water, carry a first aid kit, bring appropriate clothing, ensure you can recharge your phones, and, always, cross your fingers. Also trust your travel partner to do the right thing when needed.

Our trust in each other has helped on any number of trips. And yet, despite all that, we have had a problem: A dashboard warning light flashed on in Oregon in the middle of nowhere. We were on State Highway 97 somewhere between Mt. Hood National Forest and Umatilla National Forest. No towns. No people. No cell service. And very few cars. Luckily, the warning was for low tire pressure. Easy to diagnose by stopping and kicking the tires. All were solid, so we pressed on without event, except for a nagging feeling that the issue might be more than a pressure indicator malfunction. Looking at a flashing warning light is disconcerting. I think our mutual respect for each other’s abilities and judgment in this instance helped minimize the stress of the moment. So always be prepared and travel with people you trust.

5. Take The Slow Road

Or alternatively, stay off the monotonous major interstate freeways as much as possible and take the smaller more scenic roads and highways. They are slower, more relaxing, and much more fun to drive. Although trips on such roads may take longer, they offer a more satisfying experience. Case in point: We once drove from Washington, D.C., to Charleston, South Carolina. The quickest route would have been I-95S to I-26E. Approximately 8 hours. But we took a different route, Skyline Drive through Shenandoah National Park and then a segment of the Blue Ridge Parkway. Both were slow, captivating, and scenic. We felt miserable when we had to join the necessary travails of I-77S and I-26E. Our route took three days. We were elated! Unfortunately, we had not yet earned this lesson prior to another drive from Las Vegas to Denver. I-15N then I-70E. Ugh! Go small! Be happy!

6. Be Flexible 

Few enjoy being around someone who is needy or ladened with control issues on a road trip. (Or any time!). It’s a road trip. You’re not pressed for time. Have fun! Reserve a predetermined hotel for the evening and get there on time but enjoy the day’s journey. Pull over for scenic views. Linger at lunch. Take short detours of discovery. Enjoy each other’s company. 

7. Take Rest Breaks 

Being flexible has several meanings. At our age, inactivity or sitting in the same posture for a prolonged period of time can lead to joint and back pain, as well as muscle stiffness and discomfort. Not good on a road trip. So stop every so often and do some stretching or light exercise. Drink water. That will help lubricate joint and disc spaces and improve muscle function. Potential big benefit for little effort. It’ll also improve your collective moods. 

8. Check The Weather Forecasts

On a drive from San Francisco through Big Sur to Cambria on the California Central Coast, we planned a route down the Pacific Coast Highway, the Cabrillo Highway, California 1, or just PCH. It is one of the most storied drives in America. Views of the ocean, beaches, cliffs, and vistas are as dramatic as they are magnificent and dazzling. Notably, we forgot to check one thing: the weather forecast. It was summer, and fog dominates the coast that time of year. As a result, we saw little of the spectacular views. We were disappointed but not crushed because we live in the area and can easily take the drive again. No spousal tension here! But in another similar circumstance, there might’ve been. Forewarned is forearmed. Check the weather forecasts before embarking.

9. Remember That Friends Travel Best 

If you and your spouse are friends and respectful of each other’s space, you should be set up for great times on the road. On a road trip, no matter the vehicle’s size, you are in a restricted environment. If disquiet, tension, or quick emotional triggers at home are the norm, they will probably be magnified in a car. You’ll feel bad. Your spouse will feel bad. And the cumulative negative feelings may well harm the trip. If you are friends and partners though, hit the road! Laissez les bon temps rouler.

We learn as we go. Each trip is better planned and executed than the one previous. We are living our road trip lessons and, together, my wife and I thrive!

For more road trip inspiration, see all our road trip content here and read up on

• My 7 Favorite Stops From California To Montana On I-15
• Four Corners Road Trip: The Best Stops On The Trail Of The Ancients
• The Most Scenic New England Fall Foliage Road Trip

The Mexican Pacific Coast is where my husband really wants to live; Mazatlán in the state of Sinaloa, in particular. That’s where he’d collected great memories with his late wife and children on vacation from his then-hectic corporate life. When we met, he readily hosted my family in his timeshare. They loved it and said it was the best vacation they’d ever had.

The city’s charm comes from the fact that it isn’t just a resort town. It is a bonafide Mexican city, with age-old traditions like the third-largest Carnaval in the world in February, places like its beautiful historic downtown (complete with a venerable theater, a beautiful cathedral, and a great mercado), and landmarks like the longest malecón in Latin America with significant monuments and gorgeous beaches. The Shrimp Capital of the World is now our second home.

We stay in Mazatlán’s El Cid Resorts every winter, although we can also stay at their Cancun and Cozumel properties. From our house in Mesa, it is a little more than 900 miles away, or 16 hours of driving time. We are currently here on our fourth winter break, missing 2020 because of COVID. To get here, we have used three different routes and have gotten to know six different stops.

Editor’s Note: If you haven’t taken a road trip through Mexico, Carol has your back. Here are her top things to know before you do.

Our Early Route: Hermosillo And Los Mochis

Hermosillo, Sonora

Hermosillo is the largest city (population 830,000), capital, and main economic center for the state of Sonora, which borders Arizona. It has grown so much, especially since the 1980s, because of strong industrialization and the automotive industry. Such is the economic stimulus of being on the U.S. border.

It’s 6 hours (without time at the border) from our home in Mesa and, as such, is very much like an American city. It boasts of an interesting and rocky landform called the Cerro de la Campana, considered the symbol of the city. On a hilltop at an elevation of over 1,000 feet, it provides tourists an excellent view of the city.

Hermosillo To Los Mochis

The federal highway Mexico 15 is the freeway that connects Arizona to Mazatlán. There are two parts: 15D is the cuota (“toll”) road while 15 is the libre (“free”) road. We were amazed at the improvement of the Sonora section of 15D between our first and second trips (an interval of 8 years). Running straight south, we registered great speeds throughout. On our fourth trip, toll fee collection plazas were no longer operating, but they resumed on our latest fifth trip. All the while, there were a lot of those vibradores that force motorists to reduce speed.

Los Mochis, Sinaloa

Los Mochis is a coastal city in the northern part of the state of Sinaloa. With a population of over 360,000, it is the end of the Chihuahua-Pacific Railway, which passes through scenic Copper Canyon, a major tourist attraction in Mexico. This railway links the cattle markets in Kansas City with the nearest port on the Pacific Ocean. Topolobampo, found just outside of Los Mochis, is the second-largest deepwater port in the world.

The city is also the center of the state’s agricultural area, producing sugar cane, cotton, rice, flowers, mangoes, and other vegetables. Corporations have taken over many small farms, introducing innovative farm implements and practices —  but we also saw many men lined up at truck stops and farm entrances, waiting for farm managers to pick them up for work in the fields. These scenes were kind of depressing because many do not find work and remain idle. Perhaps this is partly why the drug trade has flourished in the state.

Los Mochis To Mazatlán

From Los Mochis to Mazatlán, Mexico 15D is almost the same as we saw it on our first trip: full of potholes. Ironically, there was a cuota stop every half hour. There were eight of them on the 5-hour drive, even more than Sonora. The saving grace is that, on the last hour of the trip, the big, blue, and calm Pacific Ocean stayed with us to the right of the highway, reminding us that the paradise we seek is almost around the corner.

A New Route And New Stops: Navojoa And Magdalena Del Kino

On our third winter vacation, we met a couple who had been driving to Mazatlán for years. They advised us to change our route to one that not only divides the trip more evenly but also deliberately confines stops to Sonora. Sonora has a Level 3 travel advisory (“go with caution”) instead of Sinaloa with a Level 4 (“do not go”). And the stops are even more charming!

Navojoa, Sonora

The first stop of our return trip was Navojoa, Sonora, the fifth-largest city in the state (population 150,000). The Mexican revolutionary Álvaro Obregón was born in a small town near the city. After the 1910 revolt, he became president of Mexico, introducing modern agricultural techniques, making the surrounding valley one of the most prosperous agricultural regions in Mexico.

Today, foreign and local investors have gone into many other industries, like shrimp farming, swine production, and even a Tecate (beer) brewery. Prosperity is evident. A lovely main plaza fronts the Palacio Municipal, surrounded by four monuments and a striking clock tower. The lovely spires of the nearby cathedral are visible. At the rotunda, a colorful Navojoa sign welcomes visitors.  

Magdalena De Kino

The next town, just six hours from Navojoa, is a little more than 60 miles south of the U.S. border. The movie Fast & Furious was filmed here (and in the nearby town of Santa Ana) in June and July 2008. Magdalena de Kino (population 25,000) is a Pueblo Mágico, one of 100+ towns selected by Mexico’s Ministry of Tourism for scenic, cultural, or historical qualities.

We loved our stay at the 5-star Hotel Industria, one of six hotels in the city. It is just a half block away from the beautiful main plaza, around which we had a lovely horse-drawn carriage ride in the evening. At the center are a chapel containing the lying effigy of Father Francisco Eusebio Kino. There is also a monument with a crypt housing his remains, which were discovered there in 1966, 255 years after his death. He is a pioneer Roman Catholic missionary who founded 15 missions in the area as well as in southern Arizona. The city is also named after Santa Maria Magdalena, for whom a pretty church was also built in the plaza.

Our Most Recent Route: Nogales And Ciudad Obregón

Last Christmas, we celebrated with my husband’s daughter in Denver, Colorado. Since we were not coming from home, we ended up in Nogales, Arizona, after a stop in Albuquerque, New Mexico.

There are great stops on this route. We chose them based on two factors: the U.S. State Department Travel Advisory Levels due to crime, and the driving time from our starting point (home or elsewhere). When we go home in April, we will stop at Navojoa and Nogales.

Nogales, Arizona

Nogales is an Arizona city of about 20,000. It is Arizona’s largest international border community, and part of the larger Tucson-Nogales combined statistical area. It has a counterpart city of Nogales in the state of Sonora on the Mexican side. I-19 continues south from Phoenix into Mexico 15D. These two highways, together with their Canadian counterpart, comprise the CANAMEX Corridor that connects the three countries.

Nogales channels about $30 billion worth of fresh produce and manufactured goods from Mexico into the U.S. This trade helps support thousands of jobs and local economies throughout Arizona and Sonora. Pretty interesting, but it’s not a tourist town. However, it makes a great base from which to continue a drive into Mexico or to relax in after going through the procedures at the US border.

Ciudad Obregón

Ciudad Obregón, the state’s second-largest city (population 329,404), is a 6-hour drive from Nogales. Mazatlán is 7 hours away. Since Navojoa is an hour farther from Ciudad Obregón, we chose this new stop to allow for time at KM 21, where the tourist and vehicle permits to stay in Mexico are processed after border crossing. This usually takes about an hour.

As you approach the city from the north, the statue of an Indigenous Yaqui greets you. He represents the tribe that won several battles against the Spanish but in 1610 was persuaded to submit to the Spanish Crown. Even then, conflicts continued into the next two centuries. In 1887, the Porfirio Diaz army shot and killed the Yaqui Chief Cajeme. In the 1900s, the area saw commercial and agricultural progress due to the aforementioned work of Álvaro Obregón. In 1927, however, he was assassinated, and the city was named after him.

The Laguna de Nainari, a man-made lake with a diameter of about two kilometers, is the green spot in the city. It is a meeting place for various groups and where people can sample many different local snacks. People also gather at the Ostimuri Children’s Park and Zoo, which also features a planetarium.

Related Reading:

• 4 Things To Know Before You Road Trip Through Mexico
• Best Stops During A Beautiful Baja Road Trip From Cabo San Lucas To La Paz
• The One Day Trip Not To Miss When You Visit Mazatlan, Mexico

Our first road trip through Mexico was in 2009. On our second trip 8 years later, we made Mazatlan our winter home. Last December, we entered Mexico for the fifth time. Over those 12 years, roads have improved a lot. Because of COVID, port of entry requirements had changed but have now returned to normal. Sadly, travel advisories due to crime have gotten worse for the whole of Mexico. Certain cities, Mazatlan included, have become better. However, COVID has become a new area of consideration. 

That is why we drive instead of fly; it’s still the safest way to travel in regards to COVID. We are not dependent on a public conveyance’s safety protocols and neither do we have to be thrown into big groups at close quarters.

It is also way cheaper. A direct flight from Mesa to Mazatlan costs about $700 per person in January. From our home in Mesa, Arizona driving through the states of Sonora and Sinaloa to Mazatlan is 906 miles. We spend only about $100 for fuel, $200 for 2 nights’ stay at hotels, and another $100 for tolls. We choose hotels with breakfast included, which gives us items for day snacks in the car. At the end of the day, we have dinner at the next hotel. All of this saves us almost $1,000.

Having a car in Mexico gives us some intangible benefits. We can bring as much as we need, like my husband’s golf and tennis paraphernalia, or my many outfits and pairs of shoes. And we can bring back things for the home, like bulky décor items and annual supplies of cheaper items. Finally, the car allows us to make day trips to nearby small towns or even farther destinations.

1. The Quality Of Roads

The first thing to consider is the quality of the roads you will need to drive through. The great news is that the roads we take have improved a lot since our first road trip when we took our 24-foot Class C motorhome through the country. Mexico 15, the highway that connects Arizona to Mazatlan, is part of the CANAMEX corridor from Canada to Mexico. In 2009, it was sadly peppered with holes; just fewer ones for the CUOTA (toll) vs the LIBRE (free) road that runs parallel. When we returned in 2017, we were pleased to find that the section through Sonora was almost completely concrete.

By our third and fourth trips, libramientos (bypasses) around the busy cities of Ciudad Obregon and Hermosillo in the state of Sonora, respectively, had been built. By our fifth trip, we noted that the entire trip had been reduced by at least an hour and a half. When the Sinaloan section improves, we can expect another reduction that will make the entire trip doable in 2 days instead of 3!

Be prepared for the kinds of roads you will have to traverse. Have your vehicles thoroughly checked and make sure all your tires, including the reserve, are ready for the trip. You must get Mexican vehicle insurance (see below) that gives you road assistance protection in Mexico. And check if you have what you need for emergencies like a first-aid kit, personal urinals, and a cooler for food and drinks. 

2. Port Of Entry Requirements

Entry requirements have returned to normal. There is no longer a need for negative COVID tests, nor even proof of vaccination. On our route, there are two international ports of entry for passenger vehicles: Deconcini and Mariposa. We prefer the latter since it bypasses the Mexican border town of Nogales and leads directly to the Mexico 15D. As they say, border towns are more troublesome. Deconcini is a one-lane port of entry and goes through Grand Avenue in the town of Nogales before reaching Mexico 15. Both just let you through: the processing of permits is done at KM 21 down the road on Mexico 15D.

The process takes about 1-2 hours. Be prepared with your documents for the FMM (Forma Migratoria Multiple) for tourists, the TIP (Temporary Import Permit) for the vehicle, and the vehicle insurance. On our first trip, it took longer not only because it was our first time but because we had a scooter attached to our RV. Since we were not going to use it around Mexico, we were not prepared for its permit processing. The authorities said we still needed a permit or we would not be able to bring it back into the U.S.

We learned that the best thing is not to bring anything that you will not use. We also learned that the following steps save time: 

1. Fill out both permits (FMM and TIP) online
2. Bring the original and copies of all required documents if you don’t fill them out online
3. Purchase vehicle insurance before entering Mexico
4. Have Mexican pesos
5. Know a little bit of Spanish

3. The Risk Posed By Crime

Certainly, the prevalence of crime is what stops many people from visiting Mexico. The state of Sonora is at U.S. State Department Travel Advisory Level 3, meaning “Reconsider Travel.” I remember that a few years ago, nine members of a Mormon family were massacred near the town of Bavispe, Sonora, 70 miles south of the U.S. border, and only 5 and a half hours from where we usually stay for the first night. Worse, Mazatlan itself is at Travel Advisory Level 4, meaning “Do Not Travel.” In fact, it is where El Chapo was arrested. So why do we still spend winter in Mazatlan and drive through possibly troublesome spots to get there?

I did research and found something that helped guide us: the list of 50 Most Dangerous Cities of the World produced by the World Population Review. We first looked at it in 2019, and it was just recently updated for 2021. If a city’s murder rate is from 35-111 per 100,000 people, it is included on the ranked list. Here is the table of the top five countries that have the most dangerous cities, comparing the 2 years:

The main change is at the top: Mexico has added three more cities, while Brazil delisted four. But here is the interesting fact: Mazatlan was #46 in 2019 — still below the USA cities of St. Louis (#13), Baltimore (#21), New Orleans (#44), and Detroit (#45) that year. That was my source of comfort then. In 2021, it was no longer even part of the list! That is my best source of comfort now. Please look at the list when you choose destinations in Mexico you want to visit.

Still, we take necessary precautions and inform the U.S. State Department of our itinerary so that they know how to get in touch with us whenever an emergency arises (please see this article on STEP, the Smart Traveler Enrollment Program). The list of other precautions we follow, aside from staying only at cities not on this list, are

1. Travel only during midday, from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. 
2. Stop only at U.S. hotel chains with breakfast included
3. Bring snacks for the drive, then dine inside the hotel upon arrival
4. Limit gas/rest stop to one per day, using only big and new PEMEX (government) stations.

4. The Risk Of COVID

COVID has introduced a new concern. What gave us the courage to travel to Mexico last December was that even with cases from the Omicron variant surging in other parts of the world, including the U.S., it was not quite the same in Mexico. Cases had quadrupled in the world and the U.S. but it has only doubled here. Besides, it has also reached a respectable percentage of fully vaccinated (2 doses) at nearly 60 percent, near that of the U.S. (64 percent at the time of this writing).

The CDC has a separate travel advisory for COVID. They do not advise any travel to Level 4 countries and recommend full vaccination to Level 3 countries. We prefer to look at the Mexican way, which details the COVID status in different parts of the country. It’s a “traffic light” system of coding cities and states as green, yellow, orange, and red. Green means almost normal except for masks, social distancing, temperature monitoring, and hand sanitizers. Yellow limits capacities, with more limitations for orange, and a complete lockdown for red.

Mazatlan and the whole route we took was coded green. In fact, Sinaloa has remained green; Sonora, however, has turned yellow. It would be best to bring your COVID kit of maximum protection masks, hand sanitizers, a temperature monitor, an oximeter, rapid antigen test kits, and immune system boosting supplements like zinc, vitamins C and D, NAC, quercetin, etc.

Yes, these are what we consider whenever we road trip into Mexico: the quality of roads, port of entry requirements, and crime and COVID risk. As you can see, we take pains to research, prepare accordingly, and take a lot of precautions for the privilege of enjoying what Mexico offers: a perfect climate, good food, golden beaches, and friendly people for truly inexpensive and fun winter breaks.

Do you consider yourself a skilled driver? Could you handle a highway full of hairpin bends? Or a road carved into the side of a mountain? Or perhaps an icy road on an avalanche-prone pass? Or a road built so close to the ocean that huge waves wash vehicles away in a storm? Attempting some of the scariest roads in the world is not for the faint-hearted. Let’s have a look at 14 roads that are some of the riskiest in the world to travel. Proceed with caution!

1. Zoji La Pass (India)

First up is the scariest road I’ve been on in my life. The Zoji La Pass connects the towns of Leh and Srinagar in the western Himalayas. The road is generally closed in winter, when 50-foot snowdrifts and thick walls of ice make it impassable. The pass is vulnerable to avalanches and landslides, leaving motorists stranded at high elevations. Even in the warmer months, this narrow dirt road is frightening; with no safety barriers, leaving drivers to risk plummeting 11,500 feet to the valley floor below. This is a place where it is probably best not to look down!

I’m not sure what the scariest aspect of the route was for me; perhaps it was the narrow, crumbling, single lane, dirt road zigzag among steep and craggy peaks, with thousands of feet of nothingness between me and the ground below; or perhaps it was that we were driving it in the middle of the night! We’d left Leh much later than planned, having just finished several weeks climbing in the nearby mountains, and were heading into Kashmir, on the Pakistan border, for some “rest and recuperation.” Mercifully, the Zoji Pass is only about 6 miles long, but in the dark, those 3 hours seemed the longest of my life!

2. The Killar To Pangi Road (India)

Staying in India, this next road is right up there with my scariest driving experiences. The fact that I was squashed into the front seat of a dilapidated local bus, with a slightly deranged looking man at the wheel didn’t help. The hair-raising, unpaved, steep, muddy, and isolated road had been built by local villagers hundreds of years ago and not repaired for decades. This is a road for people with nerves of steel, or those who have no idea what they’re heading into!

The road is only open during the summer months, and of its 70-mile length, a 6-mile stretch in the middle is particularly hazardous, with rocky overhangs that look as though they could fall onto the road at any moment and crush you. Only wide enough for one vehicle at a time, and with no guard rails, the road is terrifyingly unstable in places. Passing an oncoming vehicle is fraught with danger, and one false move by either driver can send a vehicle plummeting 2,000 feet down a vertical cliff face. When I plucked up the courage to glance over the edge, I saw several vehicles lying in shattered heaps far below.

3. Karakoram Highway (Pakistan To China)

Staying in Asia, let’s visit the Karakoram Highway, which at 16,000 feet is the highest paved road in the world. The road covers more than 800 miles and, in some parts, follows the old Silk Road. Cutting through the most mountainous region in the world, the Karakoram Highway is full of hazards; rock falls, landslides, avalanches, flooding, heavy snow, reckless drivers, herds of stray animals, precipitous cliffs, and terrible storms.

Construction on the Karakoram Highway began in the ‘60s, and close to 900 workers died while constructing the road. Though a popular tourist destination now, the highway sees frequent fatalities. At over 18,000 feet and with no barriers, many drivers have had accidents after suffering from altitude sickness.

4. Guoliang Tunnel Road (China)

China’s Guoliang Tunnel was hand chiseled, by 13 local villagers, through the sides of the steep Taihang Mountain. It took 5 years to complete the 4,000-foot tunnel, and at 12 feet wide and 16 feet high, it’s only just big enough to be driven through. Though the area has become a popular destination, the tunnel still lacks barriers and street lights, so drivers enter at their own risk. Thirty “windows” give daring drivers a peak at the sheer drop below, but I wouldn’t recommend stopping for a selfie! Locals call it “the road that does not tolerate mistakes.”

5. Taroko Gorge Road (Taiwan)

Similar to the Guoliang Tunnel Road, Taroko Gorge Road is carved through a mountain. This popular 12-mile stretch of road is spectacular, so expect a parade of tour buses, cars, scooters, bicyclists, and pedestrians all sharing the same narrow road whilst trying to navigate blind corners and bends that almost look too tight and terrifying to attempt. Prone to landslides, floods, and falling rocks, if you find yourself on Taroko Gorge Road, you’d better hope for good weather!

6. 99-Bend Road To Heaven (China)

Located in Tianmen Mountain National Park in central China, the 6.8-mile-long 99-Bend Road to Heaven features, you guessed it, 99 death-defying hairpin turns. This is definitely one of the most spectacular roads in the world, but if you’re the driver, don’t take your eyes off the road, even for a moment! In bad weather, with the ever-looming possibility of an earthquake, this road can be treacherous.

7. James Dalton Highway (Alaska)

Leaving Asia behind, let’s move to the Americas and start with the Dalton Highway in Alaska. Even the drivers behind the wheel in Ice Road Truckers have a healthy respect for the slippery conditions of this road, which stretches 400 miles through remote forests, tundras, and over the Yukon River. Drivers on the Dalton Highway are advised to bring their own survival gear and plenty of supplies. With only three towns along the route, there are no medical facilities along the entire road and, what makes this drive extra scary, is the 240-mile stretch with no gas station, restaurant, hotel, or services — the longest stretch of road in North America without roadside services of any kind. Much of the road is gravel, making it difficult to drive, even in good weather conditions, and in the winter, the road becomes slippery and icy.

8. North Yungas Road, Or “The Road of Death” (Bolivia)

Bolivia’s “Death Road,” considered the world’s most dangerous road, and it doesn’t get its name for nothing! This single lane, dirt road, connecting La Paz to Coroico, clings precariously to the side of the Cordillera Oriental Mountains. A distracted or unlucky driver who goes over the edge here, will plummet anywhere from 4,000 to 15,000 feet to the ground below. Every year some 300 drivers and cyclists perish on this road.

Built by Paraguayan prisoners in the 1930s, the road, most of which is no wider than 12 feet, descends 11,800 feet in just 40 miles, and drivers have to deal with constant fog, heavy rain, loose rocks, limited visibility, sheer drops, and over 200 hairpin turns whilst descending into the Amazon Rainforest below. That doesn’t stop thrill-seeking tourists from traveling (and even bicycling) the infamous route, which is one of Bolivia’s most popular attractions.

9. Skippers Canyon Road (Queenstown, New Zealand)

This unpaved road was carved out of the side of a mountain in New Zealand 140 years ago. Today, it’s still considered so dangerous you have to apply for a special permit to drive it. Rental companies won’t allow their vehicles on it, and standard drivers’ insurance won’t cover you should you run into trouble. The narrow road drops vertically to the Shotover River and, if you meet an oncoming vehicle, you’ll likely need to reverse up to 2 miles before finding a passing point. The miners who built it, in the late 19th century, had only hand drills and gunpowder at their disposal, and it took them years to complete this gorgeous but frightening road.

Whilst you may not be able to drive this road yourself, local tour operators can take visitors up the canyon, and don’t be surprised if it looks familiar, the road was a backdrop for Mission: Impossible Fallout and several Lord of the Rings films.

10. Canning Stock Route (Western Australian Outback)

The Canning Stock Route doesn’t offer much in the way of views: just dust, dust, and more dust, and barely a road sign to point you in the right direction. This 1,150-mile track in western Australia is regarded as the world’s most remote road, and you’ll need 3 weeks to drive it from start to finish. Doing the trip in the summer months is almost impossible, due to searing temperatures. Drivers are advised to travel in convoy and to carry plenty of food, water, and spare parts.

11. Stelvio Pass (Italy)

Europe has its share of scary roads too. Let’s look at one or two, starting with the Stelvio Pass in northern Italy. At an elevation of 9,045 feet, this spectacular road, which is the highest paved mountain pass in the Eastern Alps, has 40 hairpin turns on the Lombard side, and 48 more on the South Tyrol side. Viewed from below, the road looks like a giant strand of spaghetti draped across the mountains. Don’t let the stunning Alpine views distract you though, only a low concrete barrier separates you from a rather steep drop.

12. Atlantic Road (Averøy, Norway)

The Atlantic Road runs through a small group of scenic islands in Norway. This twisting ribbon of coastal concrete might look beautiful, but don’t be fooled, it’s one of Norway’s most dangerous roads. Driving along it, you feel like you’re on a rollercoaster, with all the sharp twists and turns, and when the weather’s bad, which it often is in this part of the world, visibility disappears in a matter of seconds. On a stormy day, gusts of wind and huge waves crash over the barricades and onto unsuspecting cars.

13. Kolyma Highway (Russia)

The Kolyma Highway runs through Russia’s Far East, and it’s the most remote of all the highways in the country. The predominantly unpaved road is extremely dangerous in winter, with heavy snow, slippery ice, and limited visibility. The area itself is incredibly inhospitable, with Oymyakon, the coldest city on earth, only 60 miles away.

Kolyma is also known as the “Road of Bones,” because the skeletons of the forced laborers, who died during construction, were used in much of its foundations.

14. Tizi N’Test Pass (Morocco)

Last, but not least, on my list of world’s scariest roads is the Tizi N’Test Pass in Morocco, a narrow, winding road through the Atlas Mountains. Blasted out of rock in the 1920s, the steep drops mean its best avoided if you suffer from vertigo, and the local drivers tend to whiz along at frightening speeds, ignoring all road rules. With no safety barriers, this road should only be attempted in daylight, and during the winter, landslides and avalanches occur on an almost daily basis. On the upside, if you’re brave enough to drive it, you’ll enjoy beautiful views.

There you have my take on some of the world’s scariest roads. I hope someday you’ll try a few of them for yourself, and if you already have or think I’ve left some out, then do let me know.

If these roads pique your interest, check out our road trip coverage:

• Laredo To Natchitoches: 10 Stops On The Historic El Camino Real De Los Tejas Trail
• Beautiful Allegheny Road Trip From Erie To The Poconos
• The Highways In America (And Around The World) That Will Sing To You

The El Camino Real De Los Tejas National Historic Trail is Texas’s Royal Road, also known as Old San Antonio Road, King’s Highway, and a trail contributing to the development and settlement of Texas stretching from Mexico City and Laredo at the Rio Grande to Natchitoches, Louisiana. Some parts of the interior route determined a network of passages by Native American relations, weather, and rugged terrain linking towns, forts, settlements, and missions in early Texas.

Let’s explore the historic trail, then and now, from Laredo to Natchitoches and points in between, with places to stay and eat.

1. Laredo

Tomas Sanchez founded the San Agustin de Laredo Historic District in 1755, the oldest area of Laredo. Named after a town in Spain, heads of households received Spanish land grants around a central plaza featuring the San Agustin Cathedral. Laredo was a chosen crossing point at the Rio Grande by Native Americans and settlers along what developed as the El Camino Real De Los Tejas. Walk the famous Streets of Laredo today and discover the charming city’s historical heritage, alluring murals and art scene, decadent dining, and import shops on San Bernardo.

Oddly enough, one of the largest annual celebrations is the 44-day-long Washington’s Birthday Celebration, the nation’s oldest and largest celebration honoring our country’s first president — Laredo style. The Texas-sized festival by the oldest border town lasts from January 21–February 27, uniting Laredo and Nuevo Laredo in Mexico for 124 years in a genial blend of culture, language, and food. 

Pro Tip: The historic Four Diamond Award-Winning La Posada Hotel in the heart of downtown Laredo is the “Official Hotel of Washington’s Birthday Celebration” and home to the WBC Museum. Enjoy Latin dining at Zaragoza Grill and a great steak at the hotel’s Tack Room.

2. San Antonio

The San Antonio River was named in 1691 when Spanish explorers and missionaries came upon the river on the feast day of St. Anthony. The city, founded in 1718, became a significant stop along the El Camino Real then and now because of its legacies, multi-cultural traditions, and attractions. The San Antonio Missions, the Alamo, San Jose, Concepcion, San Juan, and Espada were Catholic outposts. Four of the five remain active parishes as part of the San Antonio Missions National Historical Park. The Alamo’s fifth mission is a shrine to Texas liberty and “Remember the Alamo.”

Celebrate the art and culture at Museums like the Museo Alameda, featuring the Latin experience in America, and the McNay Art Museum, home to worldly artists like Picasso, van Gogh, and Cezanne.

Pro Tip: See my articles about the Best Restaurants and Hotels On The River Walk and the 19 Fantastic Experiences On the River Walk.

3. New Braunfels

The Caminos served as military roads connecting a string of forts marking New Spain’s northern frontier and ultimately becoming an avenue of immigration for new settlers coming to Texas. New Braunfels was a Comal River crossing established in 1845 by German immigrants led by Prince Carl of Solms-Braunfels. Old World Town still boasts the German traditions and culture famous for sausages, sauerkraut, and bread.

The New Braunfels Farmers Market is open downtown every Saturday for local farmers, ranchers, growers, and artisans. Have lunch at Krause’s Biergarten & Cafe, a historic restaurant that opened in 1938 with a menu reflecting the city’s German heritage and South Texas flavors with over 100 beers on tap.

Eat Italian at 188 South, featuring bold recipes like veal chop parmesan or the chef’s seafood feature. The kitchen boasts a hydroponic grow wall, sourcing all the restaurant’s spices and herbs.

4. San Marcos

San Marcos was a temporary site of two Spanish missions relocated from East Texas because of conflicts between the French and Native Americans. Later, pioneers settled near the mammoth springs along the cold San Marcos River.

Visit historical exhibits at the Hays County Courthouse on the square and stroll Kissing Alley, a hidden gem with large and small murals, twinkling lights, and a bulls-eye view of the courthouse. Eat lunch at Root Cellar Café and get an ice cream cone at Rhea’s Ice Cream. Shop the vintage clothing stores, antique shops, and boutiques on the square. Duck into Sean Patrick’s Irish Pub for a cold brew.

5. Bastrop

Bastrop was renamed one of Texas’s oldest settlements to honor Felipe Enrique Neri, Baron de Bastrop, a self-named Dutch nobleman. Bastrop is one of the oldest towns in Texas, a strategic Colorado River crossing along the El Camino Real in the early days. 

The Bastrop County Historical Society Museum occupies the John Cornelson House built around 1850, housing documents and artifacts noting the history of Stephen F. Austin’s western colony on the El Camino Real.

Stay at the Reserve at Greenleaf and enjoy luxury glamping in a yurt with a private bathroom and shower 2 miles east of Bastrop in the Lost Pines.

Pro Tip: See my article about 13 Fantastic Things To Do In Beautiful Bastrop.

6. Bryan

The Brazos River was another major river crossing along the El Camino Real at Bryan, but it wasn’t until the 1820s that pioneers settled the area. The railroad came in 1867 and secured Bryan as a commercial and agricultural center for sugarcane and cotton.

Historic downtown Bryan offers First Friday, a family-friendly event with the farmers market, live music, art, local shopping, and tasty dining.

Messina Hof Winery and Resort, since 1977, has earned the title “Most Awarded Winery in Texas.” Enjoy wine tastings, tours, special releases, harvest festivals, and themed dinners.

Brazos Valley African American Museum tells a compelling story of triumph and struggle with an impressive collection of African American artifacts. 

Stay at the Milton Parker Home B&B at Bryan, a family-friendly luxury mansion on four acres of live oaks. Five blocks from downtown and 5 miles from Texas A&M University, the complimentary home-cooked breakfast is lovely!

7. Crockett

Named for David Crockett, the famous Alamo hero who camped at the nearby spring on his way to San Antonio, Crockett is on the old El Camino Real Trail near the crossing of the Trinity River. Crockett, the Houston County seat by June 12, 1837, became a regional trade center when trains came through in 1872.

See the restored three-story Victorian Downes-Aldrich House and explore quaint shops around the courthouse square. Learn about blues legend Lightnin’ Hopkins and visit the Houston County Museum housed in the historic railroad depot.

The Camino Real passed through the Mission Tejas State Park at Mission San Francisco de Los Tejas, the first Spanish mission in a village of Caddo people in the Tejas territory in 1690. See the log home-stagecoach inn, similar to many along El Camino Real.

You can see the historic swells of the Camino Real that passed near Caddo Mounds State Historic Site, the ceremonial village of the Hasinai Caddo people constructed more than 1,200 years ago near Alto. Today, three earthen mounds rise from the Piney Woods landscape representing the burial, temple, and ceremonial mounds.

8. Nacogdoches

Named for the Caddo people called Nacogdoche, Spain established three missions here in 1716. Nacogdoches became the primary eastern gateway to Texas. The reconstructed Old Stone Fort, originally built in 1779, stands on the Stephen F. Austin University campus.

Get ready for the spring azaleas at the Garden Capital of Texas: the 8-acre Ruby M. Mize Azalea Garden, Texas’s most extensive azalea garden.

Stay at the 19th century Hardeman House Bed & Breakfast in downtown Nacogdoches, just blocks from the historic Main Street with boutique shops galore. The breakfast is a highlight and worthy of a return stay. See unique bed and breakfasts and lodgings here.

The Blue Horse Bakery in historic downtown features cakes and cupcakes baked by Whitney, following her love of all things sweet. Find more restaurants available here. 

9. San Augustine

San Augustine, known as “The Cradle of Texas,” is one of Texas’s most historic towns. Sam Houston was elected commander of the Texian forces here. Davy Crockett stayed here while on his journey to the Alamo, and Texas’s first governor J. Pinckney Henderson lived here.

Mission Dolores Visitors Center, commemorating a historic Spanish mission founded in 1716, features life among the Ais people and the missionaries, plus the territorial challenges between France and Spain. The Log Cabin is home to the San Augustine Chamber of Commerce and the tourism center. Evidence of swells or old road markings exists here.

The Columns Bed and Breakfast, circa 1902, boasts six bedrooms fully furnished with antiques, thoughtful amenities, and includes a delicious country breakfast.

The Blount House, formerly belonging to Colonel S. W. Blount, a signer of the Texas Declaration of Independence, is marked by a 1936 gray granite centennial monument.

10. Natchitoches, Louisiana

The El Camino Real connected Natchitoches (NACK-a-tish) with Mexico through the Texas towns and settlements frequented by Indigenous people, Spanish missionaries, and noteworthy Texians.

Fort St. Jean Baptiste State Historic Site, named for a French patron saint, commemorates the French garrison and outpost, initially constructed to prevent Spanish forces in Texas from advancing across the border of French Louisiane.

The National Historic Landmark District, a 33-block area, serves as a shopping, dining, and bed and breakfast mecca. Find three state historic sites, museums, and Creole plantations rich in community culture, history, and recreation along the beautiful Cane River.

Stay at the Judge Porter House Bed and Breakfast or three additional properties: Queen Anne, Andrew Morris, or Violet Hill.

For more stops along the historic Camino Real, check out these articles:

• 9 Things To Do In Beautiful Las Cruces, New Mexico
• 15 Lesser-Known Towns Around The World Our Writers Love
• The Best Things To Do In Albuquerque: Where To Play, Eat, And Stay

Right in the heart of California’s Pacific Coast Highway is a section of road that includes all of the thrills of the iconic route but involves less than one-third the driving distance. The Central Coast — known for its jaw-droppingly gorgeous sea cliffs, premier wine country, and mellow vibe — might just be the perfect spot for an abbreviated Highway 1 road trip.

Considered one of the top road trips in the United States, the Pacific Coast Highway is undoubtedly on bucket lists of travelers around the world. But at more than 600 miles long, the road that follows the coastline from Orange County to Mendocino County requires a major time commitment.

One of the beauties of road trips, though, is that you can pick and choose. For a shorter trip, I love the stretch along the California Central Coast, which offers many of the spectacular views and cool culture of the longer route, but in less than 200 miles.

And, considering that the route passes through some of California’s prime wildflower territory, springtime is arguably the best time to make the trip. Not only do the hills and cliffs erupt in a rainbow of colors in the spring, but March, April, May, and June bring average high temperatures in the 70-degree-Fahrenheit range — surely the perfect climate for rolling down your car windows and breathing in the salty sea air.

Although you could drive the Central Coast in three to four hours, this is definitely stop-and-take-in-the-views country. In order to savor the spectacular sights, the world-class wine, and the delicious dining, it’s best to plan for at least three or four days.

Here are seven beautiful stops on the 165-mile-long California Central Coast road trip from Pismo Beach to Pacific Grove.

1. Pismo Beach

Known for its distinctive stretch of white sandy coastline, the pretty town of Pismo Beach is the perfect spot to begin a road trip north along the Central Coast (or to end it on a north-to-south trip). You will find a lively downtown that features a host of seafood restaurants, a picturesque 1,200-foot-long pier, and an abundance of seaside hotels.

After parking in one of the plentiful spaces in downtown Pismo Beach, I found the area to be wonderfully walkable. Start at the pier, where you can get a selfie in front of the large town sign, and then wander along the narrow streets until one of the excellent restaurants calls your name. You can’t go wrong with clam chowder at the colorful Splash Café or a “big bucket” seafood boil at the Cracked Crab.

If you decide to spend a night in Pismo Beach, the Seacrest Oceanfront Hotel offers rooms with an ocean view and family-friend atmosphere. Or, for a scenic camping option, check out the Pismo Beach State Park Campground. Just down the street from the campground, you will find the Pismo Beach Monarch Butterfly Grove, in season from November to February.

Pro Tip: For a unique lodging experience, consider driving inland for about 15 minutes from Pismo Beach to the Madonna Inn, a Highway 101 landmark resort known for its themed rooms, pink dining room, and lavish design features.

2. Morro Bay

Just a half-hour or so north of Pismo Beach, drivers will come to the coastal gem of Morro Bay, distinguished by the 576-foot-tall volcanic plug Morro Rock that stands out prominently in the bay.

Sometimes referred to as the “Gibraltar of the Pacific,” Morro Rock is reason enough to stop in the Pacific Coast Highway community. Add in the fun beach-and-surf scene, and Morro Bay makes for a great spot for exploring and a scenic breakfast or lunch.

There are many restaurants and cafés in town that serve up delicious seafood with a stellar sea view. Some of the best include Dorn’s Breakers Café for brunch and Tognazzini’s Dockside for lunch or dinner. Plan to spend at least a half-day strolling the Morro Bay Embarcadero and taking in views of “the rock” from one of the restaurant patios.

Pro Tip: About 10 miles south of Morro Bay, Montana de Oro State Park makes for an unbeatable seaside excursion. Plan to stop for a spectacular hike on the park’s Bluff Trail, an easy 3.4-mile out-and-back trail that follows the coastline and offers access to tidepools, secluded beaches, and overlooks for whale watching.

3. Cayucos

For a peek into the thriving Pacific Coast shipping days of the 1870s, the tiny beach town of Cayucos makes a fascinating stop on a Central Coast road trip.

The town’s most distinctive feature is the Cayucos Pier that stretches more than 950 feet into the Pacific. The pier stands out for its history that dates back to 1872 when town founder Captain James Cass built it to serve as a wharf to ship farm goods from the Cayucos area to Los Angeles and San Francisco.

Plan to spend two to three hours wandering the pier, taking a walk in the surf on the Cayucos State Beach, and having lunch or dinner at a quaint spot like Schooners or Duckie’s Chowder House.

Pro Tip: Located about six miles north of Cayucos is a region of steep cliffs and sea stacks known as Estero Bluffs State Park. Parking is available alongside the highway, and the stunning seaside is an easy half-mile walk away. It is definitely worth a stop of an hour or two to stretch your legs and watch the tide roll in.

4. Paso Robles

After experiencing a day or two of sea air along Highway 1, the inland town of Paso Robles is the perfect detour destination for an opportunity to sample one of California’s other famous features — its renowned wines. Heading northeast on Highway 46, drivers will soon be in the rolling hills and green-and-brown patchwork that make up the vineyards of Paso Robles wine country.

Featuring more than 200 wineries, a lively downtown, and a handful of olive groves, Paso Robles warrants a one-or-two-day stop along a Central Coast road trip.

For endless vineyard views, check out DAOU Vineyards and Winery or Sculpterra Winery & Sculpture Garden. And for a fabulous lunch or dinner in downtown Paso Robles, stop by the popular Fish Gaucho or Basil Thai. For accommodations just steps from the downtown square, check out the luxury boutique experience at Hotel Cheval, or for a classic in the heart of town, head to the Paso Robles Inn.

Pro Tip: Visitors to Paso Robles should not miss the stunning Light at Sensorio, an outdoor light show by artist Bruce Munro that includes the Field of Light and the new Light Towers. A chance to wander through the glowing lights set amidst the region’s rolling hills dotted with gnarled oak trees makes Paso Robles a worthy destination in and of itself.

5. Hearst Castle State Park

A road trip through the Central Coast would hardly be complete without a stop at the region’s jewel — Hearst Castle, an opulent estate that sits high on a hill above the coast near San Simeon. The castle was designed by architect Julia Morgan for newspaper tycoon William Randolph Hearst and was built between 1919 and 1947.

Officially known as La Cuesta Encantada (The Enchanted Hill), the castle is famous for its grand swimming pools, lavish gardens, and countless works of art, as well as its movie-star past and sweeping views.

Today, the Hearst Castle is a California State Park that typically is open for tours by the public. Note: Be sure to check on availability before heading to Hearst Castle. In early 2022, the park remained closed to the public because of emergency repairs that were underway on the road into the castle. Updates are available here.

Pro Tip: Just north of San Simeon, drivers will come to the Elephant Seal Vista Point at the Piedras Blancas Rookery. The area has plenty of parking, and it is a wonderful place to watch the seals lolling on the beach. April is known to be one of the prime viewing months for the elephant seals, along with January and October.

6. Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, Big Sur

With its magnificently rugged cliffs and crashing waves, the Big Sur area hardly needs an introduction. The Visit California website calls the region “one of the world’s most unforgettable stretches of coastline,” and describes it as a “roughly 90-mile-long stretch of redwood-and-fog-trimmed waterfront between Carmel-by-the-Sea and Hearst Castle.”

For the perfect place to experience it, head to Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, an area that stretches from the Big Sur coastline into nearby 3,000-foot ridges that feature redwood, oak trees, and chaparral. The main feature is the 80-foot McWay Falls waterfall that drops from granite cliffs into the Pacific Ocean.

Pro Tip: Other worthwhile state parks in the area include the nearby Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park, and Garrapata State Park, known for its two miles of beautiful beachfront, a variety of sea life that frequents the coastal waters, and the wildflowers that bloom in the spring.

7. Pacific Grove

Located at the tip of the Monterey Bay peninsula, the historic town of Pacific Grove is the ideal spot to relax at the end or beginning of a Central Coast road trip. Along with its lovely setting on the rocky shores of Monterey Bay, the town is also known for its quaint 19th-century cottages and charming streets.

A few of the not-to-be-missed features include the beach scene at Lovers Point, the Monterey Bay Coastal Recreation Trail, and the historic downtown where spots such as Passionfish and Vivolo’s Chowder House offer stellar seafood cuisine.

Pacific Grove also offers convenient access to Monterey-area favorites like the Monterey Bay Aquarium and Cannery Row.

Pro Tip: For more ideas on things to do in Pacific Grove, see How To Spend A Fantastic Weekend In Beautiful Pacific Grove, CA.

Most people want to take backroads because they offer the more scenic routes. They say freeways tend to be boring because they were carved out to be the most direct routes, bypassing great landmarks that we travelers would usually want to see. They are constructed for the sake of speed and efficiency. Approximating a straight line, they are the shortest practical distance between two points. I-15, however, is not like that.

I always think that whoever designed this great freeway was thinking of me. I am often in California visiting family. And from there, it isn’t a stretch to cross over the border of the U.S. and Canada at Sweet Grass, Montana, continue north so I can visit my daughter in Calgary, Alberta, or turn west to go to Essex, Montana, near the Glacier National Park to visit good friends.

Let me show you how endearing this 20-hour route can be. It only takes three days to drive it. But if you allow for slower travel, add a day or two or three each way, and pretty soon you will have taken off your bucket list some very wonderful places you wanted to visit. This article provides you with a smorgasbord of wonderful options for strategic stops along this long route that you may want to go through, just like we do. 

Las Vegas, Nevada

From California, this is a no-brainer first stop since it is only 5 hours from Los Angeles or 6 hours from San Diego. You can leave later in the morning and still be here by nightfall. But we leave early so my husband and I can have a great lunch at one of the inexpensive buffet options combined with a comfortable overnight stay using one of the many promos always available in Sin City.

And you can even squeeze in two or three hours to try your luck at the penny machines before having dinner right after so that you can resume your trip early the following morning. If you have more hours to spare because your next stop is nearby and you can leave later in the day, you can also roam The Strip, experience High Roller, or see a new show after dinner.

If you have a full day to spare, you can explore the awesome Hoover Dam and the recreational area it created: Lake Mead. If you have already been there, you can opt to discover the natural side of Vegas. There is Red Rock Canyon (20 minutes from the Strip), Valley of Fire (45 minutes), and Mt. Charleston (45 minutes). Since these three are near each other, you may cover them all in one day by having lunch at Mt. Charleston and doing either Red Rock or Valley of Fire in the morning and the other in the afternoon.

Salt Lake City, Utah

Salt Lake City is the logical next stop. It is only five and a half hours from Las Vegas. The best day tour is that of the iconic Temple Square including the Tabernacle and Mormon Temple. However, there is currently a massive renovation going on, so some of the buildings may not be open. And even though the Tabernacle Choir rehearsals have resumed, they are still not open to the public. All tours are expected to return to normal in 2024. In the meantime, it is still very relaxing to visit the lovely hallowed grounds and admire the architecture of the buildings, especially in spring and early summer. Great restaurants surround the area, too.

If you have time to spare, there are some wonderful day trips from the city. If it is summer, you may want to get up to the mountains and visit Snowbird, Utah. The town is known for spectacular cable car rides with awesome views. It is also the place to try some exciting mountain rides and several great shops. If it isn’t summer, you may want to stay down in the valley and tour Antelope Island in the middle of the Great Salt Lake instead. There is a lot to see on the island and so many opportunities to photograph wildlife. 

Helena, Montana

The third natural stop, seven hours from Salt Lake City, is Helena, Montana, the state’s capital (population, 31,000). It is only three hours away from the Sweet Grass at the Canadian border (Calgary is just three and a half hours from there). Essex, Montana, the gateway to Glacier National Park where our friends live, is also just three and a half hours from Helena.

The search for a nice place to dine led us to the Last Chance Gulch Walking Mall, right in the heart of downtown Helena. Lucca’s, the best Italian restaurant, was fully booked, so we opted for Bella Roma. After dinner, we walked the Mall which was lighted by large yellow bulbs just like San Diego’s Gaslamp district. Close behind the restaurant was a striking gazebo. Victorian buildings that have been converted into shops and hotels lined the entire strip.

There are many pieces of art adorning the Last Chance Gulch area in downtown Helena. For me, however, it was the Bullwhacker Statue that stood out as a testament to the early settlers, when ox carts were used to conduct commerce between cities, especially during the gold rush. It’s written on the statue: “Driven by noise, the oxen responded to the crack of the whip over their heads and the constant curses of the bullwhacker.” These creatures played such an important role.

Idaho Falls Or Lava Hot Springs, Idaho

On the way back, you don’t have to stop at the same three places. I-15 gives you many options. My suggestion is that you consider Idaho Falls, Idaho, just under 7 hours from the Sweet Grass border or Glacier National Park. You may want to pay a visit to the Idaho Potato Museum to find out why Idaho potatoes are such an excellent choice.

Otherwise, go farther to Lava Hot Springs, Idaho, 2 hours away, and stay the night if you have a day to spare. I have previously written about it in 6 Fascinating Spots I Discovered During My Idaho Vacation. With a population of less than 500, the tiny town is part of the Pocatello Metropolitan Statistical Area of Idaho. There are numerous hot springs here that are great for bathing. A popular weekend resort for the state and even northern Utah, there is also a mildly turbulent river perfect for tubing running through part of the town. When we visited, there were lots of large yellow tubes, so radiantly bright they made a welcome sight for this lover of the color yellow. This was such a relaxing recreational stop for us.

St. George Or Cedar City, Utah

If you are coming from Lava Hot Springs, your next stop can be St. George, Utah, just over six hours away. The city is adorable, like Sedona, Arizona, with beautiful red rocks surrounding it. We camped at the St. George RV Resort (KOA) for the night in the small town just before it called Hurricane. It is the closest town to two great must-see natural landmarks: the striking hoodoo wonderland of Bryce Canyon National Park, and the adventure hiking trails among the majestic peaks of Zion National Park. 

If you are coming from Idaho Falls, Cedar City, Utah is another option, just six and a half hours away. I noticed a sign for Cedar Breaks National Monument and googled how long it would take to get there: just 30 minutes! We decided to make a quick visit. And we were rewarded by finding a hidden gem up in the mountains, smaller than Bryce Canyon National Park, but the hoodoos were bigger! We made it to the visitor center in time to buy some souvenir ball caps and to visit and photograph Sunset View and Chessmen Ridge Overlooks. It was so pretty that we promised ourselves to return to the other three overlooks, two of which you have to hike to.

We even had time to go around town before dinner, taking pictures of a few points of interest: the Shakespeare Theater, the Festival Grounds, and the Mormon Temple on a hillside. We then noticed that the Cedar Breaks Lodge and Spa, located between the city and the national monument, is the main lodging option. I knew it was included in our timeshare directory, so as a result, we have booked it for July 2-9, 2022, for a family reunion and a more immersive visit.

From St. George, it’s just under seven hours to Santa Monica. From Cedar City, it’s seven hours and 15 minutes. Both are doable drives so there is no need to stop in Las Vegas unless you can’t get enough of it. I know, a great buffet lunch and a restful, comfy sleep overnight are hard to resist, especially if they are both inexpensive!

And there you are: a real smorgasbord of options for stops on a drive from California to Montana or back all on I-15. In summer, it makes so much sense to go from sizzling to cool climes. And the reverse is true in winter!